The California State University

ULMS Guide


Purpose:

Current Membership (2024-2025):

ListservTo join the Technical Services mailing list, send an email to join-ulms-techservices@lists.calstate.edu from the email address you would like subscribed. Other Listservs of interest can be found here.

Slack: Go to the Calstate Libraries Slack space to join: calstatelibraries.slack.com This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.. Channels of interest: electronic_resources, acquisitions, tech-services, discovery

CSU ACQ/CD/CDI/ERM/PrimoVE Contacts: Current CSU ERM/Collections Contacts

Support Contacts: Vendor Support Contact

Central Discovery Index (CDI) documentation created by CalState, other institutions, and Ex Libris.

Check discoverability of NZ collections (WIP) 

If full-text access is set up in the NZ, resources from those collections should be found within a library’s Primo instance if they are sharing the collection. Below are instructions to verify this is actually happening.

  1. Check the holding file that Alma publishes everyday to CDI.
    1. Example URL: http://na03.alma.exlibrisgroup.com/rep/getFile?institution_code=AddYourINSTCodeHere&file=cdi_institutional_holding This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.
    2. Check here for institution codes
  2. Keep in mind the holdings file contains all the portfolios so we have to verify the titles are not active in another collection. When verifying discoverability try to choose a unique portfolio within the collection. Also keep in mind the following when testing This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..
  3. Find the collection DBID by clicking on the collection>electronic collection editor>Provider package code (DB id) → can do this in the NZ instance but not IZ.

The CDI Collection List This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. is helpful for seeing which collections are available in CDI and what each setting means for that CDI collection. 

Ex Libris has published a page on CDI mapping and configuration This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. on their Knowledge Center site.

Link-in-Record is also known as “Direct Linking.” “First Search” is the same as searching “My institution” or the local library holdings. In Ex Libris terminology, it would be First Search vs Expanded Search (include records from other libraries in search results).

Databases in Alma that are activated for the CDI records and do not have any portfolios, will not appear in the local holdings in Primo.  Only those resources that have portfolios will appear in the local scope in VE. Examples: ERIC, Dissertations, Web of Science database.

 

Using CTO to Troubleshoot CDI in VE

Troubleshooting CDI in VE: 

Image
Image of the Display CTO button

Include Incoming URL to Alma Link Resolver in Display CTO

Primo VE 2021 release notes This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 

March 2021
When using the Display CTO option in Primo VE This link will take you to an external website in a new tab., you will now see additional information to troubleshoot OpenURL requests to Alma's link resolver. For example, the CTO will now contain the URL that Primo VE sends to the Alma Link Resolver.

Image
image of CTO results

Look for &isSerivcesPage=true This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. in the Permalink to troubleshoot issues with linking to resources, such as EBSCO or Google Scholar. This tell you whether or not record is from Primo or from the vendor.

As a link resolver, Alma provides services for searches performed in sources other than Alma (such as Google Scholar). Alma’s link resolver uses the Services page, which is a dedicated Primo page that provides a subset of the capabilities (such as suppressed Main menu links, Search section, and Details service) that the Full Display page provides in Primo, to display a record's services.

In order for third-party sources to display Alma services, you must instruct the sources to send a base URL in the following format to Primo VE:

https://<Primo_domain>/openurl/<Alma_institution_code>/<view_code>?

Improve Visibility of Services Available from CDI – Match with Multiple ISBNs / EISBNs

August 2021
Previously, only the first ISBN and EISBN were used to retrieve electronic services available from CDI. With this enhancement, Primo VE will include additional ISBNs and EISBNs (up to five each) to the OpenURL request using the new parameters rft.isbn_list and rft.eisbn_list, and the Alma link resolver will now store these values in the CTO and use them to match active, available portfolios (see Alma August 2021 Release Notes This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.).

Notes from the August Alma Release: “Alma Link Resolver now supports incoming CDI OpenURLs with multiple ISBNs and eISBNs.  Alma will use these ISBNs and eISBNs to match bibliographic records and return all relevant electronic services.”

Notes from August Primo Release Notes: “Previously, only the first ISBN and EISBN were used to retrieve electronic services available from CDI. With this enhancement, Primo will include additional ISBNs and EISBNs (up to five each) to the OpenURL request using the new parameters rft.isbn_list and rft.eisbn_list, and the Alma/SFX link resolver will store these values in the CTO and use them to match active, available portfolios. For information regarding this feature in Alma, see Alma August 2021 Release Notes This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..”

 

 

 

Exclude eBooks from CDI Results

Section 1: Background

 

This document examines the implications for enabling the feature “Exclude ebooks from CDI results.” Previously, as a Rapido customer, CSU could not take advantage of this feature but Rapido Basecamp has indicated that we may now do so.

Currently, a search for an ebook title in Primo VE generally results in duplicate records – the Alma record, CDI records and Rapido GTI records.

 

How to identify these records:

Almahttps://csu-sjsu.primo.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/01CALS_SJO/90j6td/alma991014055596802919 This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

CDI:  https://csu-sjsu.primo.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/01CALS_SJO/1nj5q0c/cdi_proquest_ebookcentral_EBC6964865 This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Rapidohttps://csu-sjsu.primo.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/01CALS_SJO/1vp5kuc/cdi_globaltitleindex_catalog_367259823 This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

 

Activating this feature will remove many but not all of the CDI ebook records duplicates in filtered and expanded results.  Keep in mind, some CDI records are better than Alma CZ bib records. Excluding the duplicates is optional but recommended because removal of duplicate records provides a less cluttered results list.  However, it’s possible that some users have permalinks for CDI records that will no longer be available.

Section 2:  Implementation

 

Steps to take before enabling the Exclude ebooks from CDI option:

  1. Review IZ ebook collections with portfolios.

These are the settings we usually recommend if not using the CDI exclude ebooks feature.  Note:  Once you activate the Exclude CDI ebooks box, Ex Libris says the settings do not matter here because the exclude ebook overwrites the collection level settings

 

 

 

 

2. Review database only collections.  (no Alma ebook portfolios)

 These are the settings to use.

 

 

 

3. You may want to review your settings for NZ ebook collections.

  1. Use your NZ CDI login to access shared CDI collections to make updates.

  2. Contact the eresourceshelp email if you need a log in.

 

4. Have a list of titles to test before implementation and after implementation from both IZ and NZ.

 

a.        Make a note of permalink and screenshots prior to implementation for books and chapters in both filtered and expanded views for collections and databases.

b.      After implementation, do duplicates disappear in filtered and expanded views?

c.       Are book chapters appearing in filtered and expanded views?

d.      If CDI duplicates remain, do you understand why? If not, open SF ticket.

e.       You will still see Rapido GTI records for collections with portfolios.

 

How to turn on the Exclude CDI eBooks setting (occurs in Discovery module):

 

  1.  Configuration Menu > Discovery > Search Configuration > Search Profiles

 

To filter/exclude CDI eBooks for Primo VE customers:

Select the Exclude CDI eBooks option in each search profile that includes a CDI search scope (Central Index). For more information, see Configuring Search Profiles for Primo VE This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

 Note: Functionality takes effect immediately once the box for “Exclude ebooks for CDI is checked.”

 

 

Section 3:  Ex Libris Documentation

 

Exclude eBooks from CDI Results:

November 2021 Phase 1: “This option is useful if you prefer to use your own eBook catalog records (in your Primo local index) instead of the eBook records from CDI. Turning on this option filters all eBook records from the CDI results, both in the filtered and expanded searches.”

Source:  Primo VE release notes This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

November 2022 Phase 2 update:  “We exclude CDI eBook records only for collections that have portfolios in Alma instead of filtering out all eBook records from the CDI results. Books from database collections will continue to appear in the CDI search results. For example, if you have active collections for Wiley or JSTOR books, these books are not returned by CDI, but the books from HathiTrust or other collections without portfolios in Alma are returned.”

SourcePrimo VE Release notes This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

 

Ebooks in Discovery This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. documentation:

“Specifically for eBooks, CDI contains both eBook and chapter-level records. This leads to a situation where you have the same book records from both Alma in your local Primo index and CDI. As a result, users see duplicate records in their results list when using a blended search scope. Since it is not technically possible to deduplicate these records between the local Primo index and CDI, we are providing alternative options to suppress the duplications.”

EBook records from CDI appear in Primo search results  if any of the following is true:

 

  1. The eBook collection is active in Alma, has active portfolios (selective or aggregator package type e-collection), and is active for search (CDI search activation = Yes).Users will see duplicate records in their Primo search results (both filtered and expanded searches), or when searching blended search scopes: the Alma bib records from the active portfolios + CDI indexed records.  Only CDI records that have corresponding portfolios in Alma will show the “Full-Text Available” label in this scenario.  CDI eBook records that don’t match to any Alma portfolios will not appear in filtered search, but will appear in expanded search and show the “No full-text” label.

  2. The eBook collection is a Database type e-collection (no portfolios), is active for search (CDI search activation = Yes), and the “ Full-Text Available in CDI Only” option is checked. In this scenario, all CDI eBook records will appear in both filtered AND expanded search with the “Full-Text Available” label.

  3. The eBook collection (whether database/selective or aggregator package) is NOT active in Alma, but is active for search (CDI search activation = Yes). Unless there is an active portfolio in any of your Alma collections, these records display the No full text available status and appear only when the expanded search option is enabled.

 

To prevent this, you can use either of the following options:

 

Option 1 - Suppress CDI eBooks/full-text availability labels of CDI eBooks – ERM does not recommend (aka the “Do not show as Full Text available in CDI even if active in Alma option in the CDI tab).

When this option is enabled, CDI eBook records for this collection do not appear in your filtered  search scope in Primo They are, for al intents and purposes, “suppressed” from discovery in Primo.

However, if the same collection has its “CDI search activation” option set to “Yes” the CDI eBook records for the collection will still appear in the expanded search (expand beyond the library collection), but will display the No full text available status.

Enabling the “Do not show as Full Text available in CDI even if active in Alma” option in combination with setting “CDI search activation” to “Yes” is NOT recommended because it will result in false negatives in your expanded search scope: CDI eBook records displaying “No-full text.”

The same applies to the chapter level records, which would not appear in the filtered result list, but would appear in the expanded search scope with a “No full-text” label if the collection is set to “CDI active for Search = Yes”.

This option does not affect your local bibliographic records. They are published to the local Primo index and are discoverable as before in Primo.

Note:  In cases where the same content is available and active in several collections in Alma but is only suppressed for CDI in one collection, the content is not suppressed, and the CDI records for those eBooks appear as available in CDI.

 

Option 2 –Filter/Exclude CDI eBooks – ERM recommends this approach

When this option is enabled, records from CDI are filtered out in your blended search scope for collections with portfolios. You still get the book chapter records and the book records for collections that do not have portfolios in Alma (database type collections).

This configuration does not affect your local bibliographic records. They are still published to the local Primo index and are therefore discoverable as before in Primo.

In cases where you have a portfolio for an eBook in Alma and the same book is available from a collection without portfolios, you still see duplicates in your results list, but the duplication should be reduced.

 

If you are also using Rapido, you can use this option. Its effect is the same as described above for the filtered search, but when using the expanded search option, users may still see duplicates if a book is available from the global title index used by Rapido and from a collection without portfolios and/or as a local record.

Quote from Rapido Basecamp:

in filtered search, the results will include only local ebooks, and CDI ebooks from specific CDI collections (of type database). in the expand search, the results will include local ebooks, and CDI ebooks from specific CDI Collections (of type database), as well as CDI books that come from the Rapido global index
 


06639451 - Clarification for setting up Exclude eBooks from CDI Results - Phase 2 (NERS #6702)

(Responses in italics from Christine Stohn, Ex Libris Product Director, March 2023 responding to my request to address Support case.)

Question 1. For ebook collections with portfolios, are these the correct settings to exclude CDI records in filtered and expanded results:

 

CDI Search activation status -- Not active

We subscribe to only some titles in this collection -- yes

Do not show as Full Text available in CDI even if active in Alma -- leave unchecked

 

Yes, but the settings do not matter here because the exclude ebook overwrites the collection level settings

 

Question 2. For the above scenario, does the CDI search activation status matter?

No, it makes no difference

 

Question 3: For the Exclude ebooks from CDI results to work correctly, does every search profile that contains the Central Index profile need to have the Exclude CDI ebooks box checked? For example, what if I want to exclude the CDI ebooks from my filtered search but I'd like them to appear in my expanded search profile, can I not check the box in that particular profile? Or does this go back to my question about whether to activate CDI Search activation status?

 

Filtered and expand search are not typically defined as different search profiles so the setting applies to both together, you cannot set it separately. Generally it needs to be set for every search profile.

 

Question 4: For database type collections, are these the correct settings if we implement Exclude ebooks from CDI:

 

CDI Search activation status -- active

CDI-only full text activation -- checked

Do not show as Full Text available in CDI even if active in Alma – unchecked

 

When you say “correct”, do you mean for the ebooks to appear or not to appear? This is the correct setting for the ebooks to appear in the filtered search even with the exclude ebook setting on, if you use the CDI-only setting and do not want to activate the database in Alma. Ebooks from db type collections are not filtered by the central ebook filter setting. With the above collection level setting the books would appear.

 

An alternative to this setting is to use the Alma activation wizard for the database and activate it fully in Alma. In that case you do not need the CDI-only full text activation checked. So in this case your settings would be

 

CDI Search activation status – active

CDI-only full text activation -- unchecked

Do not show as Full Text available in CDI even if active in Alma – unchecked

 

The only difference would be that the bib record for the database in this case is published to Primo.

 

Question 5: Why am I still seeing CDI ebooks in filtered search? Is this because it's in a collection that I don't have active?

 example: Why we need nuclear power : the environmental case

https://csu-sjsu.primo.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/01CALS_SJO/1nj5q0c/cdi_askewsholts_vlebooks_9780199344598 This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

 

As stated above we will need to conduct further analysis for this

NZ CDI Management

If you have volunteered or been volunteered to be the CDI liaison for the NZ, you will be able to change the CDI settings for your library’s CDI Group Settings in the NZ. 

Note: If your library is not sure if a CDI collection is active for the library in both the IZ and NZ, there is a report that can be downloaded to see which CDI resources are active in the IZ. IZ CDI settings will override NZ CDI settings so if the library decides to keep the IZ CDI resources, changes to settings will need to be done in the IZ. If a library wants the CDI settings to come from the NZ, the IZ CDI resource can be deleted or deactivated.

*If there are no Group Settings for the NZ e-collection, do not make changes and contact the NZ Admin (email goes to the eresourceshelp team).

  • If there are Group Settings for the NZ e-collection, go to your library in the list of Group Settings and edit the CDI configuration.
  • Follow the same steps as you would in the IZ, go to the CDI tab at the Collection level.
  • But in the NZ e-collection, go to the CDI Group Settings section of the CDI Institution Settings.
  • Make the changes for your library and save the changes.

Do not make changes if you do not see CDI Group Settings.

These will need to be set up by the NZ Electronic Resource Manager (email goes to the eresourceshelp team) and then local changes can be configured.

Image
screenshot of the CDI settings in the NZ
Image
screenshot of CDI group settings

 

 

NZ CDI Group Settings: If there are no libraries listed, contact the NZ Manager.

Image
screenshot of CDI configuration number 2

There is a CSU CDI configuration page to help make decisions on which CDI settings should be selected or not selected.

When the CDI settings are initially configured, if CDI Search is Free, all libraries will be set to Active for Search.  If Search requires a subscription, only subscribed libraries will be set to Active for Search.  After the initial set up, libraries will maintain the settings for their library's discovery configuration.

Continuing Maintenance of NZ CDI settings

When CDI collections are initially configured in the NZ, the Chancellor’s Office Network Zone Manager uses the Alma CDI Activation This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. documentation to configure the CDI collections.  Once the collections have been configured, the continuing maintenance then goes to the library.

There is a login to access the CDI collections in the NZ.  The login allows libraries to go into the NZ and configure the CDI settings for their library.  If the library does not have this login, contact the NZ Manager.

The Network Zone Manager sends out a weekly update that includes notes from the CDI Weekly Updates This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..  Also, if there are changes in the CZUTL for CDI collections, the NZ Manager will send out a spreadsheet of the collections that were updated in the weekly update in the NZ.  The updates to the NZ CDI collections may not appear in the Ex Libris weekly update notes and libraries do not have access to the NZ CZUTL to see what has been updated.

Libraries use this spreadsheet to look at the changes to the NZ CDI collections and update the settings that match the discovery experience at the library.  

Coming soon: Libraries will have the role to view CZUTL in the NZ to check on CDI changes in the Alma & CDI weekly updates.

CDI Quick Tips for finding where CDI record originates 

  • If your library does not want the CDI record in the search results, check Not Active in the Search Activation and check “Do not show as Full Text available in CDI even if active in Alma.”
  • If your library wants the CDI record in the search results but not the full text link, check Active for the Search Activation and check “Do not show as Full Text available in CDI even if active in Alma.”

How do I find out which collection is responsible for the CDI Record?:

After running the Analysis Tool, there will be a list of CDI collection activation.  You can use this list to discover where the CDI record or the full text link is originating.  If it is a CDI record you do not want to appear, libraries can make changes to the CDI Search Activation and Full Text link settings in both the IZ and NZ CDI settings.  There is a CDI-specific login for the NZ to make changes to the library’s CDI settings.  Please contact Jessica Hartwigsen for the login.

Do Not Retrieve Local Records from CDI feature (reduce CDI duplicates)

In the Rapido September 2023 release notes, there is an additional enhancement to reduce duplication of CDI ebook records.

Do Not Retrieve Local Records from CDI feature This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 

September 2023 Rapido
We recommend checking the Do Not Retrieve Local Records from CDI checkbox (Configuration > Discovery > Display Configuration > Configure Views) to avoid receiving duplicate results from the CDI for resources that exist locally when using a blended scope or when you do not want to return results for local resources when searching the central index.

Recommended:  Yes

SDSU and Northridge did preliminary testing.  Several of us discussed the enhancement with Chris Lee who also consulted with Ex Libris.  It appears to remove duplicate CDI ebook records.  We recommend enabling this feature if you want to remove duplicate results from CDI. We encourage you to discuss this with your ERM and Discovery staff.  Feel free to ask questions via ERM and Discovery Slack channels.

Examples for Testing:

You will need to find duplicate ebook records.   Here are some titles to test:

Becoming Hispanic-serving institutions : opportunities for colleges and universities

Generation Priced Out : Who Gets to Live in the New Urban America, with a New Preface

Office hours with a geometric group theorist

Implementation: 

This feature is enabled in the Discovery module.  

Configuration > Discovery > Display Configuration > Configure Views > Search Profile slots

 

Q&A with Meghann Weldon, Product Manager, Rapido:

Many of us changed our search profiles/slots when we implemented Rapido.  Some of us have a blended search slot with a filtered CDI and then we have a blended expanded search scope/slot that includes unfiltered CDI. 

Q: Should we be checking the box "Do not retrieve local records from CDI" for all blended search slots that include the Central Discovery Index?  I believe the answer is yes but please confirm.

A: Yes

Q:  How quickly does this implementation take effect?  SDSU found it took several hours.  Does that sound correct?

A: Now that the indexing project is done it should affect immediately

Q:  If we check "Do not retrieve local resources from CDI" but later change our mind, then, it's okay to uncheck the box, and the duplicates would return, right?

 A: Exactly

Q: Does this feature prevent Primo from retrieving BOTH your Alma record AND that same record that was harvested into the GTI? In essence, would we still have one of the records visible so patrons can still find local items with this on?

A: This feature will only affect the CDI record. The local record will always be returned if the scope contains the local index. The new parameter only affects whether it returns the CDI record as well or not.

Q: How does this interact with the “Exclude CDI eBooks” feature?

A: It doesn’t. It’s two different things. Our development removed resources that came from the GTI into the CDI. The Exclude CDI eBooks remove eBooks that are coming from collections with portfolios in Alma.Both developments will only remove results from the CDI. The local records will still be discoverable.

 

Other Institutions/Ex Libris CDI Documents
 
CSU CDI PresentationsEx Libris CDI Presentations
CDI-specific documentation and training This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 
Troubleshooting Tips & Tricks This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. resource posted in the Knowledge Center. Single activation is documented in the Alma online help. 
 
 

Guides to help set up Alma configuration for Electronic Resources such as Online Service Order, Display Logic, General Electronic Services.

his page covers Display Logic only as it applies to General Electronic Services and Full Text Services. 

Step-by-step guide

You must have configuration privileges in Alma to complete this process. 

  1. In Alma, go to Configuration > Fulfillment > Display Logic Rules. Click Add Rule to create a new rule.
  2. Not all fields in the form are required! You may ignore the "users" option, for example.
  3. Under Hide Service, choose either General Electronic Service (for services you have defined) or Full Text (for subscription databases/ecollections).
    1. For a GES: under with, choose Service.
    2. Under with value, choose the name of your GES
    3. For Full Text: under with, choose either Interface or Electronic Collection.
    4. Under with value, choose the name of your interface or ecollection. You can only choose Interfaces or Ecollections that are active in your IZ; no NZ resources will appear on the list.
  4. In general, Interface is the more flexible option:
    1. Choosing an Interface allows you to impact multiple ecollections. For example, specifying EBSCOhost interface will affect all databases you have on that platform, even if those databases are only active in the NZ.
    2. You can have an active Interface in your IZ even if you do not have an active Ecollection from that platform in your IZ.
      1. In your Alma Vendors, any vendor you set as an Access Provider must include an Interface Name. These Interfaces are available for Display Logic!
  5. Rules are constructed negatively. That is, they are basically phrased as "Do not display X if Y exists." There is no option to construct a positive rule like "Display X if Y is true." You can only construct enough negative rules to exclude every option but the result you want.
Important points
  • Order matters. Rules listed first are applied first.
  • Rules are immediately effective once you add them (Add or Add and Close).  Because the CSUs effectually lack a sandbox, you cannot test your rules anything other than live!
  • You can deactivate a rule without deleting it by toggling its Active button to off.
  • If the name of a service, interface, or ecollection changes, then you must update any Display Logic Rules that use the old name!
Use Case: Prevent duplication of full text databases in the services menu

This rule prevents multiple EBSCOhost databases from being listed in the online services menu when all of them offer the same full-text resource. (Other interfaces where this may be relevant include ProQuest and JSTOR.)

Text of the rule is: Hide service Full Text with Interface = EBSCOhost if exists service Full Text with Interface = EBSCOhost

(missing image here)

Use Case: Prevent display of one GES when a different one is available

Example: I have a GES that gives the user an option to search for free ERIC documents when the item has an ERIC ED accession number. In such a case, I do not want ILLiad to appear, because it may generate unnecessary ILL article requests.

Text of the rule is: Hide service General Electronic Service with Service = ILLIAD_JOURNALS if exists service General Electronic Service with Service = ERIC

Helpful information:

Display Logic Rules cannot be considered in isolation from the General Electronic Service Availability Rules!

General Electronic Services (GES) provide a variety of options to end-users in the Primo online services (aka "View It") menu. Most notable is ILLiad, but other common GES include "report a problem" forms, Google Scholar searches, ERIC searches, and ProQuest dissertation searches.

The initial display conditions of a GES are controlled its Service Details and Service Availability Rules. Display conditions may additionally be dependent upon your Display Logic Rules

Step-by-step guide

You must have System Administrator or Fulfillment Administrator privileges to complete this process.

  1. In Alma, go to Configuration > Fulfillment > General Electronic Services.
  2. Click Add Service. (To edit an existing service, click its title.)
  3. Service Code and Service Name are used only internally, within Alma. Code identifies the GES for things like Display Logic. Name can be more descriptive.
  4. Service Description is also internal-only and optional, but can be useful for recording notes.
  5. Public Name is how the service appears to end-users in Primo.
  6. Public Note is optional but can provide additional info to end-users. You may use basic html coding in this field, for example, to provide a web link.
  7. Display Location can be Viewit (the online full text services menu), Getit (the physical library items menu), both, or none (effectively disabling the GES).
  8. URL template is basically an openURL will vary depending on the type of service.
  9. Enable without login -Yes means that this GES will display only after an end-user has logged in to Primo.
  10. Disable service offers several basic criteria for display. 

After you create the initial GES, you must then edit its Service Availability Rules (SAR).

  1. Go to the GES's Service Availability Rules tab.
  2. The Default Rule, at the bottom of the page, is always IsDisplay=False
  3. For a GES that needs no other display conditions, just edit the default rule. Click the ellipsis icon next to the rule and choose Edit.
  4. Under Output Parameters, change IsDisplay to True, then Save.
  5. On the SAR tab, click Save. Your rule is now being applied. 

Important points

  • There is a limit of 25 total resources (including full-text databases and GES) on the "View It" menu.
  • Order of the GES list here does not matter. Order is controlled under Configuration > Fulfillment > General Electronic Services Order
  • Order of SARs does matter; rules listed first are applied first.

Understanding Service Availability Rules

The Default Rule, at the bottom of every new SAR tab, will always be IsDisplay=False 

  • For a simple GES that you want to display all the time, simply change the default rule to IsDisplay=True.
  • A GES that should display based upon specific criteria will require at least one additional SAR.
    1. If you leave the default rule set to IsDisplay=False, then most of your additional rules will have the condition IsDisplay=True.
      1. Another way to say this: Never display this service unless X condition is present.
    2. If you change the default rule to IsDisplay=True, then most of your additional rules will have the condition IsDisplay=False.
      1. Another way to say this: Always display this service except when X condition is present.
  • Because the order of SARs matters, put the rule that will apply most broadly at the top of the list. The system will read rules until it finds one that applies, then stop.
  • You can deactivate a rule without deleting it by toggling its Enabled button to off. 

Creating a SAR

  1. On the SAR tab, click Add Rule.
  2. Give the SAR a Name. The Description is optional.

    Because the conditions of an individual rule do not display on the SAR tab's rule list, it will make your life easier later to put the rule criteria into either the Name or the Description, as shown here:

     
  3. Click Add Parameter
  4. Name is the list of data fields.
  5. Operator is the condition (contains, is empty, is not empty, equals, does not equal, etc.)
  6. Value is what appears in the data field you chose.
  7. Click Add Parameter
  8. You may add multiple parameters; they will be treated as an AND operation (i.e., both parameters must be true for the rule to apply).
  9. Make sure IsDisplay is set as you prefer; True will be the default.
  10. Click Save.
  11. NB when you are testing new rules: You must click Save on the SAR tab to make the rule live.

Tip for selecting fields and values to use in your parameters

  1. In Chrome, right-click in the background area of the Viewit or GetIt menu (it's an iframe)
  2. Select View Frame Source
  3. Remove view-source: from before "http" in the URL field
  4. Jump to the end of the URL, find svc_dat=getit and change it to svc_dat=CTO
  5. Press Enter. An XML page displays with the OpenURL elements for this record.

The PNX bookmarklet and, in the case of the link resolver, the openURL, may also be helpful for inspecting records. 

Use Case: ILLiad

Theoretically, your could have a single GES for ILLiad, but there is good reason to divide ILLiad into at least two, articles and books. Primarily, ILLiad's parsing limitations mean that you should not include ISBN and ISSN in the same URL Template. Splitting into two GES also allows you to present more specific information or instructions to the user about the different types of material.

More than two ILLiad services are possible; however, you would need to carefully tailor the conditions for their availability via SARs. 

ILLiad Articles

 

My library uses EZproxy (locally hosted) to authenticate users of ILLiad (hosted with OCLC), so our URL Template is our proxy prefix, followed by our ILLiad base address, followed by:

?Action=10&Form=30&rft.genre={rft.genre}&rft.title={rft.title}&rft.stitle={rft.stitle}&rft.atitle={rft.atitle}&rft.jtitle={rft.jtitle}&rft.date={rft.year}&rft.month={rft.month}&rft.volume={rft.volume}&rft.issue={rft.issue}&rft.number={rft.number}&rft.spage={rft.spage}&rft.epage={rft.epage}&rft.pages={rft.pages}&rft.edition={rft.edition}&rft.issn={rft.issn}&rft.eissn={rft.eissn}&rft.au={rft.au}&rft.aulast={rft.aulast}&rft.aufirst={rft.aufirst}&rft.auinit={rft.auinit}&rft.pub={rft.pub}&rft.pubdate={rft.pubdate}&rft.pubyear={rft.pubyear}&rft.publisher={rft.publisher}&rft.place={rft.place}&rft.doi={rft.doi}&rfe_dat={rft.oclcnum}&rfr_id={rfr_id}

Currently, we have only one SAR:

If rft.genre=article, display=true

(Default is display=false)

ILLiad Books

 

The URL Template is slightly different from the one for articles:

?Action=10&Form=30&rft.genre={rft.genre}&rft.title={rft.btitle}&rft.stitle={rft.stitle}&rft.atitle={rft.atitle}&rft.date={rft.pubdate}&rft.month={rft.month}&rft.volume={rft.volume}&rft.issue={rft.issue}&rft.number={rft.number}&rft.epage={rft.epage}&rft.spage={rft.spage}&rft.edition={rft.edition}&rft.isbn={rft.isbn}&rft.eisbn={rft.eisbn}&rft.au={rft.aulast},{rft.aufirst}&rft.auinit={rft.auinit}&rft.pub={rft.pub}&rft.publisher={rft.publisher}&rft.place={rft.place}&rft.doi={rft.doi}&rfe_dat={rft.oclcnum}&rfr_id={rfr_id}

Several SARs apply:

 

The first rule is display=false, so that any results coming from our systemwide shared library catalog will automatically be excluded.

The next rules are display=true. So if a result is from somewhere other than our shared catalog, and it is a book or book chapter, the ILLiad book option will appear. 

We also use a Display Logic rule to hide the ILLiad Books GES if our systemwide Resource Sharing option is present. 

Use Case: Report a Problem

SFX had a built-in "report a problem" form, but in Alma you must build your own. Once you have a form, you can link to it via a GES.

The form grabs the OpenURL data (i.e. the citation information and the URL of the link resolver menu) and passes it along to you for troubleshooting

Sample code for building your own form: 

Please note that the forms above are customized for their local circumstances; you will want to test their output and edit them to reflect your library's needs.

Once you have a reporting form, create a GES for it, as shown in this example:

 

For URL Template, I have the address of my library's web form, plus the openURL data we want to include. YOU CANNOT JUST COPY AND PASTE THIS LINK! YOU MUST EDIT IT TO PROVIDE YOUR OWN FORM'S ADDRESS.

http://library.csusb.edu/forms/Error/report.php?rft.issn={rft.issn}&rft.eissn={rft.eissn}&rft.isbn={rft.isbn}&rft.au={rft.au}&rft.ausuffix={rft.ausuffix}&rft.aucorp={rft.aucorp}&rft.volume={rft.volume}&rft.month={rft.month}&rft.genre={rft.genre}&rft.auinit={rft.auinit}&rft.pub={rft.pub}&rft.issue={rft.issue}&rft.place={rft.place}&rft.title={rft.title}&rft.stitle={rft.stitle}&rft.btitle={rft.btitle}&rft.jtitle={rft.jtitle}&rft.aufirst={rft.aufirst}&linktype=openurl&rft.atitle={rft.atitle}&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Aarticle&rft.auinit1={rft.auinit1}&rft.date={rft.year}&rft.year={rft.year}&url_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft.aulast={rft.aulast}&rft.spage={rft.spage}&rft.epage={rft.epage}&rfr_id=info:doi/{rfr_id}

Display location is Viewit only because this GES is only for reporting link resolver issues. 

This GES has only one SAR, IsDisplay=True.

Use Case: Google Scholar Search

Grabs the article title and plugs it into a Google Scholar search. This is handy for locating articles that may be available free via Institutional Repositories or are otherwise open access. 

URL Template is: 

https://scholar.google.com/scholar?as_q=%22{rft.atitle}%22&ie=utf8&oe=utf8

Display location can be just Viewit, or Viewit & Getit. If using the "both" option, you may wish to Disable service: When Resource is owned by institution

This GES has only one SAR, IsDisplay=True.

Use Case: ProQuest Dissertations Search

Grabs the dissertation title and plugs it into a search of the ProQuest Dissertations database(s). Since all CSUs have subscription access to at least one of the ProQuest disssertions products (Humanities & Social Sciences), make sure to proxy the URL so your off-campus users can get to the full text.

URL Template is: 

(your proxy prefix here)http://gateway.proquest.com/openurl?res_dat=xri%3Apqm&title={rft.btitle}&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&url_ver=Z39.88-2004&genre=dissertation

This GES requires some SARs so that it will display only on records for dissertations. 

 

My library uses a second Dissertations GES for dissertation references coming to the link resolver the PsycINFO and MLA databases. The SARs address conditions specifc to only those sources:

 

We use Display Logic rules to hide other service options, such as ILLiad, when a Dissertations GES is present.

Use Case: ERIC Documents Search

Our blended EBSCOhost results include results from ERIC. Many recent ERIC Documents are available free, so we wanted to offer an ERIC search rather than an ILLiad form.

URL Template is:

http://eric.ed.gov/?q=title%3A{rft.atitle}{rft.btitle}

This GES requires some SARs so that it will display only for ERIC Document records. Notice that rule one has two conditions:

 

Use Case: Hide Resource Sharing (CSU+) on the Link Resolver Services Menu

Please see Sarina Sinick's original wiki post, Hiding the CSU+ link on your Primo Services page, option 2.

What follows is a condensed version:

FIrst, create a placeholder GES that appears only in the link resolver.

  1. Give it a descriptive name, e.g. Hide CSU+
  2. Put any fake URL into the URL Template field; display it everywhere, disable service never.
  3. Change the default SAR to display=true, then create one additional SAR:

    If rfr_id contains primo.exlibrisgroup.com-01CALS_ALMA, display=false

The CALS_ALMA SAR should prevent your placeholder from appearing on the services menu for results from PCI or the CSU shared catalog. In other words, the Hide CSU+ GES should appear only in the link resolver. Test to verify before proceeding!

Then, create two Display Logic Rules, as follows:

  1. Hide service Resource Sharing Request with Resource Sharing System = Alma if exists service General Electronic Service with Service = Hide CSU+
  2. Hide service General Electronic Service with Service = Hide CSU+

The rules must go in this order! The first rule prevents resource sharing from showin up on any page where our placeholder GES appears.The second rule then hides the placeholder, so it won't confuse your users. 

Control the order in which full-text databases are presented to the end-user in your Alma services menu.

You do not need to account for every resource. If you have not specified an order, the default is alphabetical.

Step-by-step guide 

You must have configuration privileges in Alma to complete this process.

  1. In Alma, go to Configuration > Fulfillment > Online Services Order.
  2. Choose Add to Top or Add to Last Services. Entries in Top will always sort first on the list, and entries in Last will always sort at the bottom, Within each section, you can control relative order using the Move Up and Move Down buttons.
  3. Your first choice is Service Type, but effectively, the only option there is Full Text.
  4. The next option is Service Name. You have the option of choosing a specific Electronic Collection or an Interface.
  5. In general, Interface is the more flexible option:
    1. Choosing an Interface allows you to impact multiple ecollections. For example, if you add the EBSCOhost interface to the table as shown below, all associated databases will sort to that position in the Top services table, even if those databases are only active in the NZ.
    2. You can have an active Interface in your IZ even if you do not have an active Ecollection from that platform in your IZ.
      1. In your Alma Vendors, any vendor you set as an Access Provider must include an Interface Name. These Interfaces are available for populating your Online Services Order!
  6. Under Additional Preferences, choosing yes for Prefer Source Service overrides any other order rules. For example: if a record came from JSTOR, then a JSTOR service will automatically be the top choice on its list, even if your rules specify that other ecollections or interfaces would normally sort first. 

TIP: You can combine Interfaces and Electronic Collections in your lists. For example, you might choose to include the JSTOR Interface fairly low on your Top services list, but place JSTOR Current Scholarship Program Complete above that, so that current content appears first in a menu.

TIP: You may wish to construct a very robust Top services table. Certain ecollections commonly managed in the NZ (such as the Biodiversity Heritage Library) appear near the beginning of the alphabet, but you may not want them to show near the top of a menu. If it is only in the NZ, then you would not be able to add it to your Services to be placed last. However, if you specify the order for all of your important publisher and aggregator interfaces, then the Biodiversity Heritage Library would only appear after more desirable collections. Or the publisher or aggregator can be added as a vendor. Then it can be placed in the 'Services to be placed last".

Image
Online Service Order example

ER staff may need to consult with Systems, Fulfillment as well as Discovery to set up and maintain the processes described in this best practice document.  

The openURL, proxy, and Discovery Interface Display Logic are driving forces behind display and access of electronic resources.  It is essential to have recommendations and best practices that allow us to customize and maximize the system for the benefit of staff and library users.

OpenURL

  • Alma's UResolver complies with 0.1 and 1.0 OpenURL (Sept 2016).  The goal of the Alma Link Resolver is to provide patrons access to electronic resources that they have identified using OpenURL-compliant discovery tools such as Google Scholar, PubMed, Primo, etc.
  • As a link resolver, Alma provides services for searches performed in sources other than Alma. Alma’s link resolver uses the Services Page view  This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.(which is defined in Primo) in order to display these services.
  • The Link Resolver Base URL consists of the following parameters:  https://<Primo_domain>/openurl/<Alma_institution_code>/<view_code>?   This same URL is also available in Alma by navigating to General Config menu > General Config > Other settings > Primo service page url.
  • The Alma resolver augmentation function is a component of the Alma Link Resolver process that enhances OpenURL metadata with DOI, OAI, and PubMed informationWe recommend that you implement this, a one time only task.  Look under General Configuration > Integration Profiles > Add Integration Profile.  Note:  Ask Jessica at CO for CrossRef details.
  • Alma supports the ability to check the validity of the full-text URL before presenting it to the end user through the View It services menu. This functionality is only available for EBSCOhost – The EBSCO Link Resolver Plugin.  In an NZ environment, the Link Resolver Plugin integration profile must be created for the network institution and for all the member institutions.  We recommend that you agree to let Jessica implement this plugin for you.
  • If you need to provide an openURL when submitting support cases, this Ex Libris document (How to Extract OpenURL This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.) explains how to extract an openURL from Primo, Alma and Google Scholar.

Proxy

  • Proxy is configured in Alma on the General Configuration page (Administration > General Configuration > Configuration Menu), click Integration Profiles under External Systems.
  • Most institutions use a single proxy server, in which case one proxy profile should be defined. If an institution uses several proxy servers, a proxy profile should be defined for each proxy server.
  • This chart is helpful in understanding the effect of proxy enabled at the collection, service and portfolio levels.  Portfolios inherit the proxy-enabled setting from the service-level, proxy-enabled setting to which they are attached. As a result, you do not need to set a portfolio-level proxy-enabled setting unless you want it to be something different from the service-level setting.
  • Which proxy setting is best for you?  We recommend Selective – This proxy is used for resources where EnableProxy=Yes and this proxy is selected (this is equivalent to selecting Always for a non-default proxy).  This option takes into account that most of us have open access collections and thus, will not apply the proxy.

Discovery Interface Display Logic

 In Alma, most electronic resources configuration options having to do with display in Primo are found in the Fulfillment Configuration Menu > Discovery Interface Display Logic (image of menu below).   Most options/features/services/labels you see in the Primo View It and Get It windows are determined by how you configure and order the items you see in the menu below.

General Electronic Services

Some things to know:

  • GES redirects the user to an external source whereas Display Logic determines what to show/hide in Primo.
  • To configure these tables requires System Administrator or Fulfillment Administrator roles.
  • Note:  View It is limited to 25 resources (services and databases). 

 

GES examples

  1.  Look it up in Amazon (Note:  Consortial agreement to  turn off the Amazon GES in Primo Back Office)
  2. Ask a Librarian
  3. ProQuest Dissertations (should already be implemented)
  4. ERIC
  5. Search Google Scholar
     

You might choose to have Ask a Librarian for the Get It window and a separate GES Report a Problem that only displays for electronic resources (the View It window). The KB has some documentation about creating a web based form (How to create a "Report a Problem" link to be included in the "Get It" or "View It" menus, including the OpenURL? This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.) but we found this  Developer Network Tech Blog This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. by our own Ian Chan (CSU San Marcos) about creating a UResolver form to be really helpful.  Note that Ian’s form includes some information reflective of their local situation, where it sends an email to their ticketing system; so other campuses may not need all of that information.   SJSU and CSUSB for instance have the form emailed to the appropriate staff.  You can see CSUSB’s adaptation in action on any View It menu, where it is labeled as “Report a problem with this link.” Here is an example from SJSU This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

See Adding a General Electronic Service for more information.

Another GES you may want to set up is Search Google Scholar.  Basically, it takes the article title and throws it into Google Scholar; this is handy for locating articles that may be available free via Institutional Repositories or are otherwise open access.  You'll need this URL to add This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. to the URL template in your GES.  
 

Display Logic

Display Logic Rules examples:
 

  1.  ILLIAD or Resource Partner Sharing Request - when to hide or not show
  2. Hid a particular electronic collection if full text available in another electronic collection
  3. Get It Now
  4. Hide Purchase link in Primo
  5. Hide service Digitization
  6. Hide a service for certain user groups.
     

Some things to know:

An institution cannot define display logic rules based on shared collections in the NZ. [An enhancement was submitted by Jessica at the Chancellor Office; Sept 2016; see ERM known issues.  FYI, rules that are enabled at the campus level (based on IP ranges) override all electronic display logic rules enabled at the institution level.  Probably not applicable to CSU.  Patron purchase requests is a service exposed from Alma to Primo. This service is initially hidden from users by default with the rule Hide Service Purchase Request.

A Display Logic Rule may have unintended consequences.  Best Practice in this order:

 

Display Logic Labels

The Discovery Interface Labels Code Table page (Fulfillment > Fulfillment Configuration > Configuration Menu > Discovery Interface Display Logic > Labels) contains predefined labels that appear on the Get It and View It tabs in Primo. You cannot add or remove these labels, but you can edit the label’s text to suit your requirements.  You may also change the font size and color as well as apply html code.  Here is an example of the table in which one of the labels has been modified.  The text was changed from the default "Not Loanable" to "Library Use Only". 

 

 

Here is what displays in Primo:

Integration Profile 

Integration profiles list page can be found:  Configuration Menu > General > External Systems > Integration Profiles, click Add Integration Profile.

Add EBSCO API Link Resolver:

  1. Select Link Resolver Plugin from the Integration Type drop-down list.
  2. Select EBSCO from the Vendor drop-down list.
  3. Select Active.
  4. Enter the API User ID provided to you by EBSCO. The API User ID is an EBSCO authentication string that is customer specific and consists of three parts, separated by periods, custid.groupid.profileid where:

    • custid is the EBSCO admin customer id
    • groupid is the Group ID in EBSCOhost where the database resides
    • profileid is the Profile ID in EBSCOhost where the database resides

    For example: s123456.main.eit. The structure of this authentication string is identical to the target Information for Z39.50 Connections.

    Contact your EBSCO representative if you do not already have this information.

  5. See Documentation for more set up configurations needed in the e-collections after the Integration Profile is setup.
  6. List of EBSCO e-collections This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. that do not use the API Link Resolver.

Licenses

Alma allows you to display an online resource's license information in Primo. The terms of the license are configured in Alma, as well as the license-related labels that display in the View It tab.  In order to view licenses in Primo, you will need to enable the license first and that is found:  Fulfillment Configuration Menu -> Discovery Interface Display Logic →Other Setting.  You may also change the labels and specify which license terms to display.  To set this up, please refer to Displaying License Information This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. document.  It also includes a helpful 5 minute video This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Related Records

Alma allows you to configure the display of records that are related (e.g., title changes) to electronic records by using the Related Record Services Configuration page.  Related Records is similar to Related Objects in SFX.  It displays in the Primo View It tab.

Options available: 

  1. Enable Related Records services as part of original services
  2. Enable Related Records services separately from original record services in Primo
  3. Do not enable

We recommend #2 because it separates the two services thus avoiding potential problems and because it is visually easier to view in the window.
Direct Linking

Direct Linking says:  if only one fulltext service available, then take the user directly to the fulltext.  Specific instructions to enable this function are available in the Discovery Interface Display Logic This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. document.  Here is one forum thread arguing against using direct linking  This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..  Alma Product Management plans to implement improvements for when direct linking does not work (Sept 2016).  We recommend that this service is at the discretion of each campus.

Alma attempts to enrich the incoming URL using DOI. If this does not succeed, Alma attempts to enrich the incoming URL using the PMID. Similar to how CrossRef works. 

Note that if you do not include a PubMed API key, Alma continues to augment using the existing syntax; but there is no guarantee regarding how long PubMed will remain backward compatible.

Instructions

  1. Login or Register with PubMed: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/account/ This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

  2. To create a key, go to the Settings which is located under your account name in the top right hand corner of the page.

     
  3. Go to the API Key Management and click on Create an API key.

  4. Copy the key and login into Alma

  5. Go to: Configuration Menu > General > External Systems > Integration Profiles), select Add Integration Profile This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

 

7. Go to Augmentation

8. Go to the Actions tab after clicking on the Edit link.

9. Scroll down to the PubMed Definitions and paste in the API Key from PubMed.

10. Save changes

 

Alma has the ability to autoload the holdings for SpringerLink journals and ebooks from Springer using a KBART file to update the holdings in Alma.  There are e-collections for both the SpringerLink Journals and E-books in the CZ. These e-collections must be used with the Integration Profile for Upload Electronic Holdings This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. configuration. 

Instructions

  1. Go to Springer and read the section, Automated KBART Holdings Feeds This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.
  2. Login to the Springer Admin (link on the Springer KBART page: https://librarian.springernature.com/organizations/content This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.)
  3. You are on the "Your content" page and copy the token for Alma.
  4. Then go into Alma and activate the appropriate Springer AutoHoldings collection
  5. Do not activate the portfolios when activating the e-collection
  6. Then go to Configuration > General > Integration Profiles
  7. Add Integration Profile
  8. Choose Integration Type > Upload Electronic Holdings
  9. Choose Springer under Provider
  10. Choose when to schedule the job and Save the profile
  11. During the initial set up of the Integration Profile, run the job before saving all changes to make sure everything is working
  12. After the job is finished, check the e-collection to see if all of the titles have been activated
  13. Springer KBART/Autoholdings Troubleshooting  This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.is available from the Springer site

Perpetual collections

There have been changes to the configuration and management of perpetual collections for collections that were previously part of an SDLC subscription.  If a library cancels a centralized subscription and perpetual access is part of the subscription, those titles will need to be configured and managed in the IZ.  

When a collection is canceled, perpetual access is different for each library and depends on when they started the subscription and when they ended the subscription.   Access to titles and the coverage for those titles can be different for each library.  Since there is no longer a central subscription for the collection, the collection will need to be activated in the IZ with the content included in the perpetual access at the time the subscription is canceled.  SDLC can help with what is included in the perpetual access, but most content admin sites have an option to download titles lists with the perpetual access holdings. 

Exception to this change, if CO/SDLC purchased a perpetual collection, such as the AAPT Book Archive or Ethnic & Diversity or the Adam Matthew collections.  These collections will be maintained in the NZ since the collections were purchased for all libraries at the same time.  Coverage will be same for all libraries for these one-time purchases.

 

From Kirstie Genzel:

"Perpetual access (or post termination access as some vendors call it) typically varies for each campus.  The coverage dates that your campus retains after canceling a subscription depend on the years there was an active subscription, so your perpetual coverage dates might be different than those of another campus.  

Managing different coverage dates for different campuses is very difficult in the NZ since there is no option that allows portfolio coverage dates in a single e-collection to be adjusted on a campus by campus basis using the group settings. It requires separate e-collections to be managed for each variation in coverage dates, which is not feasible. Because of this, if a library cancels a subscription through SDLC, they will need to set up a collection in their IZ for their perpetual access, adjusting the coverage dates to match what is available to their campus specifically.  

In the rare instances where all CSUs start and end a subscription through SDLC together, or the publisher provides the same perpetual access to everyone regardless of when they subscribed, those e-collections would be able to be maintained in the NZ. Those situations are rare however." 

Background: As more subscriptions are canceled, more information has been provided by SDLC about perpetual collections and what libraries can access after cancelation.   Coverage is not the same between the libraries because of when they added the collection and when it was canceled.  The NZ Wiley collections will be discontinued at the end of January 2025 and all libraries will need to set up the Wiley Autoholdings.  Please see below for instructions.

From Kirstie Genzel:

"Perpetual access (or post termination access as some vendors call it) typically varies for each campus.  The coverage dates that your campus retains after canceling a subscription depend on the years there was an active subscription, so your perpetual coverage dates might be different than those of another campus.  

Managing different coverage dates for different campuses is very difficult in the NZ since there is no option that allows portfolio coverage dates in a single e-collection to be adjusted on a campus by campus basis using the group settings. It requires separate e-collections to be managed for each variation in coverage dates, which is not feasible. Because of this, if a library cancels a subscription through SDLC, they will need to set up a collection in their IZ for their perpetual access, adjusting the coverage dates to match what is available to their campus specifically.  

In the rare instances where all CSUs start and end a subscription through SDLC together, or the publisher provides the same perpetual access to everyone regardless of when they subscribed, those e-collections would be able to be maintained in the NZ. Those situations are rare however." 

 

Because of the differences in coverage for Wiley, which has not been a part of the centralized negotiated collection since 2014, the Wiley NZ collections will be removed.  It is recommended to configure the Wiley AutoHoldings collections in the IZ.

Below are instructions for configuring the Wiley Integration Profile:

Configuring Wiley Autoholdings collections in the IZ: (Instructions provided by Nikki DeMoville)

  • Autoholdings is quite easy to set up This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.
    • You need to have administrator access to Wiley Online Library (same as for setting up access, usage stats, etc.)
    • Alma Administrator role to set up the integration profile
    • Alma user role/permission to monitor Repository jobs
  • Autoholdings is very useful for making sure that your journal holdings are up to date—users will see accurate portfolio information or links to ILL options
    • The downside of this is if Wiley decides to change your access, your portfolio coverage will reflect the changes, even if they are in error
    • You need to monitor the job and occasionally handle multi-matches or errors
  • Autoholdings is useful for managing EBA programs
  • Autoholdings often results in a LOT of record changes and churn
    • If you add local fields to CZ records, expect these to get overwritten frequently as records are deleted and reactivated
  • If you have portfolio or bibliographic metadata or local fields you need to preserve, or want to distinguish purchased titles from EBA titles, I recommend creating a local collection for these portfolios.  You can name it Wiley Perpetual or whatever and add a Display Logic Rule so that only your local collection displays in Primo.  Autoholdings will continue to update these titles in the main collection, so you'll get full CDI indexing for these titles.

Description of Advanced Alma Queries and examples of advanced search queries in the NZ to locate shared electronic collections.  These searches can be adapted for IZ Repository Searches.

  1. Must use Electronic Collection or Electronic Portfolio to locate e-collections in Alma, not All Titles, Electronic Titles or Collection.
  2. In the NZ, can use the Facets and Advanced Search to narrow down the search results.
    1. Advanced Search for NZ e-collections for a specific library: Electronic Collection: Available for > Equals > LIBRARY_NAME
  3. Click on Facets section and go to the Available for in either the Electronic Collection or Portfolio search results
  4. Locate Electronic Collection
    1. Search by Electronic Collection > Electronic Collection Name > Enter in name of e-collection
      1. If searching for all of the EBSCO resources, enter in EBSCO or EBSCOhost
      2. Use Electronic Collection > Keyword search to locate a specific collection with or without the vendor name
  5. NZ Electronic Collections
    1. Search by Electronic Collection and Electronic Collection Name and then click Advanced Search and
    2. Choose Electronic Collection: Collection Available For in Electronic Collection section > equals > Choose Campus from dropdown list
      1. This will list the e-collections and databases shared by your library
      2. If you want to weed out the OA e-collections to look at only subscribed collections first, add a condition to the Advanced search the Electronic Collection search: Internal Description > Not Contains Keywords > Open Access or OA
      3. If you want to weed out the Database-only e-collections (no portfolios), choose Electronic Collection Type > Not Equals > Database
  6. Opt-in Electronic Collections in the NZ for a specific library
    1. Search by Electronic Collection and Electronic Collection Name and the click on the Advanced Search
    2. Choose Electronic Collection: Internal Description > Contains Keywords > "Opt-in"
    3. Add condition, Electronic Collection: Collection Available For in Electronic Collection section > equals > Choose Campus from dropdown list
      1. Both of these searches together will list the Opt-in collections for a specific library.
    4. If your library upgraded an ECC collection, i.e. EBSCO ACADEMIC ULTIMATE, it is notated as an Opt-in in the NZ but also as an "UPGRADE" in the NZ.
  7. ECC Electronic Collections in the NZ for a specific library
    1. Search by Electronic Collection and Electronic Collection Name and the click on the Advanced Search
    2. Choose Electronic Collection: Internal Description > Contains Keywords > "ECC"
    3. Add condition, Electronic Collection: Collection Available For in Electronic Collection section > equals > Choose Campus from dropdown list
      1. Both of these together will list the ECC e-collections for a specific library.
    4. If your library upgraded an ECC collection, i.e. EBSCO ACADEMIC ULTIMATE, it is notated as an Opt-in in the NZ but also as an "UPGRADE" in the NZ.
  8. Open Access Electronic Collections in the NZ
    1. Search by Electronic Collection and Electronic Collection Name and the click on the Advanced Search
    2. Choose Electronic Collection: Internal Description > Contains Keywords > "Open Access" or "OA"
  9. IZ Full Text e-collections
    1. Search for a list of full text e-collections in the IZ.  The Advanced search conditions will narrow down the results to the available full text e-collections.
      1. Choose Electronic Collection > Electronic Collection in the IZ and then choose Advanced search
      2. Locate Electronic Collection: Service Type > equals > Full Text and the second condition is Availability > equals > Available
        1. This will weed out collections that may be in the IZ but may not be activated
        2. Use Availability > equals > Not Available to locate e-collections that are in the IZ but not active for search in Primo
  10. Electronic portfolio search
    1. Choose Electronic Portfolio > Choose search option from dropdown list > enter in search term
      1. In the NZ can narrow down results to specific library by choosing the library name under Facets
  11. Inactivate Portfolios search
    1. Choose Electronic Collection > Electronic Collection Name > Leave search box empty
    2. Click on Advanced Search
    3. Choose Electronic Portfolio > Equals > Not Available
    4. A list of collections will appear in the search results
    5. Go to the Edit Service > Portfolios tab > Status = Unavailable
      1. Either reactivate the portfolio, remove it, or link it to a CZ bib record
  12. BrowZine Query
    1. Browzine Set Query needed for Browzine.  *Can also be used for a general query of what a library is sharing for e-collections and e-portfolios in the NZ.
    2. Set Type Logical Where (Material Type equals “Journal” AND Collection available for equals “LIBRARY_NAME” AND Availability (Electronic Portfolio) equals “Available” AND Available for equals “LIBRARY_NAME”
    3. *BOTH E-collection availability and E-portfolio availability are needed in the query to account for portfolio-level sharing, not just e-collection-level sharing.  Some libraries share portfolios within an e-collection, for example, Oxford University Press. There are several libraries that have access to five portfolios in the subscription that other libraries do not subscribe to.
  13. Provider Subscription Tool (My Electronic Resources by Provider)
    1. This tool This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. can help by creating a list of resources available by provider to determine if all of the available e-collections are active.  The Provider ID in the documentation is referring to the linking parameter for the e-collection. It is not the ID used in the vendor record or license.
  14. Use NZ CDI login to view internal notes for e-collections.
    1. The CDI login for the Network Zone allows users to view the internal notes for the collections.  Users can see when the CDI settings were last updated. Also, users can check if the collection is OA, ECC, or Opt-in.

Searching for e-collections with a local public name in the NZ

Currently in the NZ, if I’ve updated the Public Name of an e-collection in the NZ, that name does not appear in a search from the local Alma search of the NZ tab.  For example, the CZ name for EBSCO e-books is EBSCOhost Ebooks. I have local public name of NetLibrary e-Books (EBSCO e-books) because our NetLibrary e-books were migrated to EBSCO e-books several years ago.  You can search the NZ for NetLibrary and the e-collection will appear in the search results but you will not see the local name, just the CZ name, EBSCOhost Ebooks. I’ve had a case open for about a year asking to display the local public name.  Unfortunately, Ex Libris does not have plans to change the current display. The Inventory tab of the NZ license does display both names if you are not sure which e-collection is being used in the NZ.

Note from Ex Libris about searching Alma NZ:

The way it was explained to me by Ex Libris was that if it states Held By, it is coming from the IZ (if you see My Institution listed then it is available in your library’s IZ).  If it is Availability: Electronic Version, it is coming from the NZ.  All active e-collections will appear (shared and not shared) in an All Titles search.  The coverage date displayed in these records do not reflect what the CSU's date coverage is for that title.  For that, an Electronic Portfolio search would need to be done.

To see the Available For label and what electronic collections your library is sharing in the NZ, then you will need to do an Electronic Collection or Electronic Portfolio search.  The Available For label only displays for electronic portfolios and collections.

Advanced CKB Queries (Ex Libris) This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Instructions for the IZ:

Ask the NZ ERM Manager to copy NZ license templates to the IZ. 

Once the templates has been copied to the IZ, create a template from the NZ license. This template can be used to create licenses for the same vendor.

Go to the Licenses: Acquisitions -> Acquisition Infrastructure -> Licenses

  • Locate templates, usually have a green check mark next to the license name.

  • Go to More Options and click on View. 

Image
screenshot for license template
Image
screenshot of saving template
  • Then choose Save as a Template.

Image
screenshot of saving the license template
Image
screenshot of template back button
  • This template can now be used to create licenses for the same vendor.

    • The license terms will copy over from the NZ license and can be edited.

  • When adding a new license, choose Load from Template

  • Pick the template created from the NZ shared license

Image
screenshot of JSTOR license template
Image
screenshot of loading a license template
Image
screenshot of the save button for license template

 

After saving the new license, go back into the new license and check the

Image
screenshot of locating the new license template

 

Image
screenshot of the license terms ILL
 
 
 
 
 

 

Weekly UpdatesWhat To Check
Check the Alma Weekly Update Notes This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. emailed out every week.
  • Weekly Update Notes: Ex Libris applies the weekly update on Sundays.
  • Name Changes for e-collections: This is when ExL changes the name of an e-collection to match the vendor’s name of the collection.  If there are any configurations, such as Display Logic or GES, that use the name of the e-collection, the name will need to be updated.  The name of the e-collection may need to be updated in the POL. This includes Opt-in collections from the NZ.
  • Deletions and e-collection replacements:This is when ExL removes an e-collection and replaces it with a new e-collection. In this case, if your library is using an e-collection that is being replaced, the new e-collection will need to be activated in the CZ, all portfolios will need to be activated again and the POL will need to be migrated to the new e-collection.
    • When an e-collection is being deleted, export the current portfolios.  Use this file to update the new e-collection if it is a package with selective portfolios, not an aggregator package.
    • Ex Libris may not give the name of the e-collection that is replacing the one being removed.  A query of the CZ will need to be done to locate the new e-collection.  Start with the name of the e-collection listed in the subscription information from the vendor.
    • Reminder: If an NZ collection is replaced by a new collection, the IZ POL for the NZ opt-in collection will need to be updated with the new collection name.
    • See section below:  *ExL Removes E-collections and portfolios, how to keep them in your instance.
    • Starting February 2025, Ex Libris will post the upcoming deletions of collections This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. in the CZUTL, the collection description in Alma and in the weekly update notes.
  • New collections added: This is when a library has been waiting for ExL to add an e-collection that was previously missing. The new e-collection will need to be added from the CZ.  This applies to Open Access resources too.  For example, I’ve been waiting for a new ATLA e-collection to match the subscription for one of the libraries.  That new e-collection was added to the CZ and now can be activated and made available to that library.  If a local e-collection was created while waiting for the global e-collection to be added, the POL will need to be migrated to that new CZ e-collection after it is activated.
    • When activating a new collection, please add the RapidILL Lending Note to the collection's Internal Description field, adding either LendableInternational, LendableCountry, or LocalOnly. Use LocalOnly for Open Access collections. Also, it would help locate the Open Access collections by add a note “Open Access” in the Internal Description of the collection. The RapidILL lending note must be separated by “;” Example: Open Access ; LocalOnly. (Open Access can be found in the repository search, Electronic Collection:Internal Description > Keyword > Open Access)
CZ Updates Task List: This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. These are the reports that can be found in Alma under: RESOURCES > MANAGE INVENTORY > COMMUNITY ZONE UPDATES TASK LIST. 
Close SalesForce Cases that were updated in latest weekly update
  • If ExL Support indicates that a case will be updated in a specific weekly update, the CO checks to see if that item was fixed and then close the case in SalesForce.

SF Cases: Cases waiting for the customer to reply:

Image
SalesForce Cases example
  • CZ Updates Task List:
  • In this example, the portfolio needed an updated URL.  Check the title in the CZ task list to see if the URL has been updated.  The date range here is the specific weekly update date the item was scheduled to be updated.
  • Check the URL and removed the local URL and accepted the global changes.  Then closed the SF case.
  • Search for a specific title in the Task List---> 
Image
Community Zone Task List

 

CDI Weekly Updates This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.
  • There are are two sections to check in the CDI Weekly Update Notes
    • CDI Content Updates
    • Electronic Collection Updates
  • CDI Content Updates
    • Informs changes that have been made to collections or new collections added to replace current CDI collections.  This section doesn't always have a weekly update but should be checked to see if a new CDI collection needs to be activated to replace a current CDI collection.
  • Electronic Collection Updates
    • These are the collections where the linking may have changed or linking rights may have been updated.
      • Example would be a link-in-record changing to link resolver type linking, or vice versa.
      • Another, the search rights were free but now require a subscription.
      • Both of these would require changes to CDI settings.
  • The Update Notes related to these CZUTL (Community Zone Updates Task List) reports:
    • Electronic Collection 'CDI full text linking' field updated
    • Electronic Collection 'CDI full text rights' field updated
    • Electronic Collection 'CDI search activation' field updated
    • Electronic Collection 'CDI search rights' field updated
    • Electronic Collection 'CDI type' field updated

 

Salesforce CaseCZ Task List Report (in Alma)
Updated portfolio coverage
  • Portfolio Coverage Update
Updated the portfolio URL/JKEY/BKEY
  • Portfolio deleted from auto active collection
  • Portfolio deleted from non auto-active collection
    • Check these reports to see if any subscribed portfolios from a select-title package was erroneously deleted
    • If a portfolio was removed in a weekly update, then added back in another weekly update, the portfolio will be added back to the collection but not activated
Added a missing portfolio to e-collection
  • Portfolio added to auto active collection
  • Portfolio added to non auto-active collection

 

CZ Weekly Updates Explained

The CZ is updated and those changes are then filtered down to the IZ and NZ.  From Ex Libris: "Alma handles 50,000 changes at a time. If more than 50,000 changes are to be performed in the Community Zone, Alma launches an additional job to handle the rest of the changes."

If there are a large number of changes, the job that “synchronizes changes from the CZ” will be broken up and run over the course of several nights.  You can check on the progress of this job in the Monitor Jobs > Running tab. If you see a job, Synchronize Changes from CZ = Pending, the update has not finished. You can see the changes in the CZ but they may not have been applied locally yet. If your library has been expecting changes from a specific weekly update, wait until the update is complete to check on the changes.

 

 

 

Ex Libris Removes E-collections and portfolios, how to keep them in the IZ

When Ex Libris announces they are going to remove the e-collection from the CZ, it is possible to keep the collection in the IZ, as a local collection.  If your library does not want this e-collection to be deleted, change the Auto-Update setting (“Activate new portfolios associated with service automatically?”) in the E-collection Service from yes to no.  This will keep the collection local in the IZ until the library is ready to remove it or replace it.


Message from Ex Libris:

“The behavior for what happens in the IZ when collections and portfolios are removed from the CZ is described in the documentation This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

When electronic collections are deleted in the CZ, the collection is deactivated and localized, but not deleted from the IZ. When portfolios are deleted in the CZ, what happens in the IZ depends upon whether the collection is set to auto-activation or non auto-activation. If a collection is set to auto-activation, then the portfolios are deleted automatically. If the collection is set to non auto-activation, then the portfolios are localized and deactivated, but not deleted.

You mentioned that at this point institutions have had portfolios deleted with the updates in the CZ. Depending on how many perpetual access titles institutions had, it may be possible to restore the deleted portfolios using the Manage Deleted Repository tool. If that is not realistic due to the quantity of portfolios affected, I can look into whether it is possible to restore these portfolios in another way.”

Background 

This best practice document applies to resources purchased and managed by individual campuses. Once electronic resources are activated within Alma, they need to be updated from time to time to reflect changes to access details and dates of availability. There is a cooperative element to this process due to the availability of information in the Community Zone and the likelihood of changes to affect multiple CSU campuses. However, centrally acquired resources will be managed and updated centrally, so individual libraries will generally only be editing collection and portfolio level information that applies to their own library's IZ.

Best practice recommendations

Updating date coverage for portfolio

When your dates of access don’t match the global statement, edit the portfolio’s Coverage Information tab and “Add Date Information,” leaving “Until” fields blank if access continues through the present.

Image
screenshot of updating portfolio coverage


 When reviewing the Portfolio Coverage Updates in the Community Zone Updates Task List, if you notice the global date information has been updated to match your local information, you may wish to delete your localized version in favor the of the community zone information to make sure you continue to receive future updates. This is especially relevant for titles from aggregator packages, add-on titles in a Big Deal, and other portfolios likely to experience frequent changes in coverage information.
Activating new portfolio in selective title package e-collection

When selecting a small number of individual journals from a provider, you will likely activate these titles manually and individually.

If you’ve already activated the relevant electronic collection, that will be indicated with an icon in the community zone. You can search or browse within the portfolio list to locate the portfolio you need. Click “activate.” If any customization is needed, click the institution icon that now appears next to the portfolio in question, then click edit.

Alternatively, you can activate CZ portfolios from the collection service level in your IZ. When editing the full text service, enter the Portfolios tab and select Add Portfolios from Community.

If you've selected a large number of titles from the same provider, but your new holdings don't correspond exactly to any given collection, you'll likely want to use the Load Portfolios option in the Portfolios tab of the Full Text service.

Deactivating portfolio from e-collection

Search for the portfolio in your IZ. You can start your search at the portfolio level or go through the relevant collection first. Once you find it, you just hit “deactivate.”

If you deactivate a portfolio for an electronic resource, and that portfolio had been the only inventory associated with the bibliographic record for that resource, the record will no longer appear in Primo.

Updating the links, jkeys, bkeys, URLs, etc. in the parse parameters

Updating this information for article level linking can be quite tricky, as those parsers tend to be fairly complex. In those cases, it’s probably best to submit a case instead. However, updating journal or book level linking is relatively straightforward.

When editing a portfolio, enter the “Linking Information” tab. If you’re entering a journal level URL, you will probably need to use the Bulk::BULK parser, that is likely already selected. To update the link, enter a new parameter in the Parser Parameters (override) field with the syntax jkey=http://www.website.org This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Image
screenshot of jkey updates to portfolio


 Even with some vendor-specific parsers, an update to the parser parameter may be fairly straightforward. For example, for an ABC-CLIO ebook portfolio using the ABC::ABC parser, the parameter is just the ISBN. If you notice a typo in the ISBN, you might just correct it using the Parser Parameters (override) field and the following syntax: bkey=9781440829918

Adding notes to electronic collections, services, or portfolios

It's possible to add various types of notes at the collection, service, and portfolio level. At each level, there is a Public Note, an Authentication Note, an Internal Description, and a Note. Despite sticking with the same naming conventions, there are important functional differences for these notes at each level. For example, there are plans to include the Authentication Note in analytics at the collection and portfolio level, but not at the service level. Similarly, the Note at the portfolio label has its own search index in Alma, while that is not true for the Note at the collection or service level. See the table below to see the functional implications for using each type of note. Developing a systematic practice is important. For example, if entering notes about perpetual access, you should always use the same note field for that information.

Instructions for creating licenses, updating license terms of use, and adding the RapidILL Lending Note to collections.

 

When sharing our electronic holdings with Rapid ILL, we are required to include lendable statuses to ensure the items we own are permitted to lend per our vendor licenses.  This was a process that already existed, it was previously at the backend of the RapidILL process. Now the lendable status is required at the beginning of the process in Alma. Ex Libris: “RapidILL is a fast and cost-effective interlibrary loan This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. tailored for article and book chapter requests.”

Licenses may or may not mention "resource sharing" or "Interlibrary Loan".  We need to know what the license allows. RapidILL distinguishes between 3 lending policies or Lendable Statuses. 

A lendable status dictates to whom a certain title can be lent. The lendable statuses are:

  • LocalOnly: Lendable only to local patrons. Meaning, users won’t need to use ILL services. Used for local holdings checks before borrowing requests are sent out. Note: It has been recommended to add LocalOnly to Open Access collections.
  • LendableCountry: Lendable to RapidILL libraries in your country.
  • LendableInternational: Lendable to all RapidILL libraries worldwide.
  • eBookLendablePDF: Lendable to all RapidILL libraries worldwide in the eBook Rapido pod sharing whole PDFs.
  • eBookLendableLink: Lendable to all RapidILL libraries worldwide in the eBook Rapido pod sharing temporary links (coming later 2025). 

Note:  If there is no language about "resource sharing" or "interlibrary loan" in the license, the assumption is "LendableInternational" would be acceptable -- not limiting Interlibrary loan in any way. 

Users: Intended for those that manage electronic resources in Alma, manage collection development and license terms of use in Alma or another application, those that manage publishing profiles in Alma, or work with interlibrary loan, loaning articles and book chapters.

The spreadsheet [WILL UPDATE WITH INFORMATION FROM ANN ROLL] contains some of the NZ collections with the lending status.

  1. Use online spreadsheet to determine RapidILL lending note for IZ licenses.

  2. Run analysis report for collections with existing linked license terms to determine RapidILL lending note.

  3. Create IZ licenses with InterlibraryLoan Terms of Use from NZ and determine the lending note needed for RapidILL. Doing this option also allows for a report to be run.

Pick the best option that will work for the library to begin this project. Start with a small set of collections, starting with either EBSCO, ProQuest, JSTOR, Gale, etc. All three of these options are long-term projects but it is best we begin adding the lending note needed for RapidILL to the corresponding Alma E-collection Internal Description fields.

It is highly recommended to eventually start option three so that licenses have Terms of Use as we move forward with keeping the RapidILL lending note updated in the Alma collections. Not just for RapidILL, but for upcoming projects, such as linking to Consortia Manager, running analytic reports, etc.

(This option is for libraries that do not have license terms and have no plans of adding them in the near future.)

Depending on where your library is setting up license terms, there are some options available to determine the note needed for RapidILL. Libraries can use the spreadsheet created from the NZ collections and licenses to determine if local collections can use the same lending note. Ann Roll has said that generally, if the lending is not specifically spelled out in the license, it is safe to assume that LendableInternational can be used for the lending note.

For example, if your library subscribes to an SAGE collection in the IZ, the lending note from the NZ may be the same for the IZ collection. The lending note will still need to be determined by the library, someone familiar with terms of use. The spreadsheet is not stating this what the lending note actually is for the IZ collection but more than likely, it is the same lending status. 
If your library moves forward with this option, it is highly recommended to create a spreadsheet to note the vendor, collection, and lending note. This spreadsheet will be used later when updating the e-collection internal description.

need to be run to create a spreadsheet needed for adding the lending note to the e-collection internal description.

Image
screenshot of the lendable spreadsheet

Ann Roll, from SDLC, said she is able help libraries with these reports, if needed.

Libraries will need to have their licenses terms of use set up and the license name in the Acquisitions and License Information section in the General tab in the Alma e-collection.

Libraries can use this report to determine the lending status of the collection. After generating the report, check with either ILL staff, collection development, or ERM managers to approve the lending note status.

To use option two, libraries need to meet a few requirements:

  • Licenses with Terms of Use.

  • Licenses with Interlibrary Loan note.

  • License is linked to Alma collection.

Image
screenshot of license search in acquisition
Image
screenshot of ILL lending in license
Image
screenshot of license linked to collection

After confirming these parts of the license and collection are set up, the Analytics reports can be generated. The spreadsheet generated from the second report can be used to determine what the lending status is for that vendor/collection.

Note: A spreadsheet, like in option 1, is highly recommended for the updating the lending note in the e-collection internal description.

Third Option (longer term project):

(This option is for libraries that do not have licenses term set up in the IZ but want to get started adding license terms, templates can be copied from the NZ to the IZ.)

Libraries can use the copied templates to generate IZ licenses with the interlibrary loan status in the Terms of Use and lending notes supplied by the NZ license. The terms of use will be copied from the NZ to the IZ. Libraries may need to update these terms if local subscription terms are not the same, but in most cases, they are the same. The licenses need to be linked to the collection for the Analytics reports to work. Linking licenses to e-collections is shown in Option Two above.

Recommendation from SRDC/COLIN committee:

For the Rapido reports, a minimum of two fields are required in the license terms of use:

  • Interlibrary loan secure electronic transmission (Permitted/Prohibited; other options not needed)
  • Interlibrary loan note (free text; need standard language about any geographic limitations on lending)

While this option does have a few more steps, it does help in the long run as future collections will need to have the RapidILL lending status in the collection and the best way to determine this status is to have the lending terms in the license. Also, this would allow for license terms of use to be shared in Primo and be available for ILL staff.

There was a document recently shared on the Alma listserv with step-by-step instructions for creating licenses and attaching to the POL and collections. These excellent instructions are from Anjana  H. Bhatt, MSIRM & MLIS, University Librarian (Electronic Resources) Wilson G. Bradshaw Library, Florida Gulf Coast University.

Note: It is recommended to have a spreadsheet with the vendor, collection name, and lendable note ready for the next step to help keep track of which collections have been updated.

After creating a spreadsheet with the list of collections and lending status, the Internal Description of the electronic collections, at the collection-level, will need to be updated. There is a cloud application that is easy to add to Alma and update the Internal Description for a list of collections. This is highly recommended if your library has existing notes in the Internal Description field of the collection. The Quick E-Collection Update app is easy to install and use.

If your library has not added any notes to the collection-level Internal Description, there is job, Change Electronic Collection Information, in Alma that can be run on a set, to add the RapidILL lending note to the Internal Description.

There are instructions available for both options in the ULMS Guide.

Use Option 1 if your library has existing notes in the collection-level Internal Description field:

Image
screenshot of the collection internal description field

Use Option 2 if your library does not have any existing notes in the Internal Description field:

  • Create a set of e-collections to be updated by the Change Electronic Collection information job.
Image
screenshot of empty collection internal description field

Once the lending note has been added to the Internal Description, the publishing sets will need to be updated.

Background: Many libraries purchased individual titles and may have put them in a local collection, such as Single Title or Miscellaneous Journals collections. These titles will also need the RapidILL lending note added to the Internal Description of the portfolio for that journal or e-book. Do not add the RapidILL lending note at the collection level.

We recommend moving the portfolio to a collection with a shared vendor. Example, if your library purchased individual titles from Sage, create a collection for those titles purchased from Sage. If you are able to do this option, then you can added the RapidILL lending note at the collection level Internal Description.

If your library is unable to add these individual titles to a collection with the same vendor interface, then the RapidILL lending note will need to be added at the portfolio level.

There was a presentation This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. on how to accommodate these individual titles in the ERM Office Hours on September 29th.

Image
screenshot of collection of individual journal purchases
Image
screenshot of single journal subscripton
Image
screenshot of lending note for rapidill

 

Once the Internal Note has been updated, the RapidILL Harvesting for journals and books will need to be updated. Libraries need to update their IZ RapidILL sets. Once you have updated the set, contact Chris Lee so Ex Libris can be notified that the sets have been updated. Chris can answer any questions about updating the sets, if needed.

How do I find open access collections that are activated in the IZ? You may be able to find them if you selected “free” when activating the collection for example. Or you added a note in the internal description or the collection has CDI open access rights. Also, in the NZ, each OA collection has “open access” and “OA” in the Internal Description field to that they are easy find in an advanced Repository Search. 
When you have your set, run the Change Electronic Collection information job to add the “LocalOnly” note in the internal description. You may also be able to use the E-Collection Quick Update in Cloud Apps.

Below are possible queries to use.

  1. where (CDI Fulltext rights equals "OpenAccess" AND Electronic Collection Type equals "Selective package")

  2. where (Free (Electronic Collection) equals "Free" AND Electronic Collection Type equals "Selective package")

  3. where (Internal Description (Electronic Collection) contains keywords "open access")

  4. where (CDI Fulltext rights equals "OpenAccess")

Recording from June 23rd, 2023 Q&A session This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

Recording from September 29th, 2023 Q&A session This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

How to reconcile an electronic collection in Alma based on a list of available titles provided by the vendor/access provider

Scenario: There is an electronic collection in Alma. The vendor/access provider removed access to an unknown number of titles. You have a list of titles available for your library. 

Goal: Remove bibliographic records and portfolios in Alma for titles we no longer have access to.

Step-by-step guide

This How to Article was written by Marcus Jun, August 2018 in response to managing the dynamic JSTOR DDA collection

Reconcile Electronic Collection based on title list.

 

HTML tags can be used to enhance electronic resources, such as, a public note in a portfolio or electronic collection.  View the TS Open Forum presentation This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..  Chat talked about using HTML for display labels, portfolio loader option for batch jobs. 

HTML Tags document

Electronic Collection Quick Update or Change Electronic Collection information 

Option 1 -Electronic Collection Quick Update: 

There is an API that will help speed up the process of updated electronic collections, at the collection-level.  This app will help quickly update the Internal Description for RapidILL lending status note.  *Highly recommend if the library has notes in Internal Description. 

 

Login to Alma and click on the Cloud Center App button: 

 

Locate the app: 

 

 

Activate the app: 

 

 

 

Create list of collections to update: 

  • Search for a list of Electronic Collections 

  • Click on Cloud App button 

  • Open the E-collection Quick Update app 

  • Select collections to update 

 

 

 

Add the RapidILL status note to the Internal Description.  Use “Append” because if there are notes in the Internal Description they won’t be lost.  Click on Update E-collections button: 

 

 

Click OK after update: 

 

 

Check on Internal Description: 

 

 

 

 

Option 2 -Change Electronic Collection Information Job: 

Use if the Internal Description does not have an existing note. 

 

 

How to check if an eBook is lendable

Follow this flow chart to see if eBooks are lendable for an eBook collection subscription.  Your library may need to contact the publisher if lending is not spelled out in the library's license.

Image
Flow chart for ebook lending

Acquisitions Terms

Purchase Order Line:  

  • Canceling a PO Line: Usually this option this is use when there is an error during the POL processing.

  • Closing a PO Line: Is used to indicate that the purchase was completed. POL’s that can be closed are “One-time PO Lines that have been sent” and “Continuous PO Lines waiting for renewal”

  • Reopening PO Line: If a POL is closed accidently or the status changes to "In Review" the POL can be reopened.

  • Relinking PO Line: Is used when a POL needs to be linked to a different record or collection.

NZ Negotiated Licenses: These are the negotiated licenses available in the NZ for ECC and Opt-in e-resources. The licenses contain the cost per library for the subscriptions to Opt-in resources as well as provide access to PDF copies of the signed agreements and spreadsheets of the title lists. 

Purchase Order Line (POL): The PO line is the management unit of the order. This is the order form used to order physical and electronic items as well as subscriptions, ongoing as well as one-time orders. More information about each field of the POL are defined by the Alma documentation. This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 


CDI/Discovery Terms

Central Discovery Index (CDI): This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. The Central Discovery Index (CDI) is a searchable database of citations collected from scholarly e-resources including journal articles, e-books, legal documents and more. They are harvested from thousands of primary and secondary commercial publishers and aggregators, and from open-access repositories. CDI is maintained in the Alma Collections, in the CDI tab under Edit Collection. 

Global Title Index (GTI) - Index of records from institutions that are Rapido members. When selecting the global index, you are actually searching in the Discovery Rapido Global Title Index + CDI. 

PrimoVE: Known as OneSearch in the CSU, it is the front-end public facing interface to discover your holdings (print, electronic, images) from Alma (OCLC, vendor, CZ records), from external sources such as ScholarWorks, and from Central Discovery Index (CDI).  Each CSU has its own Alma, PrimoVE and CDI to reflect its particular content; and we have the Network Zone to reflect our shared content. PrimoVE is updated with data from Alma every 6 hrs. 


Collection Development Terms

Consortia Manager: An electronic resource management (ERM) system designed for library consortia, streamlining the management of electronic subscriptions, renewals, and related data, offering a centralized platform for consortiums to manage their electronic resources.  SDLC uses Consortia Manager This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. to efficiently manage and communicate information about systemwide shared electronic resources subscriptions.

Council of Library Deans (COLD) - The Council of Library Deans membership is comprised of the deans of the 23 CSU campus libraries.  COLD develops strategic plans for systemwide library initiatives and programs, and, in partnership with the Chancellor’s Office, manage any systemwide central budget allocations for CSU libraries 

Electronic Core Collection (ECC) This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.: is a portfolio of core library educational e-resources acquired by Systemwide Digital Library Content (SDLC) on behalf of all CSU campuses and is funded by the Chancellor’s Office. Campuses do not contribute any of their own funds to the purchase of ECC e-resources.  Access for these resources are managed in the Network Zone in Alma. 

Opt-in Collections: These are the resources that are negotiated and maintained by the CSU Chancellor’s Office. These central resources are managed in the NZ in Alma. 

The Systemwide Digital Library Content (SDLC): The Chancellor's Office team manages the contracting of electronic information resources in support of the CSU’s academic mission.

Systemwide Digital Library Services (SDLS): The Chancellor's Office team that ​oversees the adoption, development, implementation and support of systemwide library information systems aimed at providing improved management of, and greater access to, the collections and services of the CSU Libraries.

Shared Resources and Digital Content (SRDC) - is charged with supporting cooperative and collaborative collection development and management across the CSU Libraries. 

SRDC Collection Analytics and Assessment Subcommittee: is charged with providing annual systemwide shared electronic resource collection usage and OA analysis, as well as surveying campuses to assess collection needs and priorities. 

SRDC Licensing Subcommittee: is charged with setting priorities for licensing terms that best support CSU libraries’ goals as well as providing guidance and raising awareness on the relationships between licensing and library operations (e.g. ILL, course reserves, etc.) through communication with other CSU library groups. 

SRDC Resource Review and Recommendation Subcommittee: is charged with reviewing recommendations for new systemwide shared electronic resources and overseeing the annual development of a wish list for potential systemwide perpetual purchases. 

Transformative Agreements and Subscribe to Open (S2O):  The CSU is currently participating in a number of Transformative and Subscribe to Open (S2O) Agreements.  Transformative agreements allow eligible CSU authors to publish articles as Open Access with reduced or zero-cost Article Publishing Charges (APCs).     

​​Unified Library Management System: Known as ULMS, this shared library services platform consolidates the CSU libraries’ various back-office functionality into a single system, creating more streamlined workflows for managing print and electronic resources, while saving the CSU over a million dollars annually.


ERM Terms

Alma Link Resolver: The Alma Link Resolver ensures that library patrons get the right links to library owned electronic content. This lesson provides an in-depth view of link resolving in Alma, including detailed demonstrations. Alma component that responds to external requests with a menu of physical, electronic, and digital services. For physical resources, requests are offered; for electronic resources, context-sensitive links are provided; for digital resources, direct links to the digital object are provided. 

Auto-load Holdings: This is an integration profile that can be set up for a few e-collections. The e-collection is directly updated by a file sent by the publisher. The e-collections that can use this profile are ProQuest Ebook Central DDA, Springer Journals & Ebooks, Ovid, Elsevier Journals & Ebooks, Taylor & Francis, Project Muse. 

Available For: This tab or label indicates which library is sharing this electronic collection or portfolio in the NZ. This label appears on the ECC and Opt-in e-collections in the NZ. 

Community Zone (CZ) - This is the Alma knowledgebase shared by the Alma community which contains electronic collections, portfolios, and bib records. 

Electronic Collection: A collection of portfolios, which can be journals, ebooks, or streaming media, that are included in a subscription to an electronic resource, such as EBSCO Academic Search, ProQuest ABI/INFORM, Ebook Central, or AVON.

Electronic Collection Activation: The process of enabling access to e‐resources for patrons and confirming that the library is able to access the resource from OneSearch.

Group Settings: Group settings are used to configure each library for sharing collections in the Network Zone.  

Held by This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.: This tab shows which library has a record for this item, physical or electronic. Usually referring to the bib record. 

Institution Zone (IZ) - This is the library’s individual inventory for bib records, portfolios, orders, licenses, and other information for print resources.  

Inventory: The resources that are owned or licensed by or associated with a particular library, institution, or consortium. All descriptive bibliographic metadata resides in the Metadata management system (MMS) with appropriate links from the inventory to the corresponding descriptive information. 

Linking tab in a Portfolio: This is the linking information used to link to a database or a journal from Alma. The Linking tab has information on the linking level for the journal or the electronic collection. Most e-collections are ARTICLE linking-level but some are JOURNAL linking level. Many portfolios require a jkey or bkey to link directly to the journal. A local “parse parameter” (the term used for journal or article linking) can be added if the global “parse parameter” is not working correctly. 

Material Type: The type of material, such as a book or electronic journal package, from which an item takes its form. Note that the material type does not control the PO line workflow and can be modified when creating/editing a PO line.

Network Zone (NZ): The Network Zone contains all the shared bib records and centrally paid-for and negotiated electronic collections. The CSU uses OCLC records for shared bib records. The CSU also uses the CZ for shared electronic collections (ECC and Opt-in e-collections).  

Portfolio: The specific coverage, services, and link information relevant for a particular journal or e-book title within an electronic collection. May include administrative/access information. May be local (managed by the library) or global (managed by Alma Data Services).

Provider-Neutral/Database-only records: These are the records that represent the resources or electronic collections that do not have portfolios or link to a database or website. There are CSU-specific policies for their use in the NZ. 

Selective Package: A type of electronic collection that includes a selection of subscribed portfolios, the library does not subscribe to all the titles in a resource, example, AIP, ScienceDirect, and Springer. 

 

CRITERIA FOR California State University (CSU)  ELECTRONIC INFORMATION RESOURCES CORE COLLECTION (ECC)
(Revised 2021/2022 - November 15, 2022) 
 
    I. INTRODUCTION AND RATIONALE 
The Electronic Core Collection (ECC) is a collection of system-wide supported electronic resources that are essential to the academic mission of the CSUs.  These resources support the common "Core" of CSU curricula, including baccalaureate and master's programs that are offered by at least two-thirds of the CSU campuses in the general categories of Arts and Humanities; Life and Physical Sciences; Social Sciences; and Professional Programs, or two-thirds of the CSU campuses have opted-in to an SDLC-negotiated resource.  Electronic resources designated as "Core" support broad, interdisciplinary research and teaching, high-enrollment programs, and general education requirements.  
This document's purpose is to help evaluate resources for inclusion in the ECC. 
The creation of the ECC is based on the following rationale and principles:
* Equitable access.
The ECC ensures that all CSU students, faculty, and staff can access a basic and indispensable group of electronic information resources for research, study, and teaching across a number of Core disciplines. This principle does not preclude any particular campus from offering more than these basic resources as their local conditions permit. 
* Support for core curricular programs.
Every student enrolled in and faculty member teaching a core curricular program of the CSU should reasonably expect an adequate level of research/instructional support for that program. Programs qualifying as "Core" under the criteria below should receive system-wide support in the provision of electronic information resources.
* Cost efficiency.
The ECC enhances the ability of the CSU to leverage cost-efficient access to electronic resources. Leveraging costs includes two factors: 1) Using the combined bargaining power of all CSU campuses to secure the best prices from database vendors, and 2) Presenting a united front when approaching the CSU administration to request centralized funding for ECC resources.


II. CRITERIA FOR INCLUSION IN THE ELECTRONIC CORE COLLECTION (ECC)
The primary criteria for the inclusion of resources in the ECC are: 
  * Supports the CSU Core Curricula
  * Sufficient interest among campuses  
  * Affordability for all campuses
  * Alignment to campus curricula and meets the curricular needs of all campuses
  * Benefits the greatest number of users across the campuses


III. FUNDING CONSIDERATIONS FOR THE CSU ELECTRONIC CORE COLLECTION
To assure system-wide access, the CSU ECC will receive funding from the Chancellor's Office. The rationale for funding is outlined in Section I. Sufficient and stable funding to support the ECC is considered a priority by the libraries of the CSU.
In the event of insufficient central funds as reported by SDLC after the budget is approved by the State and Chancellor's Office, the CSU libraries will agree to adjust the scope of the Core.  Members of SRDC and other Collection Development library personnel will be informed of the proposed removal of resources.  Should no agreement be reached, the resource will be changed to an opt-in option.  
In addition, COLD shall advocate for additional funding on an annual basis.  The CSU libraries and COLD recognize that efficiencies can be realized through a greater number of statewide deals, but the ECC must be funded to withstand inflation and its base allocation must grow at the same rate as the rate of inflation, if not more, in order to remain sustainable.


APPENDIX: CSU CORE CURRICULA
Search Degrees at the CSU:
https://www2.calstate.edu/attend/degrees-certificates-credentials/Pages/search-degrees.aspx


Academic Master Plans:
https://www2.calstate.edu/csu-system/administration/academic-and-student-affairs/academic-programs-innovations-and-faculty-development/program-development/Pages/academic-master-plan.aspx
 


 

EBSCO new User Interface – What you need to know and do. 

(Sept 2024) 

New EBSCOhost Transition Center This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Open a support case to request your preview URL:

EBSCO Support This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Subject line: Preview URL for EBSCO new UI

Please provide me with the preview URL for the EBSCO new UI. And any other information you feel I should know.” Note: include your account #

Your URL will look like this:

https://research.ebsco.com/c/[your OPID]

This URL is already proxied; no need to add your proxy string

Confirm that it works on and off campus

Make sure your EZproxy config file This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. is up to date.

When should I move to the new platform?

You can move any time. EBSCO FAQ This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. states: EBSCO will be strongly encouraging all EBSCOhost customers to adopt the New UI in the January 2025 timeframe. Customers will have the opportunity to opt out of that timeframe if needed. EBSCO’s goal is to have all customers onto our New UI by August 2025.

Follow up June 13, 2024:

If you are unable to migrate to the EBSCO new UI by this Summer or January 2025, reach out to your EBSCO representative to discuss your options.

For example, after emailing with our rep, SJSU has been added to an "opt out" list thus allowing us to migrate in May 2025.   Apparently, you must get on the "opt out" list to avoid being required to move in January 2025.

All customers must be migrated by August 5, 2025. 

Again, please reach out to your EBSCO account executive to discuss your concerns and migration date. 

How do I move to the new platform? Open another support case in EBSCO Connect.

You might want to have a conversation with library stakeholders about choosing a date, for example before the start of a semester. 

While redirects will be in place, there are things to consider:

  1. Updating the URLs on your A-Z list of databases

  2. Updating, tutorials, libguides etc to reflect the new look and URLs

  3. Allowing time to explore the new interface. Quick Start guide This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. and video This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

  4. Are the features you expect in place? See roadmap This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. and release notes This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

What about Alma?

Christine Holmes asked this on the Alma content listserv. According to Tamar Ganor (Content Product Mgr): We received Ebsco’s confirmation that no action is needed on your end.

Other libraries who have migrated confirmed no action needed.

However, you will want to replace collection level URLs if you display the database in Primo. And review proxy settings in collections.

For example:

Image
EBSCO Database link in Primo

Currently, this is what we do – add a URL and check “Proxy enabled” or we select “proxy enabled” at the electronic service level editor in the linking tab.

Image
Alma database level URL field

Update July 2024: Support case opened with EBSCO:

When you migrate and update the URLs in LibGuides A-Z, it won’t be necessary to select “proxy enabled”. Christine tested this and it is correct – you do not have to proxy your EBSCO new URLs in your A-Z list.

EBSCO support also said we should we do not have to enable proxy in Alma collections. We believe this is not correct.

Ex Libris says: Yes, check the box “proxy enabled=yes”

As long as ExL (and they have said they have no plans to update the collections) does not update the collections to the new UI URL for EBSCO, the proxy will need to be proxy=yes.  If ExL does update the URL, then proxy=no. 

Other information from EBSCO---

We are interested in finding out what the expected procedure is for using EZProxy when switching to the new EBSCO UI, as we have been told the new UI URLs contain proxy information.

## Yes, the new UI will use the proxy based on the preferred authentication set in EBSCOadmin. The URLs will not have the proxy information; however, they will take the proxy that is setup under preferred authentication.

For more information on preferred authentication, please visit the FAQ This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.:
Should we now set proxy to No for our A-Z database list? 

## Yes, if you are using the new UI URLs. Let me know if you would like me to send the list of URLs.

More information on EBSCO Domains for Firewalls, Proxy Servers, and Allow Lists This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

How do I create the individual URLs for the new UI?

Administration / portal

How can I configure my new version of EBSCOhost?

Requesting access to EBSCO Experience Manager This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. is the first step which provides access to the EBSCO Configuration module. Once you gain access, please review the EBSCO Configuration User Guide This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.. EEM is mostly for customizing the new UI but at some point down the road, it will replace EBSCO Admin portal.

 

If we have users who have created personal accounts on the current EBSCOhost platform, will their accounts transition to the new UI platform?

Yes, according to support case #5950729 (asked by Christine Holmes)

Case: no full text: Arte Público Hispanic Historical Collection: Series 1

Case: no full text: American Antiquarian Society (AAS) Historical Periodicals Collection

Case: Request to direct-to-pdf be made visible and clickable instead of using drop down menu

Case: add detailed database description in the new UI

This is a guide for Network Zone ERM resources. 

E-book providers use different language to describe their user limits (multiple user access, unlimited user access, 3 concurrent users, etc). This language was standardized across the different e-book collections in the Network Zone (NZ) to facilitate a better user experience. These public notes appear in the view it section in Primo as a Public Note. The standardized language used for the different access models are described below. 

 

Unlimited licenses with DRM (e.g., ProQuest Ebooks Central Academic Complete Collection, ACLS Humanities e-book)

This note is at the e-collection level in the Public Note field under the Notes tab. Notes at the e-collection level filter to all the portfolios within that collection.

Previous Public Note:

This resource has Multiple User Access.

Revised Public Note:

Unlimited user access

Online viewing available. Offline viewing requires a free personal account and free 3rd party software

Image
Public note for ebook Unlimited user access

Unlimited licenses DRM-Free (e.g., JSTOR DDA, O’Reilly Safari E-books)

This note is at the e-collection level in the Public Note field under the Notes tab. Notes at the e-collection level filter to all the portfolios within that collection.

Previous Public Note:

Unlimited user access

Revised Public Note:

Unlimited user access

DRM-free

Image
ebook user note drm free

Limited User Access (e.g. 3 users / 1 user licenses, NetLibrary/EBSCO e-books, ProQuest Ebook DDA Perpetual,)

This note is added to the e-collection at the portfolio-level. The note will need to be updated using the Portfolio Loader This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.. Export the portfolios from the e-collection and update the public note to standardize the user limit public note and then upload the edited file. EBSCO will send a spreadsheet with user limits for EBSCO E-books.

Previous Public Note:

Various types of public notes depending user limits by provider.

Revised Public Note:

Limited user access ([# of users]) i.e., Limited user access (1 user), Limited user access (3 user)

Image
ebook user note no drm

E-book Purchases from Gobi:

GOBI can provide Metadata Service support for eBooks. eBook bibliographic records contain site-specific URLs and can be customized to output local data such as a user limit note. In Alma, use an import profile to update inventory for eBooks based on the bibliographic records. The whole process can be set up automatically. GOBI Metadata Service for eBooks has an added cost.

This is the criteria used to activate a new Open Access electronic collection in the NZ.  When Ex Libris adds a new Open Access or Free electronic collection to the CZ, these are the criteria used to activate the new open access e-collection in the NZ.  Collection development decisions should be done by the library, will this OA fit with the content the library makes available to their students.  The NZ manager does not make collection development decisions with the open access e-collections.                                        

  1. Check to see if the OA e-collection is predatory on Beall's List This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..
    1. Definition of Predatory Journals. This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.
  2. Are the journals or e-books available from another e-collection?
    1. If there is a Wiley OA e-collection activated and a new e-collection is added, run an overlap comparison to determine if a second OA e-collection is necessary
    2. If the new OA e-collection added is replacing a previous OA e-collection from the same vendor, activate the new OA e-collection and delete the older OA e-collection
  3. Check if the content is truly full text not just abstracts or reviews or articles
  4. Check the vendor's site for information about their OA titles
    1. Check if the articles are truly open access
    2. Doesn't require a institutional membership or a membership fee to gain access
  5. Check if the OA resource requires a login
    1. Does the site require the user to login to gain access
      1. If user has to create an account on the site, do not activate this resource
  6. If the OA collection contains content in a language other than English, check if the PDFs are translated to English
    1. Notify libraries the new OA contains content in another language and state what language the content is published
  7. Libraries decide if the content is appropriate for their collection development purposes
    1. Notify NZ manager to set up the collection to be shared for the library
  8. If the OA e-collection is activated
    1. Add internal description note so collection can be found in an Advanced Search
      1. "This is an Open Access OA resource"
        1. Can create a query of Open Access resources in the NZ.  The default "Equals Free" query does not always return all OA e-collections in Alma
    2. Add Public Note
      1. "May need to re-submit the search in the journal or e-book.  Freely-available online resource is not maintained by the library.  Access may be inconsistent"
      2. Add "LocalOnly" to the Internal Description for the RapidILL lending note so that OA items do not trigger an ILL request
      3. If the ebooks or articles are in another language, a note is added with instructions on how to open in a PDF format in English.
        1. Some PDFs are not in English, please follow these instructions to translate the PDF:
          1. Go to Google Translate in your browser  
          2. Click Documents at the top  
          3. Select the languages to translate to and from  
          4. Click Browse your computer  
          5. Select the PDF file to translate  
          6. Click Translate  
          7. Click Download translation
    3. The Proxy settings must be set to NO in each library's group setting
      1. Exception, if the OA is available because of an institutional subscription, like ProQuest, the proxy will need to be set to "yes" for each library
    4. Set up CDI settings and add note to Internal Description the date CDI was set up and notate any changes to CDI settings in the Internal Description
    5. Update collections that have odd naming convention

      1. Bacon American Association For The Advancement Of Science Global Openaccess $AAAS_GLOBAL_OPENACCESS
        1. Change to American Association for the Advancement of Science Open Access

       

Workaround for comparing an e-collection in the NZ to an e-collection in the CZ.  This will allow libraries to compare e-collections that are active in NZ to e-collections either in the CZ or the IZ.  The tool was reconfigured and works differently then when we went live on Alma.  There are two different configurations and procedures for the Network and for the Institution Zone.

Ex Libris has made a note that if the library is comparing two collections to determine and overlap and unique titles, begin with the larger of the two collections as the Source collection, to get an accurate result.

Steps:

  • Start Overlap by going to Resources > Advanced Tools > Overlap and Collection Analysis and then click on New Analysis to start new comparison.

(insert image here)

  • Choose the collection as the source, the collection being evaluated and compared to one other collection or multiple collections.

    • Click on Choose the Collection (source)

    • Locate the collection searching Electronic Collections

  • To see which titles are unique and which titles have overlap between the two collections, the source collection needs to be the bigger of the two collections.  

  • In the NZ, collections can be compared in the NZ or compared against collections in the CZ.  The NZ collections cannot be compared to IZ collections from the IZ.

  • The tool in the IZ does allow for a comparison against collections in the NZ

(Insert images here)

  • Locate the collection and then click on Select.

  • In the NZ, it will state the collection is for the IZ.  The NZ is known as an institution zone when in the NZ admin.

(Insert images here)

  • Example of the Source collection.

(Insert image here)

  • Click on Choose Target collection and locate target collection.

(Insert image here)

  • Check the box next to the Target collection.

    • More than one collection can be selected.

  • Click on Done once collection or collections have been selected.

(Insert image here)

  • Click on Generate to create a new analysis report.

  • Click on the View report button once the analysis is complete.

(Insert image here)

  • Quick look at the analysis between the two collections.  

  • The reports can be downloaded.

  • There are 376 titles in Oxford University Press Full collection.

  • There are 176 titles in Oxford University Press Current collection.

  • The reports show where the overlap is between the collection.

  • There is also a report of the unique titles where this is no overlap.

    • In this example, there are 202 titles in the OUP Full collection that do not appear in the OUP Current collection.

(Insert image here)

More information This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. about Overlap Analysis and Comparison tool.

IZ Overlap Analysis resources:

 

Managing the Free or Miscellaneous Collections in the NZ 

There is a list of 15 collections where the content is managed by the community, instead of Ex Libris Content. The recommendation is for the community to update the linking, coverage, deletion, or addition of the problematic portfolio in the CZ. Since many of these collections are in the NZ, they will need to be updated by the NZ ERM admin, Jessica Hartwigsen (jhartwigsen@calstate.edu).

  • The library can update the CZ portfolio and does not need to contact Ex Libris Support when they update the portfolio.

  • Please email the NZ ERM admin to update the NZ collections, if the collection is available in the Network Zone.

Note from Ex Libris Support:

We are excited to update you with a new feature regarding "Miscellaneous" collections. "Miscellaneous" collections are now managed by the community, and customers are able to edit the contents in the collections below. Please note that Content Operations will no longer be handling such cases when there are fewer than 15 changes to be made.
Please feel free to open a case with Alma Support if you would like instructions on how to edit the collections.

Knowledge article This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

These collections include:

Free E- Journals – collection ID 61110976638852340
Miscellaneous Ejournals – collection ID 61111016833201000
Miscellaneous Free eBooks – collection ID 611000000000001091
Miscellaneous eBooks – collection ID 611000000000001090
U.S. Government Documents – collection ID 613170000000000069
Freely Accessible Business Journals – collection ID 615280000000001780
Freely Accessible General Interest Journals – collection ID 615280000000001781
Freely Accessible Arts & Humanities Journals – collection ID 615280000000001779
Freely Accessible Social Science Journals – collection ID 615280000000001783
Freely Accessible Science Journals – collection ID 615280000000001782
Freely Accessible Medical Journals – collection ID 614910000000003147
http://NewspaperARCHIVE.com This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. – Collection ID: 613780000000001293
Universal Library - Collection ID: 613790000000001215

Guidelines for opening a case with EBSCO. 

When reaching out to EBSCO Support This link will take you to an external website in a new tab., it is helpful if you provide the following information. (If you don’t have an EBSCO account yet, scroll to the bottom of this page for instructions)

Steps taken that results in the error or issue including:

  • What database are you searching?

  • Where you started the search (EBSCO database link, EBSCO discovery service or other vendor discovery, etc.)? 

  • What search was performed?

  • What record was trying to be accessed (title of the article/publication name and provide AN number from detailed display, if possible)?

  • If possible, provide test credentials so that we can test the issue as a user of your library.

  • Include screenshots of the error or issue is helpful as well. 

  • Videos showing the steps taken are always welcome.

 This is the ideal information for a faster resolution.

After logging into EBSCO Connect, there is a Live Chat option. Support is Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. ET.

Click on Live Chat Button: 

Image
EBSCO live chat button
EBSCO chat
Image
EBSCO live chat options
EBSCO Chat options

If you do not have an EBSCO account, go to EBSCO Support This link will take you to an external website in a new tab., choose Sign In, and you will have the option to ‘Request Account’. You will be prompted for your institution name (all CSU campuses are in the list, you might have to try a few different campus names to find yours), then add your name and email and an account will soon be delivered to your email. Then you can choose a password and start entering cases.

Introduction 

Electronic resources are managed very differently than physical resources in Alma. While physical items rely on item records to provide access and availability information, Electronic Portfolios are used to manage this information for electronic resources.

The IZ, NZ, and CZ also play very different roles with electronic resources compared to physical items. Electronic Collections and Portfolios will generally only reside in the NZ for centrally purchased or negotiated resources.

For resources that are purchased individually, Electronic Collections and Portfolios will reside in the IZ, even if several different CSU campuses own the resources.

Additionally, while some localization may occur, the CZ will be the source for most Electronic Collection and Portfolio information.

Best Practice for Electronic Resource Management

These documents provide best practices and procedures for selecting and activating new e-Resources in the Institution Zone (IZ) as it relates to IZ: Local Only.   These resources will continue to be locally acquired, licensed, and managed by the individual libraries.  SDLC and the Electronic Resources NZ administrator will activate, maintain, and in some cases, order e-resources that will be shared by some or all of the libraries in the NZ.  These procedures and best practices are for Network Zone - ECC and Network Zone - Opt-in resource management and acquisitions in the NZ admin instance.  Please Note:  E-Books and Media will have a different policy.

These are also best practices for maintaining and updating e-resources and portfolios that are already activated in Alma. This would be for updating date thresholds, activating or removing portfolios, updating parse parameters (jkeys/bkeys/URLs) and updating linking parameters.

Often it is necessary to make local changes to linking and availability information for e-resources when the information from the community zone is either inaccurate or does not match local details. While this localization is sometimes required, always keep in mind that updates to the CZ information may come later, so be sure to look carefully at update notes when localized information is involved.

When discussing electronic resource management, it’s important to keep in mind the types acquisitions available, local IZ and NZ:

  • Institution Zone: Local Only
    The local acquisition, licensing, and e-resource management by the individual libraries. Libraries will continue to manage acquisitions of their own e-collections in the IZ.  
  • Network Zone: ECC (Central Only)
    The centralized acquisition, licensing, and e-resource management of the ECC e-resources in the NZ. The Chancellor's Office will manage the acquisition and payment for the e-collections included in the ECC.
  • Network Zone: Opt-ins (Mixed Central & Local)
    The centralized negotiation and management of the Opt-in e-resources in the NZ and local acquisitions by libraries in the IZ. License terms and fees are negotiated by the Chancellor's office and purchasing and invoice processing is done by the individual libraries. Libraries will need to create a vendor for the Chancellor's Office in the IZ for the Opt-in e-collections. The library will use the CO as a vendor to pay for the Opt-in resource. 

Electronic Collections: The following example illustrates a single title that is offered by two vendors. (ERM)

 

 

Physical Record: The following example illustrates an ongoing serial with three issues with holdings in Periodicals. (Cataloging)

 

Workflow of Catalog items and ERM items:

Catalog:

  • OCLC imported to NZ. Master Record is in the NZ.
  • CSU-wide library catalog is in the NZ.
  • Local fields, holdings and items, located in the IZ.
  • NZ and IZ records linked.

ERM:

  • NZ linked to the CZ for ECC/Opt-in e-collections.
  • IZ linked to the CZ for local subscriptions to e-collections.
  • NZ and IZ e-collections are not linked. Shared e-collections will not appear in the IZ.
    • There is an option to display subscribed ECC/Opt-it collections, residing in the NZ, to appear in the IZ.  Combined Search Results will display subscribed NZ collections in the IZ tab.

 

Related policies:

Provider-Neutral Records & Use of Database-level records

Instructions for logging into the Ex Libris System Status page and choosing which product can be subscribed, to receive alerts. The CSU is on the NA03 server for all subscribed products, except for CDI and RapidILL which are on the CR01 server. North American server service reports This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 

  1. Go to this page: https://status.exlibrisgroup.com/system_status This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

  2. There are TWO places to login but one of them does not work! Use this one:

 

 
  1. Click on the portal button here (“Continue with Ex Libris Support Portal”) and login:

 
  1. If it worked, you should see your name here:

 

 

 

  1. Now you can subscribe to any of the updates you want. We are on NA03 for everything except CDI and RapidILL, which are on CR01.

a. It looks like this when it comes up (choose Americas tab)

 

b. And you can limit it to NA03 or search CDI:

 

 

 

 

  1. Just click on the bell for each one and then you will start getting the updates for all of those in email. You can see that I subscribed to all those relevant in NA03 and the RapidILL and CDI CR01 updates.

  2. For each one, there is the option to just view (what you would see when you came to this page under My Services, vs. view & notifications – that’s the one where you get the email.

 
  1. Here’s what I subscribed to and what I see on My Services:

 

You can see the wrench and click on it to see what happened:

 
  1. If you want to unsubscribe to any of the emails, just click on the bell icon for that product/server:

 

 

Click on the ‘trash can’ icon to remove your subscription:

 

 

And Unsubscribe at this dialog:

 

 

When you return to the list of your products/servers, you will see a bell with a line through it to indicate you are not getting that subscription.

 

 

 

Shared e-Resources (ECC and Opt-in) - Problem Reporting Best Practices and FAQ

 

Background 

Shared e-resources are negotiated, and in some cases paid for, by the Chancellor's Office Systemwide Digital Library Content (SDLC) department. E-collection and portfolio activations for shared e-resources are maintained in the Alma Network Zone by the Chancellor's Office Electronic Resources Manager. 

Problem Reporting Recommendations

The chart below outlines problem reporting guidelines for various types of ERM issues, particularly as they relate to Shared E-Resources, and are intended to help you get support and a resolution to the problem as quickly as possible!

 
Alma NZ issues (portfolio linking problems, portfolio coverage dates, removing/adding portfolios, parser parameters, shared group settings, other technical issues related to the NZ….).
Central Discovery Index (CDI) NZ Settings - (changing your library’s NZ CDI settings)
  • Login to Alma using your NZ Alma CDI user credentials and update your library’s CDI settings as needed.
Central Discovery Index (CDI)/Global Title Index (GTI) Metadata, Display, or Linking Issues
Vendor indexing and/or metadata issues (incorrect indexing in a vendor’s database, article missing from particular issue, article is missing pages, incorrect metadata being passed through outgoing OpenURL link…)
Technical database errors (platform outages, connection timeouts, local admin configuration settings not working, proxy issues …).
  • Report on and/or check Slack to help determine if it’s a local issue or is widespread to other campuses.
  • If it’s a local issue, open a local support case with the relevant vendor.
  • The CO team monitors Slack and will also open cases on behalf of the consortia for widespread outages, but individual campuses are welcome to open cases at any time locally as well!
Access to content is denied (your library is not being recognized as a subscribed institution – being asked to pay for content you subscribe to).
  • Report on and/or check Slack to help determine if it’s a local issue or is widespread to other campuses.
  • If it’s a local issue, open a local support case with the relevant vendor.
  • The CO team monitors Slack and will also open cases on behalf of the consortia for widespread outages, but individual campuses are welcome to open cases at any time locally as well!

Generally, these types of access issues are caused by one of two things:

  1. Titles that you do NOT have access to are mistakenly activated.
  2. Delays in renewals, payments, or issues with vendors not processing new orders correctly (less common). If this is the cause, the CO team we will help reach out to vendors on your behalf to fix the problem.

 

Other ERM related questions about shared ECC/Opt-In resources not listed above (license terms, title lists, usage stats, content details, vendor account numbers, institutional admin accounts, etc.).
Questions about subscription pricing, renewals/orders, technical problems with Consortia Manager, and other acquisitions related questions about ECC/Opt-Ins.
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

When in doubt, you may also email eresourceshelp@lists.calstate.edu directly and we will help you identify the best course of action and/or will help escalate your existing case!

The eresourceshelp@lists.calstate.edu email reaches 3 people at the Chancellor’s Office, all of whom have various roles in the acquisition or management of Shared E-Resources: i) Jessica Hartwigsen, the Electronic Resources Manager (SDLS), ii) Kirstie Genzel, the Systemwide Digital Library Content (SDLC) Program Manager, and iii) Christina Hennessey, Systemwide Digital Library Services (SDLS), Director, Unified Library Management System (ULMS)

Quick Help Links
FAQs

 

  • Q:   Are “NZ Managed E-Resources” the same as “Shared E-Resources”?
  • A:   Mostly….but with a few caveats.
    • While the NZ managed e-resource activations are generally based on order information received from SDLC (for both ECC and Opt-In “shared e-resources”), any campus can choose to be added to an existing NZ e-collection at any time, even if they purchased the resource locally! The “NZ managed e-resources” are NOT restricted to just the campuses that “opted-in” and ordered through SDLC.
    • There are also many Open Access e-collections managed in the NZ. More information on NZ Open Access Activation Criteria
    • There’s also going to be a shared Cal Docs collection in the NZ.
  • Q:   What about “Chancellor’s Office Managed E-Resources?” Is that the same as “Shared E-Resources?”
  • A:   This term has been used interchangeably with “Shared E-Resources” and “NZ Managed E-Resources” over the years, but its meaning has often varied depending on who you ask. Official description of this term:
    • This is an umbrella term to describe the main activities the CO is involved in related to shared e-resources (acquisitions and NZ management).
    • It does NOT mean that all aspects of these e-resources are managed centrally by the CO, especially when it comes to troubleshooting and access.
    • While the CO team is always available to assist with a number of access issues for shared e-resources (as outlined in the chart above), campuses are still responsible for the general administration of their shared e-resources beyond the acquisition and NZ activation stages. Each campus should establish and maintain their own institutional administration accounts for their e-resource subscriptions, even for Opt-Ins and ECCs! This is the only way to manage local platform configurations (i.e. OpenURL resolver, branding/logos, discovery/search settings, IP addresses, etc.) and also allows allowing for on demand access to information about their subscriptions (i.e. complete usage stats, SUSHI info, access entitlement lists, MARC records, etc.).
Examples of scenarios described in the chart above: 

Included are scenarios and answers for various troubleshooting issues for electronic resources. 

Bad linking for ebook or journal: 

When linking for an ebook or journal are reported, there are several steps that can be done.

  • Check the linking (parser parameter of the item)
    • Is the link up-to-date?
    • Is the jkey or bkey correct?
      • Look up journal or ebook on the publishers site.
      • If the bkey or jkey do not match what is in Alma, update the portfolio linking and report to ExL Support.
    • Is the book or journal available in Google Scholar? (This is good for finding OA book or journal URLs)
      • Could be that the ebook or journal are now available from a different publisher.
        • Report the portfolio to ExL Support and remove the portfolio.
        • If the item is available from a new publisher and is not in Alma, add the portfolio, add the new link to the correct collection and report it to ExL Support.
    • Example: Harm reduction [electronic resource] : pragmatic strategies for managing high-risk behaviors / edited by G. Alan Marlatt, Mary E. Larimer, Katie Witkiewitz.
    • JSTOR Public Health (Research Reports Only): Full Text
    • Portfolio ID: 53721374740002901
      • The title is no longer available from JSTOR, could not locate the title in JSTOR.
      • Looked in Google Scholar and it appears the item may be available from a different provider, no records appear for JSTOR.
      • Reported the portfolio to ExL support and removed the portfolio.

Ahead-of-Print/In Press articles:

Example: Imposter phenomenon and experiences of discrimination among students at a predominantly White institution This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

When there are articles that are Ahead-of-Print or “In Press,” and the full text is not available, a Public Note should be added to the portfolio stating that articles labeled Ahead-of-Print are not available. There is currently no functionality in Alma or PrimoVE that will suppress the link to full text. Ex Libris has plans to add functionality in the second half of 2024 but there are no specifics available yet.

Image
Ahead of Print example for troubleshooting

Adjusting coverage for gap year:

Example: The Journal of Gerontological Nursing as hosted by Gale (present in General, Academic, and Health and Medicine Onefile, and Health and Wellness) has a coverage exception for the year 2020, which is not reflected in the availability dates in Alma.

*Gale is known to have gaps in coverage that is not reported in the files they send to Ex Libris.

Make local changes and report to Ex Libris Support. Watch for future Alma weekly updates for changes to the global coverage dates. Local date can be removed after global update.

Image
portfolio coverage example for ERM troubleshooting

Adding public notes for different volume numbers:

This usually happens with ebooks or reference materials, there are multiple volumes for the title. Ex Libris does not include the volume number in the description so it appears to the user that there are multiple links for the same item. In reality, the link is going to a different volume, each portfolio with a unique link. Solution: This means clicking on each full text link in PrimoVE (OneSearch) to locate the volume number and then add that number to the Public Note in Alma.

Example records:

  • Encyclopedia of philosophy / Donald M. Borchert, editor in chief. Macmillan Reference USA, Detroit 2005 [0-02-866072-2]
  • American Governance Macmillan Reference USA Farmington Hills, MI 2016 [1-4103-3904-1]
     
Image
example of adding volume information in the note
Image
example of adding a volume number to the public note
Image
public view of volume number

DOI Error Message:

When the “DOI not found” message appears, this usually means the DOI has not been registered for the article. The DOI issue can be reported at DOI.org This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. or CrossRef.org This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.. CrossRef Support appears on the vendor contact page.

FYI: CrossRef is a good source for finding which publisher “owns” the DOI and article. If a record in PrimoVE (OneSearch) has incorrect metadata and there is a DOI available, searching CrossRef will display the metadata the publisher has indexed. This can be used to report metadata issues to Ex Libris Support.

Image
DOI error example

 


Unable to access e-book from JSTOR EBA or ProQuest Ebook Central:

In most cases, when a user see the message that the library does not have access to the ebook from either JSTOR EBA or ProQuest Ebook Central, it means that the e-book is no longer available from the vendor or the ebook is not included in the CSU subscription. ProQuest does not send separate files to Ex Libris Content, for Ebook Central, so the collection include ebooks the CSU may not be able to access. Report the ebook to Jessica Hartwigsen, requesting the ebook be removed.

ProQuest Ebook Central: "Sorry, this book is not available. Please contact your librarian about purchasing it, or search for another book." This message usually means that this ebook is not included in the subscription due to territorial reasons (only available outside the U.S. territory).

JSTOR EBA: There can be a delay in JSTOR sending the latest file for JSTOR EBA to Ex Libris. E-books appear in PrimoVE (OneSearch) when the e-book is no longer available. Report the e-book requesting it be removed.

FYI: Each library should receive a list of e-books, from JSTOR, that the library has selected. These are owned by the individual library and should be activated locally in the IZ.

Image
JSTOR screenshot example for troubleshooting

CDI - Settings and configurations to check before opening ExL Support Case:

  • CDI in the Network Zone can be updated by the library CDI liaison, using the NZ CDI.
    • Update CDI settings/activations
  • Ex Libris has a useful Tips and Tricks This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. document that helps troubleshoot where links are originating, see what records are in a CDI collection, and the source of the CDI record.
  • If the CDI collection(s) require link configuration or proxy, check the settings in the Discovery module:
Image
CDI configuration example
  • After troubleshooting the settings, the configurations, analysis and the link still does not work, open an ExL SalesForce case.
  • Example below: The CDI link for Gale is has a bad link (sid=summon&u=xxxx) since the sid should be “primo” and the “u=” should be the Gale ID for the library. In this case, the same library ID is being applied to all libraries, causing a linking issue.
Image
Gale example for troubleshooting

CDI Inheritance:

If your library sees this message: "This institution is not inheriting Network Zone CDI activations,” this indicates that the library is not inheriting CDI Databases (zero-title collections) from the Network Zone. All libraries are inheriting CDI collections that have portfolios. CDI settings can be updated in both the IZ and NZ. There is a CDI login for the Network Zone that will allow the CDI liaison to update settings for the library.

CDI Tips and Tricks: This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. The Ex Libris Tips and Tricks page is good for troubleshooting records that originate from CDI.


CDI/Alma Availability This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. -coverage date:

There is an important note in the Publishing to CDI page, when CDI checks for holdings in Alma, it looks at the year/month/day, but is not looking at the year/volume/issue, which can lead to linking issues or missing full text links in PrimoVE. Solution: Add year/month/day to portfolio when linking issue arises.

Example: Link to Gale did not initially appear. The coverage needed to be updated to include month/day as well as volume/issue. After a local coverage was added to the portfolio, the link to Gale This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. appeared.

For portfolio coverage information from Alma, only the From/Until Year, Month and Day fields (not the Volume and Issue fields) are used for CDI availability calculation.

Image
local date update example

CDI Activation Analysis - Missing CDI links or CDI links that should not appear:

Example: Link to Gale was appearing but the library does not have access to that particular article, it is not included in the subscription. Where is the full text link coming from?

Use Activation Analysis tool to check if the full text link should be available and where the full text link may have originated. The tool  This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.is easy to set up and use. The results state there is full text but doesn’t mean that you will see a full text link for every resource listed. It gives you a place to start adjusting CDI settings. Can take up to 48hrs for changes to be reflected in PrimoVE/OneSearch.

Second scenario: If a full text link is missing, the tool can let you know where the full text is available and CDI settings can be adjusted so the full text will appear.

CDI settings can be updated in both the IZ and NZ. There is a CDI login for the Network Zone that will allow the CDI liaison to update settings for the library.

Sample record This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. (screenshots below for example record):

Image
gale cdi primo example
Image
cdi activation analysis example
Image
CDI activation analysis results example
Image
CDI activation analysis explained

Quicklink Issues:

The PDF and Read Online link were initially going to Emerald instead of ProQuest Ebook Central. Ex Libris Support suggested setting the Link Prioritization This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. for the Quicklinks This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.. Report issues with Quicklinks to Ex Libris Support.

Image
Quicklinks PrimoVE example

Springer Nature Debug links:

Springer has provided two debug links to test access and linking issues for both Springer and Nature.

Open a case with with Springer if there are issues with access journals or articles:

If you are still experiencing this problem, and have not already done so, please provide us with a hyperlink to the content you cannot access along with a screenshot of the results of clicking on the appropriate debug link below.

The debug results will give us the information needed to determine if the cause of the issue is your access setup.

SpringerNature Debug Tool This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.


Cloudflare IP Whitelist:

This was posted to the EZProxy listserv and this is the current list of vendors to contact if there are EZProxy access issues, the library may have to register their IP ranges on the vendor’s whitelist.

      My institution will have an EZproxy server IP address change.  I remember (may not be accurate) sending our EZproxy IP address to some publishers/vendors listed below to whitelist.   Are there any other vendors/publishers?

  • American Physical Society
  • IEEE
  • ProQuest
  • Sage
  • Tayor & Francis
  • Wiley

Contacts for vendor support names, emails, and forms.

Recommendations for video titles and other titles matching erroneously in PrimoVE records. 

April 2024: Video titles and other titles matching erroneously in PrimoVE records

After migrating to PrimoVE, we noticed that services for ebook titles, generally from NZ collections, were matching on IZ streaming video records. Also, some IZ and NZ videos with similar titles matched, too. The “nodedupe” rule we were able to use while in Primo Back Office could not be used in PrimoVE.

Many support cases were opened. Some of our cases have been resolved but w/o any understanding as to what Ex Libris did. Ex Libris is still investigating a solution.

Here are some examples:

 

 

 

 

 

Why this is happening:

It has to do with Uresolver/link resolver matching and the algorithm used to determine matching.

Documentation: This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

"If there was no search by identifier (no identifier as part of the Context Object), a search is performed by "title" only.”

From the chart, it is searching 245 $$a, b, and so. Yet, it seems to be ignoring $$b from our experience since incorrect matching occurs. Also, this matching does not seem to understand that videos do not have typical identifiers such as ISSN, ISBN, etc.

Then, in August 2023, Ex Libris provided a possible solution, something to do with fuzzy logic.

August 2023 Alma release notes This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.: (This was supposed to help with the problem; but it does not seem to be doing much).

Currently, when Alma gets an open URL from Primo, it tries to find resources according to three main methods:

Match by identifier

If no identifier exists/no match was found:

Match by title and author

If no title+author exists/no match was found:

Search by title only ("Fuzzy Match")

If the open URL contains only a title, Alma attempts to find a match, since there are no other elements by which to search.

Control Ability to Ignore Title Based Link Resolving

Alma enables institutions to prevent "Fuzzy match" attempts based on title-only matches when patrons search for resources. By default, this option is disabled, and in instances that the URL had "Identifier + Author + Title" and there was no match on the "Identifier + Author", Alma tries to find a match by "Title". However, when the option is enabled, patrons no longer receive wrong search results based on title matches only. This option is controlled by the following customer parameter: avoid_fuzzy_search_resolving.

Several CSU enabled this functionality but still saw that videos and ebooks were matching on title and sharing a bib record. So, it didn’t seem to solve much.

Recommendation:

The ULMS ERM committee suggests 2 possible solutions to implement. You may also choose to do nothing until Ex Libris provides a working solution.

Option 1: If you use vendor supplied records, you may add a 020 field. For example, you might add a Kanopy number. This will stop ebook titles from appearing in streaming video records. Keep in mind, using the 020 field which is generally reserved for ISBN/ISSN is not adhering to standard cataloging rules. Also, this is probably not sustainable if you have many records in which the problem occurs. Do not use this solution for CZ records.

Ex Libris explanation to Bakersfield:

“I've investigated the issue, and unfortunately the behavior you are seeing is expected due to the way Link Resolver matching is done for View It. For records/titles without any standard identifiers such as this one, the Alma Link Resolver matches can be based on title alone. This is because when there are no standard identifiers in the IZ record, the Link Resolver will perform a generic search using the metadata sent in the context object from the member institution, which would in this case is the title. In this case, the 'Gather : Richard Van Camp on the Joy of Storytelling' from the NZ is being returned because this record also has 'Gather' in 245 $$ a:”

Their suggestion: “Alternatively, adding identifiers if they exist would help. For titles which do not have standard identifiers, you can also try adding a dummy identifier. For example, if you add a 020 MARC field with $$&nbsp;, you will see that services for portfolios from the NZ are no longer returned.”

 

Option 2: Add Display Logic Rules. This is what some CSU are doing.

You can add a broad Display Logic Rule that will prevent other collections appearing on the streaming video title. You may add just one rule or individually. Here is an example of just adding one rule.

This hides all collections including streaming collections. Do not worry, the records for those collections still appear on their own in PrimoVE.

 

You may also choose to refine and add specific collections:

 

Current CSU contacts for Acquisitions, CDI, Collection Development Contacts, ERM, or PrimoVE.

 

Campus:Role at Institution:Name:Email:
BakersfieldERMGenesis RamirezGenesis Ramirez
BakersfieldCDAmanda GromblyAmanda Grombly
Channel IslandsCDMonica PereiraMonica Pereira
Channel IslandsERMAaron SandovalAaron Sandoval
ChicoERMMichael BelloMichael Bello
ChicoACQ, CDJodi ShepherdJodi Shepherd
Dominguez HillsERMAnthony AndoraAnthony Andora
Dominguez HillsERMWei MaWei Ma
Dominguez HillsACQShilo MorenoShilo Moreno
East BayACQ, ERMShaunt HamstraShaunt Hamstra
East BayCDJohn WenzlerJohn Wenzler
FresnoCDKimberly Robles-SmithKimberly Robles-Smith
FresnoERMDolly LopezDolly Lopez
FresnoACQMarianne FoleyMarianne Foley
FullertonACQJustin StewartJustin Stewart
FullertonERMIlda CardenasIlda Cardenas
FullertonCDKeri PrelitzKeri Prelitz
HumboldtACQ, CDAmanda DinscoreAmanda Dinscore
HumboldtERM, PrimoVEBrianne HagenBrianne Hagen
Long BeachERMAustin LenzenAustin Lenzen
Long BeachERMDoKyoung ShinDoKyoung Shin
Long BeachACQKelly VelascoKelly Velasco
Long BeachACQNina AntovilleNina Antoville
Long BeachCDTracy GilmoreTracy Gilmore
Los AngelesCDI, ERMCaitlin WilhelmCaitlin Wilhelm
Los AngelesACQ, CDHolly YuHolly Yu
Los AngelesPrimoVEKen HerroldKen Herrold
MaritimeERMMark StackpoleMark Stackpole
MaritimeCDKitty LuceKitty Luce
Monterey BayCD, ERMRachel SafaRachel Safa
Moss LandingACQ, CD, ERMKatie LageKatie Lage
NorthridgeCD, ERMChris BulockChris Bulock
NorthridgeERMAvram AndersonAvram Anderson
NorthridgeACQDel WilliamsDel Williams
PomonaCDBrinna Pam AnanBrinna Pam Anan
PomonaERMMichelle NavarroMichelle Navarro
PomonaERMAnne SinAnne Sin
PomonaACQLinda FranklinLinda Franklin
PomonaPrimoVEAmber WuAmber Wu
SacramentoACQApril PorterfieldApril Porterfield
SacramentoCDBrenda CarrilloBrenda Carrillo
SacramentoPrimoVEChristian WardChristian Ward
SacramentoERM, CDILisa RobertsLisa Roberts
San BernardinoERMStacy MagendanzStacy Magendanz
San BernardinoERMAmina RomeroAmina Romero
San BernardinoACQCatrina ManchaCatrina Mancha
San DiegoERMLucy CampbellLucy Campbell
San DiegoACQTyler RogersTyler Rogers
San DiegoCDWil WestonWil Weston
San FranciscoCDDavid Steele HellmanDavid Steele Hellman
San FranciscoERMYa WangYa Wang
San FranciscoACQMichael McCourtMichael McCourt
San JoseACQBernadette HumphreyBernadette Humphrey
San JoseERM, PrimoVEChristine HolmesChristine Holmes
San JoseCDCarole Correa-MorrisCarole Correa-Morris
San Luis ObispoERM, ACQ, PrimoVENikki DeMovilleNikki DeMoville
San MarcosERM, CD, ACQLauren MagnusonLauren Magnuson
San MarcosERMLiz RallosLiz Rallos
San MarcosACQSusan BakshSusan Baksh
San MarcosACQDasha PavelDasha Pavel
SonomaACQ, CD, ERM, CDI, PrimoVELaura KrierLaura Krier
StanislausERM, CD, ACQAnnie HorAnnie Hor
StanislausERM, CDJohn BrandtJohn Brandt
StanislausERM, PrimoVEGuillermo MerazGuillermo Meraz
 
 

Before offering services to users from other CSU campuses, each campus must configure their Alma instance.

Definitions

  • Home campus: the campus where the Walk-in user has an ID.
  • Host campus: the campus the Walk-in user is visiting.

Configurations for other CSU users on your campus

User Group

Determine which user group will be used for walk-in patrons. Configure the limits for that user group.

Add User Group

Configuration menu > User Management > User Details > User Groups

Add or verify the user group for walk-in patron use. This user group may have been created, and the name different than the example. The user group is individual to the campus.

Image
The user group Code, CALSWALKIN, and Description, CalState Walkin Patrons.

Determine Record Type

Configuration menu > User Management > User Details > User Record Type/User Group

Add the Walk-in user group to the list and assign it a Public record type.

Image
The Record Type settings for the CalState Walkin Patron User Group.

Configure Patron Limits

Configuration menu > Fulfillment > Patron Configurations > Patron Limits

Add the Walk-in user group to the list and assign the maximum limits for each category. Users will be blocked from checkout/requesting when these limits are reached.

Image
The Patron Limits table.

Configure Loan Limits

Configuration menu > Fulfillment > Patron Configurations > Loan Limits

Add or update a rule to limit the total number of items Walk-in users can have checked out at any given time.

Image
The Loan Limit Rule Editor with the Input Parameter "User Group = CalState Walkin Patrons."

Fulfillment Rules

Configuration menu > Fulfillment > Physical Fulfillment > Fulfillment Units

Add appropriate loan, request, and booking rules for the Walk-in user group.

Instructions for creating and adjusting Fulfillment Terms of Use can be found on the Ex Libris Knowledge Center This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

CSU+ Requesting Rule

Configuration menu (for Resource Sharing library) > Fulfillment > Physical Fulfillment > Fulfillment Units

Go to your Resource Sharing Library rules and go to the Fulfillment Unit Rules tab. Change the Rule Type to Borrowing Resource Sharing and click your current Borrowing rule. Add the CalState Walk-in user group as a value in your Borrowing Resource Sharing Rules to so users will be able to place CSU+/Rapido requests.

Image
CSU+ Requesting Rule where the User Group In List has the CalState Walkin Patrons group.

Display Logic Rule

Configuration menu > Fulfillment > Discovery Interface Display Logic > Display Logic Rules

If you have a display logic rule limiting Resource Sharing by usergroup, update your Resource Sharing display logic rule so the CSU+/Rapido Offer is viewable by CalState Walk-in Users.

Image
List of groups blocked by the Display Logic Rule.

Walk-in users should be encouraged to use their home campus when requesting digital items through Rapido because the Walk-in user will still not have a SSO at the campus they are visiting. A display logic rule should be added to hide the Rapido Digital Offers for Walk-In patrons so they cannot request articles or book chapter scans at the campus they are visiting. The rule is:

Image
The Display Logic Rule "For user groups CalState Walkin Patrons: Hide service Rapido Digital Offer, Rapido Journal Offer."

Borrowing Mediation Rule

Configuration menu > Resource Sharing > Rapido Rules > Borrowing Mediation Rules

Walk-in users can use Rapido to request CSU+ items but libraries may want to limit their ability to request materials from libraries outside the CSU. There currently is no display logic rule for this, but requests for items outside the California State Network pod can be automatically cancelled using a Borrowing Mediation Rule. The rule is:

Image
The Borrowing Mediation Rule with the Input Parameters: 1. Supplying Pod, Not In List, California State Network and 2. User Group = CalState Walkin Patrons. The Output label is Walk-in_Cancelled and the Action is "Cancel Request," the Cancellation Reason is "Failed to Locate Potential Suppliers," and the Cancellation Note is "This item is not available through any of the California State University libraries at this time."

Input Parameters:

NameOperatorValue
Supplying PodNot In ListCalifornia State Network
User Group=CalState Walkin Patrons

Output Parameters:

Output Parameters:

  • Labels: Walk-in_Cancelled
  • Action: Cancel Request
  • Cancellation Reason: Failed to locate potential suppliers
  • Cancellation Note: This item is not available through any of the California State University libraries at this time.

With this rule any request placed by a Walk-in patron that is not available in the CSU will be cancelled and an email sent to the Walk-in patron.

If a library wants to let Walk-in users request materials outside of the CSU they would simply not add this mediation rule.

Linked Account Rules

Configuration menu > User Management > Collaborative Networks > Linked Account Rules

Linked account rules define some of the default values when a new user is created, and when information is retrieved from the home campus.

Create a rule specific to CalState Walk-in users.

Input Parameters

Image
Input Parameters with Source Institution, In List, and a list of all the CSU libraries.
  • Name: Source Institution
  • Operator: InList
  • Value: select each CSU campus

Output Parameters

Image
The Output parameters (listed below the image).
  • User group: select the CalState Walk-in user group
  • Expiry Date: leave blank
  • Expiry From Source: Same as in source
  • Refresh Expiry Date: Yes
  • Purge Date: leave blank
  • Purge After Expired: One month after expiration (or local campus rules for expiry dates, if applicable)
  • Refresh Purge Date: Yes
  • Resource Sharing Library = select your campus Resource Sharing Library
  • Copy Network blocks = Yes (see area marked Network Blocks in this document for more information)

Configurations for your users on other CSU campuses

Restricted Users Table

Configuration menu > User Management > Collaborative Networks > Restricted Users

Determine which user groups will be not discoverable by the host campus. When adding user groups, select No for the Default Value. Make sure that each line is enabled by toggling the radio button.

Include all user groups except those for students, staff, faculty, visiting scholars, and emeriti. All other user group will be discoverable and will have privileges.

Image
An example of the Restricted Users Table.

Network Blocks

Determine which user blocks will be carried over to the host campus. These blocks are set in the Blocks tab of the user records. Blocks associated with overdue items, fees owed, and patron limits, and the fines and fees themselves are not transferred to the host campus.

User Block Description Table

Configuration menu > Fulfillment > Patron Configurations > User Block Descriptions

All blocks must first be added to the Descriptions table before they can be defined as a network block Review current blocks. If necessary, add new blocks specific for network use. When adding new blocks, select No for the Default Value. Make sure that each line is enabled by toggling the radio button.

Image
The User Block Description Table with the Code d and the Description SEPERATED.

To enable blocks from the home campus to block the user at the host campus you need the following Description Active:

  • Code: CONSORTIA
  • Description: Consortial block

User Block Definitions Table

Configuration menu > Fulfillment > Patron Configurations > User Block Definitions

Blocks marked True in the Network Block column will be carried over to the host campus. When adding a new block, the ID must be the same as the Code used in the User Blocks Description Table. Note: The block Type column is informational only. Blocks can be marked Consortial to distinguish them from those used on your campus.

Image
An example of a block with the Consortial Type and the Network Block set to True.

To have a block from the home campus successfully block a patron at the host campus you must have the following definition added to your table:

  • Type: Consortia block
  • Description: Consortia block
  • Network Block: True

Linked Account Shared Fields

Configuration menu > User Management > Collaborative Networks > Linked Account Shared Fields

Select True for each field that will be shared with the host campus. Since each campus may have its own communication requirements, addresses and phone numbers will need to be added by the host campus.

Image
A Linked Account Shared Fields set to True.

Shared Fields:

  • First name
  • Middle name
  • Last name
  • PIN (If host campus requires PIN and PIN does not come through, they will need to manually add one)
  • Expiry date
  • Purge date
  • Email List

Note: The primary ID is used when looking up a user in their home campus Alma. It is not copied over to the host campus user record.

Searchable Identifiers

Configuration menu > User Management > Collaborative Networks > Searchable Identifiers

Do not add customizations to this table. It will disallow searching for a user by the primary ID field.


Purpose

The Resource Sharing Functional Committee (RSFC) provides oversight and leadership for the CSU consortium's resource sharing activities in the following ways: 

  • Staying up-to-date on relevant Alma resource sharing related enhancements and new features, providing recommendations for implementation by the wider consortium when appropriate.
  • Recommending new policies and procedures and revisions to existing policies and procedures.
  • Documenting procedures and best practices for use by the larger CSU resource sharing community.
  • Providing training to the CSU resource sharing community as appropriate.
  • Ensuring courier service expectations are being met through following up on issues reported via the courier problem reporting form and communicating with the courier via monthly meetings.
  • Representing the interests and needs of the CSU resource sharing community to the ULMS Steering Committee and Council of Library Deans.
  • Forming task forces to advise and carry out specific tasks. Task forces should include at least one member of the RSFC. 

Current Committee Membership

  • Rosemary Farr, Fullerton (Chair, 23-25)
  • Mark Stackpole, Maritime (member, 23-25)
  • Iman Mirza, Pomona (member, 24-26)
  • Melissa Duran, Northridge (member, 24-26)
  • Abbi Wilson, San Luis Obispo (member, 24-26)
  • Tina Dwyer, Chico (member, 24-26)
  • Chris Lee, Chancellor's Office (ex officio)

The pages in this section are configurations, workflows, and other documents helpful for CSU libraries transitioning to using Rapido as our only Resource Sharing platform. 

For libraries preparing to go all in on Rapido without any OCLC systems as a Partner of Last Resort there are certain steps they can take to make the process smoother. The following checklist should help libraries make the transition:

  • 🔲 Alert Ann Roll at the Office of the Chancellor of your intent to not renew ILLiad, WorldShare, or both.
  • 🔲 Join any available Rapido Pods you are not currently in:
    • 🔲 West Pod
    • 🔲 US Pod
    • 🔲 RapidR Pod
    • 🔲 eBook Pod
  • 🔲 Remove all direct links to ILLiad/WorldShare from your website and Lib Guides.
  • 🔲 Update your Ful Cancel Request Letter to remove any remaining links to ILLiad/WorldShare.
  • 🔲 Turn off Lending in ILLiad/WorldShare several months in advance to retrieve books out on loan.
  • 🔲 Turn off Borrowing in ILLiad/WorldShare several months in advance to retain books that wouldn't be returned prior to OCLC cancellation.
  • 🔲 Add Rejected by Partner Set.
  • 🔲 Review RapidILL pods (Internet Archive Pod, Open Access, etc.).
  • 🔲 Add note to the WorldShare directory saying you are leaving the network.
  • 🔲 Start including the printed Partner Notice with shipments to OCLC partners through the mail, Fedex, or UPS.
  • 🔲 Add any interested partners to Rapido using an Outside Partner Configuration such as Hybrid Pods, ISO Connections, or Self Registration/ALA Form.
  • 🔲 Remove any customized labels concerning ILLiad/WorldShare.
  • 🔲 Backup Data from ILLiad/WorldShare: Ensure that you have exported and backed up any important data or transaction history from ILLiad/WorldShare, in case you need it for future reference.

While it being in as many pods as possible in Rapido is always highly recommended, it is extremely important if Rapido is going to be your only Resource Sharing platform. Rapido pods are groups of libraries with shared policies who agree to share with each other through Rapido. Most pods are also organized by geography to make it easier to order pods by how close they are to your library. Since they are based on region, your library may not qualify for all pods. Joining more pods means more partners and a more diverse collection of materials for our patrons to request. To join a Rapido please contact Ex Libris using the following form:


Main Pods

The following Pods are recommended for all campuses:

  • California State Network
  • West Coast Courier Pod
  • US West
  • US pod
  • RapidR
  • SUNY Western Pod*

*The SUNY Western Pod requires approval from the SUNY libraries and Orbis Cascade Alliance libraries already in the pod. Please contact the Resource Sharing Manager if you are interested in joining this pod. 


International Pods

You may want to consider joining an international pod to connect to partners outside the United States like you did in ILLiad/WorldShare. There are two International Pods the CSU qulifies for:

  • North America Pod
  • International Pod

eBook Pod

Rapido now has the ability to share whole eBooks between libraries. There currently is only one eBook pod and its made to share whole eBook PDFs without any DRM with libraries across the globe. Setup for this pod is a bit different, so please follow the configuration guide after joining the pod: 


RapidILL Pods

While we are all in RapidILL we may not be in all the same pods. It is a good idea to periodically reach out to Clarivate through SalesForce This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. to ask if there are any new RapidILL pods you qualify for. The more pods the higher the fill rate, so it is worth adding as many RapidILL pods as possible. 

Because the CSU has maintained a backup system we have several configurations implemented with ILLiad/WorldShare in mind. The following are configurations you should make when you shut those systems off to ensure your system runs smoothly. 

Borrowing Locate Failed

Many CSU libraries have enabled the Cancel Request On Locate Failure setting since the CSU+ rollout. This setting works well if there's a backup system to catch requests before they fail to locate a partner. However, if Rapido is the only Resource Sharing system available, you’ll want these requests to remain active.

When a request is made using a record marked Terms to be Supplied (indicating that no pod partners are associated with that record), it automatically goes into a Locate Failed status and is canceled. With Rapido as the sole system, instead of letting the request cancel, we need to Enrich the request by updating it to a record for an item that has available pod partners.

Image
A Rapido request tile that says Terms to be Supplied.

To update this setting go to Alma Configuration > Resource Sharing >Configuration > Members and click the Ellipsis (...) next to your library and select Edit Resource Sharing Library. Scroll down to the Resource Sharing Information > Borrowing Setup and uncheck the box next to Cancel Request on Locate Failure and then click Save. Requests at the Locate Failed status will no longer automatically cancel. 


With the change to Rapido as the only Resource Sharing service there a few Sets you will want to make to ensure you process requests that would have formerly gone to your Partner of Last Resort. Please add the following Sets:

Unfilled Physical

This Borrowing Set catches requests where there were no pod partners on the record used by the patron. These requests can be switched to duplicate records where there are pod partners using the Enrich from Global Index feature. 

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Locate Failed
    • Requested Format: Physical
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Unfilled (Physical)
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Unfilled Digital

This Borrowing Set catches requests where there were no pod partners on the record used by the patron. Since RapidILL is so expansive it is likely these requests cannot be filled in Rapido/RapidILL, so they should be purchased using a cloud app (see Purchasing section of the Copyright page) or cancelled. 

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Locate Failed
    • Requested Format: Digital
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Unfilled (Digital)
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Enrich Locate Failed

The Enrich Locate Failed rule adds the Enrich Label to all Physical requests that are stopped because they failed to locate a partner. Staff should use the Enrich from Global Index feature to switch to a record with pod partners. If a record for the item cannot be found with pod partners the request should be cancelled. 

Borrowing Mediation Rule Editor

Name: Enrich Locate Failed
Description: Adds the Enrich Label to requests at the locate failed status.

Input Parameters

NameOperatorValue
Requested Status=Locate Failed
Requested Format=Physical

Output Parameters

Labels: Enrich
Action: (Leave Blank)

If you previously used either ILLiad or WorldShareILL as the Partner of Last Resort in Rapido then you will need to deactivate and eventually remove the partner configurations once you no longer have the additional system. Fortunately, deactivating this configuration is far more simple than adding it.

Deactivate and Remove Partner

To deactivate your last resort partner go to Alma > Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Partners and search for the partner. Most libraries named this partner ILLiad or WorldShare or a variation such as ILLiad as Last Resort. Once you have located the partner click the name of the partner or the ellipsis (...) followed by Edit to edit the partner. Once inside the partner select the Status drop down box and change it to Inactive and then Save the changes to the partner. The partner is now deactivated. 

Image
The ILLiad as Partner of Last Resort settings showing where to set the partner status to Inactive.

You cannot delete the partner until there are no more requests attached to the partner. Deactivating the partner is sufficient for the process of cancelling ILLiad or WorldShare. After the other system is fully cancelled with OCLC, and all requests are complete, the partner can be deleted by clicking the ellipsis (...) and selecting Remove next to the partner in the Resource Sharing Partner List

Remove Rota

To delete your last resort rota go to Alma > Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Rota Templates and find your partner of last resort Rota. Select the ellipsis (...) next to the Rota and select Remove. The Rota has now been deleted. 

Delete Rota Assignment Rule

To delete the Rota Assignment Rule associated with your Partner of Last Resort Rota go to Alma Configuration > Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Rota Assignment Rules and find the rule. Select the ellipsis (...) next to the Rota Assignment Rule and select Delete. The Rota has now been deleted. 

To keep as many partners as possible in Resource Sharing, please add your contact information and print out the following notice to include with materials you are Borrowing or Lending through ILLiad or WorldShare:


Dear Resource Sharing Partner, 

Our library is transitioning from ILLiad and WorldShare to Rapido as our sole Resource Sharing platform. We value our partnership and would love to continue borrowing and lending with you. 

You can still share resources with us through Alma Resource Sharing, ISO Connection to ILLiad, or Self-Registered Lending and the ALA form. 

For additional details, or to set up a connection, contact us at [Your Contact Information]. 

To connect with other California State University libraries, contact the CSU Resource Sharing Manager at cwlee@calstate.edu. 

We appreciate your partnership and look forward to continued collaboration! 

[Your Name] 
[Your Library Name] 

Image
QR Code to the Outside Partners Configuration page.

A preformatted sheet with 2 copies of this sheet per page is available on the CSU SharePoint This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. site (only accessible to CSU staff). 
 

The following configurations are necessary for Rapido to run and are the bare minimum configurations that must be made. While these configurations are necessary as a whole, there are instances where you have multiple options, so not all campuses will look the same. 

The Member Library settings in Rapido are the foundational settings determining what pods you are in, how they are prioritized, and what items can be physically loaned to other libraries. To access the settings go to Alma Configuration  > Resource Sharing > Configuration > Members and select your Resource Sharing Library. 

Member Attributes 

This section allows you to add or change the basic information about your library. You can change your address, library name, or set your status to inactive in Rapido from this tab. While you can set your library as inactive here, that is not the same as setting your library to non-Lending. 

Physical Items and Lending Policies

The Physical Items and Lending Policies tab is where you set your library as an active Lender, set what items can be physically sent to each pod using Participating Items rules, and attach those rules to specific Rapido pods. To receive Lending requests you must have Supplies Physical Items checked. While unchecking this box will stop Lending requests, it is not recommended to uncheck this setting as a way of going non-Lending because doing so will cause issues with requests that have already been shipped to your library. 

Participating Items Rule

The Participating Items rule determines which items can be shared in Rapido. Everything that can be shared through ILLiad should be included in the these rules. You may make one rule for all pods, or multiple rules to share certain items in certain pods. For example, you may choose to only loan DVDs to other CSU libraries. 

To make a Participating Items rule click +Add Participating Items. In the resulting pop up you can make the rule using several filters. You can choose to only include or exclude certain Material types, include or exclude items with certain Item Policies, and/or include or exclude certain Locations. You may make rules that use multiple filters, for example: Materials Type Equals Books, Item Policy Not Equals Non-Circulating, and Location Equals 2nd Floor South.

Image
An example of a Participating Items Rule.

You may also choose to only use some filters. For example: Location Equals 2nd Floor South. 

Image
An example of a Participating Items Rule only using the location filter.

While you can make several Participating Items rules, you can only attach one rule to a pod at a time. 

Physical Items Lending Policies

The Physical Items Lending Policies section lists all the pods your library has joined using the Rapido Pod  This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.form. Joining the pods lets you borrow items from them, but you will not receive requests from libraries in those pods until you attach a Participating Items Rule, like the one created in the previous step. 

Image
An example of a Physical Items Lending Policies showing the Regular Circ Rule is attached to the US West pod and the Pod Policies are a 7 day delivery, 112 day checkout, with no cost, and an expiry time of 4 days.

To attach a participating items rule click the ellipsis (...) next to the pod and select Edit. Click the drop down menu for Participating Items and select the rule you want the pod to use. Do not select All Items because that will mark every item in the catalogue as okay to loan to libraries in that pod. Each pod can only use one rule at a time, but they don't all need to use the same rule. With different rules libraries can choose to loan certain items to specific partners only. 

In this section you can also create a Physical Lending Policy for libraries not in a pod in a geographic region. These policies do not impact partners in your pods, but can be used if the library chooses to use the Find Partner feature in Rapido.

To create a new Physical Lending Policy click +Add Physical Lending Policy. Select the Participating Items rule like you did with the pods and then select if the Supply Term For is country or state and then specify the country or state. Lastly add the policies you want the system to follow for the region. 

Image
Screenshot of the Add Physical Lending Policy pop up. The policy is for the state of California.

Override Pod Policies for Specific Hybrid Pod Partners

A new section was added to the Lending Policies tab to allow libraries to make specific rules for individual libraries in a Hybrid Pod (a pod with both Rapido and Alma Resource Sharing partners). No libraries in the CSU currently use this feature. 

Borrowing Policies

The Borrowing Policies tab is where you set the pod priority for Borrowing. In the Pod Priority chart, the pod at the top of the list will always be checked first when a patron requests library materials. If none of the partners in the highest priority pod are able to fill the request the next pod on the list will be checked. Pods should be ordered with the California State Network pod at the top followed by pods in the western United States, then US wide pods, and lastly international pods. 

Image
A screenshot of the Pod Priority chart from CSU Sacramento.

To rearrange the pods click and hold your courser on the small columns of dots next to the pod. Drag the pod to the desired location. 

 

Rapido uses pods to share physical items instead of using the rota system from traditional Alma. There are two kinds of pods you should be aware of: official pods and unofficial pods. An official pod is a pod with shared rules with all the members and an unofficial pod is a set of rules you set for your institution to borrow and loan to a geographic area.

Official Rapido Pods

When people talk about Rapido pods these are the pods they are talking about. Official pods share lending terms that cannot be changed locally since they cover all libraries in the pod. Shared policies include:

  • Delivery Time (Days)
  • Loan Period (Days)
  • Cost
  • Allow Renewals
  • Allow Automatic Renewals
  • Maximum Renewals Allowed
  • Expiry Time (Days)

Several of these policies determine what will display in the Rapido estimate when a patron requests an item through a Rapido tile. The information in the estimate will reflect the highest priority pod where the item is currently held and available. 

Image
An example of a Rapido tile where the item is available from a pod with a 3 day delivery and 112 day checkout policy.

There are many Rapido pods libraries may join to easily share with partner libraries. Generally speaking, the more pods a library is in, the more partners we can borrow from. To get the most out of Rapido as possible, it is recommended libraries join the following pods: 

  • California State Network
  • West Coast Courier Pod
  • US West
  • US Pod
  • SUNY Western
  • RapidR

Libraries may also join international pods to share with libraries outside the United States. Currently, no one is in the International Pod with libraries across the globe, but several are in the North American pod with libraries in Canada. 

To join a pod either fill out the Rapido Pods Form This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. or contact the Resource Sharing Manager (RSM) to get added to a pod. For a list of all publicly available pods please refer to the Ex Libris Knowledgebase This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Unofficial Pods

In Rapido you can make your own Physical Items Lending Policies for a geographic area and Default Borrowing Policies to set what kinds of items your patrons can borrow. In Rapido, if an institutions Default Borrowing Policies fall within another institutions Physical Items Lending Policies Rapido requests will pass between the institutions if an item is not available from an institution in an official pod.

Physical Items Lending Policies

To get to the Physical Items Lending Policies section of Rapido go to Alma Configuration → Resource Sharing → Configuration → Members and select your Member Library. Go to the Physical Items Lending Policies tab and the Physical Items Lending Policies section.

This section will list all your pods, both official and unofficial. There isn’t an obvious difference between the pods unless you try to edit them. Official pods cannot be edited except for attaching your Participating Items rule for the pod.

Image
The Physical Intems Lending Policies with the US West and California State Network shows as Official Rapido pods and a California pod shown as an Unofficial pod.

To make an unofficial pod for a region select Add Physical Lending Policy. On the resulting page you can attach a Participating Items policy to limit what items can be shared with institutions in the unofficial pod region. You can then set all the standard pod policies, but for a region such as the United States or California. If a Rapido library in the set region has matching borrowing rules they will then be able to request from you library.

Image
A Physical Lending Policy for the state of California with a 7 day delivery time, 112 loan period, and no cost. The "Pollak Lending Rules" Participating Item rule was attached to the geographic region.

With the above example, the library would be willing to lend items meeting the Pollak Lending Rules parameters to Rapido libraries not in an official pod the state of California with a delivery time of 7 days, 112 day loan period, and no cost.

Default Borrowing Policy

To configure the Default Borrowing Policy go to Alma Configuration > Resource Sharing > Configuration > Members and select your Member Library. Go to the Borrowing Policies tab and the Default Borrowing Policies section.

The Default Borrowing Policy is the opposite of the Physical Items Lending Policy. This policy determines how much you are willing to spend to borrow an item, how long you are willing to wait for the item, and how you would prioritize institutions that both meet the previous policies.

For example, you could set the Maximum Cost to $5.00 meaning you are willing to pay up to $5.00 per request to an institution to lend an item, the Maximum Time to Delivery to 10 days meaning you will only wait up to 10 days for an item to be delivered, and you can prioritize institutions with the fastest delivery time. With this setup, if two institutions have a book and institution A is free with a 9 day delivery time and institution B charges $3.00 with a delivery time of 5 days, the rule will prioritize institution B because it is faster.

Image
The Default Borrowing Prices with the maximum cost set to $5, maximum time to delivery at 10 days, the the Priority is the Fastest Delivery.

Special Borrowing Policies per User Group

The Special Borrowing Policies per User Group section lets you add exceptions to the Default Borrowing Policy based on user group. For instance, you can configure the rule to prioritize checkout length for faculty instead of fastest delivery.

Introduction

As digital materials become more and more prevalent it was only a matter of time before Resource Sharing would find a way to share eBooks between libraries. Rapido recently added the ability to join eBook pods along with new options in Alma and Rapido to support the pods. Below are the basic configurations to join the first eBook pod. 


Electronic Resources Management

It is important for libraries in any eBook pods to be able to Lend materials as well as Borrow them. Since eBook is a new format for Resource Sharing the majority of eBook licenses likely do not mention whole eBook Resource Sharing at all, so we are starting fresh in this area. To join an eBook pod, libraries should first contact the respective publishers to get permission to lend any eBooks that they would like to add to the pod. Libraries are also encouraged to negotiate language that allows whole eBook lending into future licenses.

Once libraries have determined that a whole eBook or eBook collection can be shared, the library will then need to add an Internal Description note at the Electronic Collection level to mark the item as available for Lending. This uses the same process used to add the RapidILL Lending Note and License Terms but uses one of two new Internal Descriptions:

  • eBookLendablePDF: Lendable to all RapidILL libraries worldwide in the eBook Rapido pod sharing whole PDFs.
  • eBookLendableLink: Lendable to all RapidILL libraries worldwide in the eBook Rapido pod sharing temporary links (coming later 2025). 

Once there are at least a handful of sharable eBooks, the library can join an eBook pod This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. and proceed with the rest of the configuration.   Use this flow chart to check on the lend-ability of eBooks at your library.


Create Logical Set for eBook Harvesting

Location:
Admin > Manage Jobs and Sets > Manage Sets

Action Steps:

  • Click Add Set

  • Choose Create Logical Set

  • Fill out the following fields:

    • Set Name: Rapido eBook Pod - No DRM

    • Description: eBooks approved to share through Rapido with no DRM

    • Set Content Type: Electronic Portfolios

    • Set Type: Logical

    • Content Origin: Institution Only

    • Private:(Uncheck this option)

    • Active:(Check this option)

  • Define criteria to include only the appropriate eBooks:

    • Click the magnifying glass icon near the top of the screen to open filter options

    • Add the following filters:

      FieldOperatorValue
      Electronic Collection: Internal DescriptionContains KeywordseBookLendablePDF
      Has InventoryEqualsYes
      Tag Suppressed (Title)EqualsNo
      Availability (Electronic Portfolio)EqualsAvailable
      Material TypeEqualsBook
  • Click Save Query


Add Participating eBooks to Pod

Location:
Configuration > Resource Sharing > Configuration > Members

Action Steps:

  • On the Members page, select your Resource Sharing Library.

  • Go to the Digital Lending Policies tab.

  • In the Participating eBooks section for the Rapido eBook Pod, select +Add Participating eBooks.

  • In the popup window, name the Participating eBooks rule: No DRM Titles.

  • Use the Add Set search to locate the logical set you created in Step 1: Rapido eBook Pod - No DRM

  • Click Add and Close.

  • Confirm that the set now appears in the Participating eBooks section for the Rapido eBook Pod.

  • In the Digital Items Lending Policies section, click the ellipsis (⋮) next to the Rapido eBook Pod and select Edit.

  • Click the Participating Items drop-down menu and select the Participating eBooks rule you previously made: No DRM Titles


Review Borrowing Policies

Location:
Configuration > Resource Sharing > Configuration > Members

Action Steps:

  • On the Members page, select your Resource Sharing Library.

  • Go to the Borrowing Policies tab.

  • Select the eBook DRM Free International pod.

  • Move it to the appropriate spot in your Borrowing Pod Priority preferences.

    • To prioritize eBooks above physical items, move the pod to the top of the list.

  • Click Save to apply your changes.


🎉 Congratulations!

You can now borrow and lend eBooks through Rapido!
Your library is officially contributing to and benefiting from the Rapido eBook sharing network.

Borrowing Mediation Rules are rules you can make in Rapido to automate certain processes or pause a request for mediation. These rules are very useful for keeping your Borrowing requests organized and moving along smoothly. Clarivate has routinely updated the options available for Borrowing Mediation Rules so it is encouraged for staff to try out new rules to see if they can tweak their workflows to be clearer and more efficient. Below are explanations of the parts of a Borrowing Mediation Rule as well as a list of recommended rules. 

Making a Borrowing Mediation Rule

To configure Borrowing Mediation Rules, go to Alma Configuration > Resource Sharing > Rapido Rules > Borrowing Mediation Rules. Once in the Borrowing Mediation Rules List, click +Add Rule to add a new rule. 

Input Parameters

The Input Parameters in a Borrowing Mediation Rule determine the circumstances that trigger a rule. Any request meeting the parameters you set forth will have the Output Parameters you set up automatically enacted. You can add multiple Input Parameters to make complex rules to streamline your workflows. To add an Input Parameter click +Add Parameter

Most updates to the Borrowing Mediation Rules in Rapido have been to add more parameters, so the list of actions is fairly long, but the process of setting them up remains fairly simple. With all rules you will select a Name, Operator, and Value to describe the action triggering the rule. 

Image
The Add Parameter pop up box where you can choose a Name, Operator, and Value.

Name

The Name parameter is the main list of actions like Requested Format, Supplying Pod, or Missing Article Metadata Fields. These parameters are often self explanatory and the list of options continues to grow, so it is a good idea to occasionally look at your options to see if you want to make a new rule to try out. For example, the Requested Format parameter is referencing the Format (either physical or digital) the patron is requesting when they place a Borrowing request. 

Operator

The Operator parameter determines how the Name and Value parameters will interact. The following are the most commonly used Operators:

  • =: This is used when the rule needs to meet exactly one condition. For example, a rule that stops all physical requests for mediation would be Requested Format = Physical.
  • In List: The rule will activate if any of a list of variables is met, like an OR statement. For example, a rule where the request is stopped for mediation if the request is missing an ISSN, volume, or title would be Missing Article Metadata Fields In List ISSN, Volume, Title.
  • All In List: The rule activates if all the variables are met, like an AND statement. For example, a rule where the request is stopped for mediation only if the request is missing an ISSN, volume, and title would be Missing Article Metadata Fields All In List ISSN, Volume, Title. All three variables must be missing for the rule to activate.
  • NotInList: The opposite of In List. This rule will activate at all times unless variables in a list are met. For example, stop all requests for mediation except ones from the California State Network or US West pod would be Supplying Pod NotInList California State Network, US West.
  • Is Empty: This Operator is used to mediate a request when there is nothing in a field. For example, to stop all requests without a label add a rule like Labels Is Empty.
  • Is Not Empty: The opposite of Is Empty. This would stop requests as long as a variable is present. For example, to stop all requests with a label make a rule like Labels Is Not Empty

The most commonly used Operators are In List and Not In List

Value

The value is the variable you want the rule to trigger with. Depending on the Name the list of Values changes greatly. For example, the available Values when you select Supplying Pod in the Name field are all the pods you subscribe to, while the Values when the Name is Labels are all your available labels. 

Escape Parameter

There is a special set of Input Parameters that should be included in almost all Borrowing Mediation Rules: the Escape Parameter. This is a Label you designate to override the rule and let a request process when it would normally be stopped for mediation. For example, Say you have a rule to stop all requests missing an ISBN, but a patron requested an old thesis that does not have an ISBN. You will add the Escape Parameter Label to make the request not trigger the rule, even when there is no ISBN

The Escape Parameter is:

  • Labels, NotInList, (Label)

Most campuses use a label called Approved or Staff_Approved as the Escape Parameter. 

Output Parameters

The Output Parameters are the results of the rule. There are two types of Output Parameters: Labels and Actions

Labels

The Labels parameter is simply the label you want added to any request triggering the rule. These make it easy to instantly see why a request was stopped so staff know what they need to do to fix the request so it will process. You can add anything as a label, but if you want a label with multiple words you will need to use underscores (_) instead of spaces. Common labels include: Approved, Document Delivery, Missing_ISSN, and Missing_Volume. 

Action

The Action parameter is what you want the rule to do when triggered. There are four Actions, though at first glance it looks like there are only three. 

  • (Blank): The Action represented by a blank, empty, Action field is the most commonly used Action. A Blank Action stops the request from automatically processing so staff can fix it in some way. It essentially stops it for mediation.
  • Cancel Request: A mediation rule with the Cancel Request Action will cancel the request when the rule is triggered. If you select this Action you can add a message to be added as a note in the cancellation notice. This is helpful if you find you consistently cancel requests meeting certain criteria.
  • Test Locally: The Test Locally Action lets a request act like it is being processed without actually sending it out to another library, to a patron, etc. Sometimes useful for testing.
  • Fill Locally: This Action adds your own institution as the Lending library so you can fill the request locally. Requests impacted by this Action should be handled in Lending and not in the Borrowing side of Rapido. 

Now that you understand how to make Borrowing Mediation Rules you may want some rules to make. The following page shows the recommended rules used in the CSU.

The following Borrowing Mediation rules are the most commonly used rules in the CSU. You are not required to use any particular rule, but they will help keep Rapido organized and streamline workflows. 


Enrich From Global Title Index

The Enrich From Global Title Index rule stops unfilled requests before they are exported to a secondary Resource Sharing program, like ILLiad or WorldShare, so staff can see if a different record for the same item has available Rapido partners. This rule helps keep more requests in Rapido to improve fill rates and get the item for the patron faster. 

Borrowing Mediation Rule Editor

Name: Enrich From Global Title Index
Description: Stops requests from automatically going to ILLiad or WorldShare so another record can be used.

Input Parameters

NameOperatorValue
PartnerIn List(The Partner Name of your secondary Resource Sharing service)
LabelsNot In List(Your designated Escape Label.) Example: Approved
Requested Format=Physical

Output Parameters

Labels: Enrich
Action: (Leave Blank)


Missing Metadata (Stop for Mediation)

This version of the Missing Metadata rule, or rules, stops a request missing the metadata you specify so staff can find the missing metadata and fix the request to avoid a Bad Citation message from a Lending Library. You can make the rule stop if a single metadata field is empty or if a whole bunch of fields are missing. 

Borrowing Mediation Rule Editor

Name: Missing (Metadata)
Description: Stops requests missing a (metadata) from processing so staff can fix the request. 

Input Parameters

NameOperatorValue
Missing (Book or Article) Metadata Fields(In List or All In List)(Metadata Fields) Example: title, ISSN, ISBN, Volume, etc.
LabelsNot In List(Your designated Escape Label.) Example: Approved

Output Parameters

Labels: Missing_(Metadata)
Action: (Leave Blank)


Missing Metadata (Cancel)

This version of the Missing Metadata rule, or rules, cancels a request missing the metadata you specify and sends an email to the patron asking them to resubmit with the missing information. You can make the rule stop if a single metadata field is empty or if a whole bunch of fields are missing. Since it cancels the request it is recommended to use it to stop a whole bunch of missing metadata fields with the All In List Operator. 

Borrowing Mediation Rule Editor

Name: Missing (Metadata)
Description: Stops requests missing a (metadata) from processing so staff can fix the request. 

Input Parameters

NameOperatorValue
Missing (Book or Article) Metadata Fields(In List or All In List)(Metadata Fields) Example: title, ISSN, ISBN, Volume, etc.

Output Parameters

Labels: Missing_(Metadata)
Action: Cancel Request
Cancellation Reason: Cannot Be Filled
Cancellation Note: (Write a message to be added to the email whenever this rule is activated.)


Send to Lending

The Send to Lending rule automatically sends a request to your own library as the Lending Library. This is how we process scan requests for our own patrons. The rule was formerly called Document Delivery, but Document Delivery means something different in Rapido than it did in ILLiad. 

Borrowing Mediation Rule Editor

Name: Send to Lending
Description: Sends a request owned by the library to Lending for processing.

Input Parameters

NameOperatorValue
Self Owned And Available=True
LabelsNot In List(Your designated Escape Label.) Example: Approved
Requested FormatIn ListDigital

Output Parameters

Labels: Owned
Action: Fill Locally


Cancelled More Than (X)

This rule is to be used in conjunction with the Copyright Mediation Rule called Requested More Than (X). The rule cancels requests with the More Than (X) label added by the Copyright Mediation Rule, which stops requests for more than (X) number of chapters from a specific book for a specific patron.

Borrowing Mediation Rule Editor

Name: Cancelled More Than (X)
Description: Cancels requests after a patron requests more than (X) chapters from the same book. 

Input Parameters

NameOperatorValue
Labels=More_Than_(X)
X is the number you specified in the Copyright Mediation Rule.

Output Parameters

Labels: Cancelled_More_Than_(X)
Action: Cancel Request
Cancellation Reason: Cannot be fulfilled
Cancellation Note: (Write a message to be added to the email whenever this rule is activated.) Example: You've exceeded the maximum allowed number of two chapters and copyright guidelines. To proceed, please resubmit a request for a physical copy of the material. If you need assistance, feel free to contact us.


Extended Closure

This rule stops physical Borrowing requests while the library is closed for an extended period of time so the requests can be processed when staff return. Once the library reopens, the rule must be de-activated before staff can process the requests. This rule is most commonly used during winter break when the library is closed for 1 to 2 weeks, but it can also be used if the library is closed due to natural disaster, pandemic, or renovations.

Borrowing Mediation Rule Editor

Name: Extended Closure
Description: Stops physical Borrowing requests while the library is closed for an extended period of time so the requests can be processed when staff return.

Input Parameters

NameOperatorValue
Borrowing Owning LibraryIn List(Your library)
Requested FormatIn ListPhysical

Output Parameters

Labels: Closed
Action: (Leave Blank)

The Copyright Mediation Rules are set up like the Borrowing Mediation Rules except that they have a few different options, only trigger for digital format requests, and change the request status to Pending Approval. The primary purpose of the rules are to catch requests needing copyright payment and stop requests breaking copyright rules. Some rules can be set to interact with Borrowing Mediation Rules as well to make more complex actions. 

Copyright Mediation Rules have the same structure as Borrowing Mediation Rules, so the similarities will not be added to this page. For information on how to make a rule in general see the Borrowing Mediation Rules page.

Making a Borrowing Copyright Rule

To configure Borrowing Copyright Rules, go to Alma Configuration > Resource Sharing > Rapido Rules > Borrowing Copyright Rules. Once in the Borrowing Copyright Rules List, click +Add Rule to add a new rule. 

Input Parameters

The rules are essentially made the same way as a Borrowing Mediation Rule. Inputs work the same way, though there are different options for the Parameters. There are far fewer options for Parameters, but they are often far more specific then the Parameters for Borrowing Mediation Rules. Some of the most commonly used Parameters include:

  • Years Since Publication: This Parameter lets you make a rule based on how recently an item was published. This is important if you make a rule based on the CONTU guidelines Rule of 5.
  • Total Copyright Work Percentage: This Parameter lets you make rules stopping requests asking for page ranges over a certain percentage of the work. This is useful when making rules around the CONTU guidelines.
  • Number of Requests Per User for Specific Resource: This Parameter is useful to make rules stopping duplicate requests. 

The Operators used for Borrowing Copyright Rules are the same as the Operators used for Borrowing Mediation Rules. For information on Operators see the Borrowing Mediation Rules page.

Borrowing Copyright Setup

The Borrowing Copyright Setup is similar to the Output Parameters used for Borrowing Mediation Rules, but there are different options. 

Copyright Clearance

By default the Copyright Clearance checkbox is unchecked. If you leave the box unchecked the rule will not stop a request for copyright processing and it will automatically be processed with the Copyright Status set to No Copyright Restriction, meaning the request does not require payment. 

If you click the Copyright Clearance checkbox, the Copyright Status will be set to Copyright Not Approved and the request status will be changed to Pending Approval, sending the request to the Awaiting Copyright Clearance set. After checking the Copyright Clearance checkbox two new options will appear under a new option called Copyright Clearance Management.

Copyright Clearance Management will have two options that do opposite things. The options are: 

  • Automatically Approved: the Copyright Status will be automatically changed to Copyright Approved and the request will automatically go through RapidILL to be filled. An analytics report can then be used to find all the requests with a Copyright Approved status to process copyright for payment through Research Solutions or the Copyright Clearance Center.
  • Blocks Digitization Workflow: This option will stop the request for staff to process in the Awaiting Copyright Clearance set by either changing the Copyright Status to Copyright Approved, purchase the request through the Article Galaxy Cloud App, or Cancel the request. 

Labels

The Labels parameter is simply the label you want added to any request triggering the rule. These make it easy to instantly see why a request was stopped so staff know what they need to do to process the request. You can add anything as a label, but if you want a label with multiple words you will need to use underscores (_) instead of spaces. Common labels include: Rule_of_5, 10%, and More_Than_2.


Now that you understand how to make Borrowing Copyright Rules you may want some rules to make. The following page shows the recommended rules used in the CSU

  • Next Page

The following Borrowing Copyright Rules are the most commonly used rules in the CSU. You are not required to use any particular rule, but they will help with processing copyright. 


Rule of (X)

The traditional CONTU Rule of 5 is easy to setup in Rapido. With this rule, libraries can stop requests for processing that have been published within the Last five years and the library has Borrowed at least 5 requests for an article or book chapter so far this year (the five requests must also have been published within the last five years.) These requests can then be purchased or marked as Copyright Approved to pay copyright later. 

For libraries in other countries or following different copyright guidelines the rule can be tweaked to be a number other than five. 

Borrowing Copyright Rule Editor

Name: Rule of (X) (normally 5)
Description: A copyright stopping a request after (X) number have already been filled this year. 

Input Parameters

NameOperatorValue
Request Type=Borrowing Resource Sharing Digitization Request
Number of Requests in Calendar YearGreater Than(X)
Years Since Publication DateLess Than(X)

Borrowing Copyright Setup

Copyright Clearance: Checked
Copyright Clearance Management: Blocks Digitization Workflow
Labels: Rule_Of_(X)


Percent of Work

The Percent of Work rule stops requests when they are for more than a specified percent of the total work. This rule may also trigger if the patron does not include a page range, so it is good to review before cancelling, though an autocancel Borrowing Mediation Rule may be used with this rule if staff find they consistently cancel requests triggering this rule. 

Borrowing Copyright Rule Editor

Name: Percent of Work
Description: Stops requests for scans for more than (X)% of the work.

Input Parameters

NameOperatorValue
Total Copyright Work PercentageGreater Than(X)

Borrowing Copyright Setup

Copyright Clearance: Checked
Copyright Clearance Management: Blocks Digitization Workflow
Labels: (X)%


Number of Requests

The Number of Requests rule adds a label to a request if the same patron requests more than a specified number of chapters or articles from a specific resource. This marks requests where a patron is attempting to request an entire work one chapter at a time. This is used with the Cancelled More Than (X) Borrowing Mediation Rule to automatically cancel the requests. This rule will only add a label while the other rule will cancel requests with the attached label. 

Borrowing Copyright Rule Editor

Name: Number of Requests
Description: Stops requests when a patron requests too many copies.

Input Parameters

NameOperatorValue
Number of Requests Per User for Specific ResourceGreater Than(X)

Borrowing Copyright Setup

Copyright Clearance: No
Labels: More_Than_(X)

The following configurations change how Rapido is displayed to the patron. This includes topics such as Search Profiles, Display Logic Rules, and patron facing Labels. 

How Search Profiles and the Global Title index interact is an extremely impactful part of Alma and Rapido that is sometimes overlooked. When the CSU went live with Rapido we did not understand how Rapido would impact Discovery, and how Discovery would impact Rapido. After several years of using Rapido it is worth re-evaluating how our default Search Profiles are set up to provide the most intuitive setup for our patrons while looking at impacts on Resource Sharing staff and shipping costs.

The Global Title Index Scope

To easily request materials outside the CSU system Rapido uses the Global Title Index (GTI). The GTI has records from any Alma library using Rapido or who has contributed their holdings through a Data Sharing Profile. Patrons can search the GTI in Primo to find materials held at other libraries and request them using the Rapido Offer Tiles.

Image
The Rapido Offer Tiles. The section on the left is to request a physical copy and the section on the right is to request a digital copy of a portion of the work.

There are two ways patrons can access the GTI in Primo. They can either go to the specific Search Profile from the drop down menu next to the search box or click the prompt to expand your search. The wording for Search Profiles and the prompt can both be customized.

Image
A screenshot showing the two ways to access the Global Title Index (GTI). The bottom red rectangle shows where to click to expand the search to the GTI and the red rectangle to the right shows how to manually change the search profile to the GTI.

Configuring the Global Title Index

In configuration there is no specific GTI Search Profile or scope, checkbox, or really any clear setting. The GTI populates a Search Profile if it has “Filter by Availability” unchecked under the Central Index scope. If this box is checked the ability to expand results and see other libraries materials will disappear. To get the most use out of the Search Profile, additional scopes with Institution Zone and CSU Network Zone scopes should be added to create a Search Profile that searches everything available to the patron regardless of the owning library. To edit your Search Profiles go to Configuration > Discovery > Search Configuration > Search Profiles.

Image
An example of a GTI search profile with additional scopes included and the Filter By Availability option unchecked.

Once a scope is created it needs to be added to a Search Profile Slot in your Default View for Primo. Go to Configuration > Discovery > Display Configuration > Configure Views and click the ellipsis (...) to edit the view marked as the Default View. Once inside the Default View select the Search Profile Slots tab to edit the different active Search Profile Slots in Primo. Make sure at least one Slot has the Search Profile for the GTI. It is possible to have multiple GTI scopes, but the one highest on the list will be the Slot selected when patrons expand their results. If the top Slot is the GTI Search Profile your patrons will search the GTI in default searches.

That is the basic setup of the GTI Search Profile, but the Default Search Profile can have a dramatic impact on Resource Sharing at your library.

Default Search Profiles

The Default Search Profile is the first search profile listed in your Search Profile Slots located under the Search Profile Slots tab at Configuration > Discovery > Display Configuration > Configure Views. There are three different basic setups seen in the CSU with various pros and cons.

The following example setups will use three Search Profiles that do the following:

  • Institution Zone (Local Library Collection): This Search Profile should be configured to contain records of items available from your Institution Zone.
  • Network Zone (CSU Collection aka CSU+): This Search Profile should be configured to search the Network Zone AND your Institution Zone.
  • Global Title Index ( Records from hundreds of Alma Libraries): This Search profile should be configured to search the Global Title Index, the Network Zone, AND your Institution Zone.

Narrow to Wide Search

The view Ex Libris seems to expect is to start library searches with a narrow search of the libraries collections and expand out to the Global Title Index. Other search profiles, such as a search profile of the CSU collections, can be accessed by the drop down menu.

Image
A visualization of the most narrow search (Local Library Collection) on the top of a pyramid, the second most narrow search in the middle (CSU Collection aka CSU+), and the Global Title Index as the widest search on the bottom of the pyramid.

Pros

With this setup the library collection will be prioritized and the results in the default search will all be records vetted at your library. There wont be duplicate records unless you have made them yourselves. Since records from other libraries wont appear until the patron expands their search to the Global Title Index they are unlikely to request as many items from across the country from a duplicate record of an item you own.

Cons

Patrons are less likely to change the Search Profile from the drop down box than they are from the expand search results prompt, so patrons are likely going to skip any search profile for the entire CSU collection. This Search Profile does not promote access to the wide variety of materials accessible in the CSU through Rapido and the courier. With this scope patrons are just as likely to request from a library in New York as they are from another CSU.

Prioritizing the library collection over the whole CSU collection also limits the ability for patrons to find materials outside your library at all. While patrons may be more likely to expand results than use the drop down menu, they are even more likely to stay in the local search and focus only on materials in the library.

Wide to Narrow Search

The opposite of starting with the local collection is to make the default Search Profile the GTI. In this view the expand prompt won’t appear unless the patron manually changes to a narrower Search Profile. With this profile as the default, patrons will start every search by searching all the records in the GTI.

Image
A visualization of the most narrow search (Local Library Collection) on the bottom of an upside down pyramid, the second most narrow search in the middle (CSU Collection aka CSU+), and the Global Title Index as the widest search on the top of the upside down pyramid.

Pros

Prior to the move to Rapido, many libraries found starting with a wide search of all available materials promoted the use of CSU+ (Resource Sharing between CSUs) and let patrons find the best resources for their research regardless of the institution holding the item. When we went live with Rapido, many libraries turned their “Everything” in the CSU Search Profile into an “Everything” in the GTI search profile. This is the widest possible search so patrons are likely to find materials meeting any search term and it promotes heavy use of Resource Sharing because libraries will find the right material, not just the materials physically closest to the patron.

Cons

The inclusion of the GTI into the wide “Everything” Search Profiles may be too wide. The GTI has many duplicate records for the same books with minor differences based on cataloging decisions. The first record for a book may show holdings from libraries across the country while records further down the list for the same book may show holdings in the CSU. Patrons are more likely to request the first result, which leads to needless requesting across the country. This increases shipping costs and makes the patron wait longer for materials to arrive. Resource Sharing staff have added some mediation to help with this issue, but it is not perfect and turns requests that should be unmediated into additional work for Resource Sharing staff.

Image
A screenshot of a search in the Global Title Index where the record held locally is below the record available from other libraries.

CSU+ as Default

Sometimes the best approach is somewhere in the middle. The wide to narrow search worked extremely well when the widest we could search was the whole CSU collection and CDI. We can still set the default search to search all the records in the CSU as the default Search Profile without making it the expanded GTI. The local collection will appear in this search, but a local only Search Profile can still be added. The GTI will still be accessible for patrons who cannot find what they need in the CSU through the expanded GTI Search Profile.

Image
A visualization of the profile with items available through the courier on the top, followed by the local collection in the middle, and the Global Title Index on the bottom to be expanded to.

Pros

Setting the default to the CSU Collection will prioritize the entire CSU so patrons can easily find the right materials available through our courier routes. This will make a wide search without as many duplicate records that will come from libraries across the country. Prioritizing libraries on our shared courier should reduce the amount of requests for the same items from libraries across the country to reduce shipping costs without requiring time consuming workflows for Resource Sharing staff. In short, this should cut shipping costs, help patrons get materials faster, and help reduce the number of items needing staff mediation.

Cons

The default search won’t be as wide as possible, so the perfect resource may not appear without expanding the results to the GTI. If the GTI had no duplicate records it would be ideal to start with the GTI, unfortunately there are still many duplicate records and they are unlikely to ever be fully cleaned up. The GTI is necessary to request materials outside the CSU, but it can be overwhelming and confusing to use.

Recommendation

The recommended setup for Rapido is the CSU as Default setup. This will start each search with a wide search of the whole CSU but will leave out the influx of duplicate records available in the GTI.

Letters are a very important, but complicated, part of Alma and Rapido. In Alma, all notifications are handled by Letters made of XSLT code to pull information from an XML file and convert it into an email, SMS text message, or printout. There are several Rapido specific Letters to be aware of as well as Letters used by Rapido and other areas in Alma. The following sections will cover the basics of editing Letters, templates for Rapido Letters made for printing, and templates for Rapido Letters generating emails. 

Librarians and Library Staff often are not programmers and vary wildly in their experience writing any sort of code. This works as a crash course in programing for Alma Letters. This is information I wish I knew before I started working on Letters. Provided information includes XSL Basics and Specific codes to paste into Letters for desired effects.

Please note I am self taught and this is not comprehensive. If there is any information you want added or changed please let me know at cwlee@calstate.edu


Recommended Habits

Alma Letters can be complicated and are often edited by different people over time. To keep things simple, and to avoid issues, there are several habits you should consider developing when working with Letters.

  • Copy the Letter and save it in a folder on your computer, drive, or department server before editing. Then if something goes wrong you can easily restore the previous version of the letter.
  • Click Preview after every change to see if the change breaks the code.
  • Keep a change log of some sort. This can be a note in the code using Note Tags (<!-- Note Text -->).
  • Formatting and spacing in the code isn’t as strict as other forms of programming, but keeping things formatted will make it easier for you, and future code editors, to read and understand. I recommend pasting the code into a XML formatter to keep it formatted after editing. I use this one: https://www.freeformatter.com/xml-formatter.html This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 

Editing Letters

Before you can edit letters it is useful to know where to edit them and the basic options. To edit the Letters go to Configuration > General > Letters > Letters Configuration. Search for the Letter you want to edit and click the Letter name to open it for editing. The Letter interface has multiple areas you should be familiar with:

  • XSL: This is where the code generating the Letter lives. You can edit this code to make the letter do everything from list the request metadata to displaying library logos. This is the main section you will be working in to edit any Alma Letter.
  • XML: The XML code is the information supplied by Alma that the XSL pulls from. When a Letter is triggered the unique information from the request or item will automatically be added to an XML file behind the scenes in Alma. This is useful to find what information can be added to the Alma Letter and how to tell the XSL where to find the information in the XML file.
  • Example: A visual example of the Letter generated takes up nearly half of the Letters area. This is extremely helpful to know that your code works and does what you want it to do. As you make edits to the XSL code the example will update to reflect the change.
  • Labels: In the default Letters you will often see codes beginning and ending with @@ (example: @@title@@). These are Labels and they display whatever you add as the corresponding Description in the Labels table. To access the Labels table click Labels. The templates shared across the CSU do not use most Labels because these customizations cannot be shared, but they can be useful to make local customizations.
  • Letter Examples: The Letter Examples page lets you select the most recent XMLs generated for this Letter to use as real world examples. 

XSL Basics

When writing XSL you need to keep in mid that the code needs an opening and closing tag for each action. An opening tag is formatted as <X> and a closing tag is </X>. Most opening tags have a closing tag, and everything between the two tags has the effect of that tag, so it will be on the same row or cell, have the same font, or all be highlighted depending on the tag used.

Example: 

  • <text>Almost all tags have an opening and a closing tag</text>

A few tags open and close themselves. These tags all end with a / and do not need a specific closeing tag.

Example: 

  • <xsl:value-of select="notification_data/metadata/title" />

Common Tags

While there are many, many tags that can be used in XSL, the following are the most commonly used tags in both the default XSL code and the CSU templates:

Rows, Cells, and Table Tags

  • <tr> is a row. Use this when you want the nested information on its own line. Close a row with </tr>
  • <td> is a basic cell. This is a space to add standard text or images. Close a cell with </td>
  • <th> is a header cell. Text in this cell will be bold and centered. Close a header with </th>
  • <br /> is used as a line break in the text. This can stand alone without opening and closing.
  • <table> is used to create a table where the rows and cells will be contained. By default the table is invisible, but it can be coded with table formatting such as spacing, padding, and a border. Close the table with </table>
    • A table with formatting can look something like this: <table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="1">. This code would say there is no added spacing or padding, but there is a 1px border around each cell. Tables can be placed inside other tables to create a single cell with a border with inside cells with no borders.

Formatting Tags

  • <font color="X"> is used to change the following text’s basic color. For example <font color="red"> will make the text red. Close with </font> when you want the text to return to the default color.
  • <b> is used to make the text bold. Close with </b>.
  • <text> is used to add static text that does not change with the XML. Close with </text>.
  • <strong> can be used to combine <b> and <text>. A word or sentence between <strong> tags will be bold and static. Close with </strong>.
  • &#160 ; is used to add a permanent space in text. The space between 0 and ; will need to be removed to work. This web page translates the example into a literal space if added without a space breaking the code.
  • <center> is used to make the following text centered in the cell or document. Close with </center>

Note Tag

  • <!-- is to place a note in the code or disable a section of code. Anything between the opening and closing of this tag will be ignored when the code is run and is essentially invisible outside of the editing view. This is very handy if you want to disable, but not delete, a section of code or leave a note about what a section of code does. Close with -->

Variable Tags

Some tags tell the system to pull information from the XML and place it in the Letter in a specific spot. The information pulled from the XML varies every time the Letter is triggered. The tag is usually a variation of <xsl:X> where X can change depending on if you are selecting information or activating a section of code if certain variables are present. 

  • <xsl:value-of select="X" /> tells the XSLT code to input the information from a specific location in the XML generated in Alma. For example, the code <xsl:value-of select="notification_data/metadata/title" /> will pull the book title from the XML listed at notification_data/metadata/title. Since the tag contains a / it opens and closes itself and does not need a closing tag.
  • <xsl:if test="X='Y' "> For Example, <xsl:if test="notification_data/incoming_request/format='PHYSICAL' "> will only use the code between this opening and closing tag if the Alma generated XML lists PHYSICAL as the variable at notification_data/incoming_request/format. Close with </xsl:if>

Alma Specific Codes

Several codes are specific to Alma and pull information from behind the scenes in Alma. These include things such as Barcodes and Labels.

Barcodes

One of the most important codes for printed Letters are the barcode files. Technically you can use code to make anything a barcode with a barcode font, but those barcodes are often too big to scan with library scanners. Thankfully there are several codes for Alma specific barcode files generated in Alma. The following can be pasted into Letters to generate a barcode:

Item Barcode

The following code will add the barcode of the item received by the Borrowing Library. This is useful for Circulation Staff to check out the item.

                              <tr>
                                 <td>
                                    <img src="cid:item_id_barcode.png" alt="Item Barcode" />
                                 </td>
                              </tr>

The Resource Sharing Receive Slip Letter uses a different image file for generating the barcode. In that letter use the following code instead.

                            <tr>
                              <td>
                                  <img src="cid:Barcode.png" alt="Barcode" />
                              </td>
                            </tr>

External ID (Full) Barcode

The following code will add a barcode for the full External Identifier. This version of the External ID may contain the 01// or 02// prefixes, which may prevent the barcode from scanning properly at the Borrowing Library. This is why this barcode works for articles and book chapters but not shipping items.

                                <tr>
                                  <td>
                                     <img src="cid:externalId.png" alt="externalId" />
                                  </td>
                               </tr>

External ID (Truncated) Barcode

The following code will generate the External ID without the 01// or 02// prefixes. The official name of this ID is the Group Qualifier. This code works both at the Lending and Borrowing library and should be used when possible. This barcode is not available in all letters at the moment. Ex Libris will add it to more Letters in a future update.

                          <tr>
                             <td>
                                <img src="cid:group_qualifier.png" alt="group_qualifier" />
                             </td>
                          </tr>

Internal ID Barcode

The following code will add a barcode for the Internal ID. This barcode is important for the article and book chapter paperwork because the scanned or downloaded files need to be saved as the Internal Identifier.

                                <tr>
                                  <td>
                                     <img src="cid:resource_sharing_request_id.png" />
                                  </td>
                               </tr>

Editing Letters can be daunting if you are new to the process and it can take awhile to learn how to make all the edits you want to make. To make this process easier you can use templates created by staff in the CSU where you only need to make minor edits to customize it for your campus. This page will show how to download and upload templates in Alma, and the next few pages will show templates you can either download or Copy and Paste from online. 


Downloading Templates

To download a template you should first find the Letter you want to edit by going to Configuration > General > Letters > Letters Configuration and open the Letter you want to edit. You can see if there are available templates to download by clicking the ellipses (...) in the XSL section and selecting Shared XSLs

Image
The XSL section in Letters with the ellipsis clicked and the Shared XSLs option visible.

On the following table you will see all the letters contributed to the Alma community as well as the email address and institution who contributed the Letter. If there is a template you would like to try, select it and click Select. Your previous XSL will be replaced by the template and you are free to make additional edits to ensure your information is displayed correctly. 


Uploading Templates

If you make a Letter and want to share it with the wider Alma community you can upload it to Alma for everyone to download. Go to Configuration > General > Letters > Letters Configuration and open the Letter you want to upload. Make sure all the final edits are complete and click Save. Click the ellipses (...) in the XSL section and select Contribute to share your custom Letter. 

Image
The XSL section in Letters with the ellipsis clicked and the Contribute option visible.

After clicking the Contribute add a title for the template in the description field and click Confirm to finish the upload. 

The following Letters have templates shared to Alma for you to download. The template for each one is titled "CSU Template" and they all need minor edits to add your departments email address. 

  • Resource Sharing Request Confirmation Letter: Sends an email to patrons when they place a Resource Sharing request so they know the request was indeed placed.
  • Change Rapido Request Terms Letter: Sends an email to patrons when the request moves to a new pod and the terms (checkout period and estimated arrival date) change. 
     
Image
Cal State Monterey Bay Logo

Some CSU libraries continue to use a legacy system to get materials not currently available through Rapido. The following sections show how to configure WorldShare as your Partner of Last Resort

WorldShare can be used as the Partner of Last Resort with Rapido instead of ILLiad. Once WorldShare and Rapido are connected, requests not available from a Rapido partner can be pushed to WorldShare so staff can search for the item using OCLC’s network. If your library has already set up ILLiad as the Partner of Last Resort the setup will be very similar.

Before you begin configuration you will need an API Key from OCLC to connect WorldShare to Rapido. Follow OCLC’s directions for the ILL Request Transfer Service This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

Partner

The first step to adding WorldShare as the Partner of Last Resort is to add WorldShare as a partner in Rapido. In Alma, go to Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Partners and select +Add Partner.

General Information Tab

On the General Information tab add the following settings:

  • Code: WSILL
  • Name: WorldShareILL
  • Profile Type: NCIP
  • Status: Active
  • System Type: WorldShare ILL
  • Average Supply Time: 0
  • Delivery Delay (Days): 7
  • Currency: (Leave blank)
  • Alternate Symbol: (Leave blank)
  • Locate Profile: (Leave blank)
  • Default Partner: (Unchecked)
  • Supports Borrowing: (Checked)
  • Borrowing Workflow: Borrowing NZ workflow
  • Supports Lending: (Checked)
  • Lending Workflow: Lending NZ Workflow
  • New Request Alert: (Unchecked)
  • Enable Direct Charge Functionality: (Unchecked)

After filling out the General Information tab, proceed to the Parameters tab.

Parameters Tab

The Parameters tab is much more complicated than the General Information tab, but it is nearly identicle to the ILLiad partner Parameters tab, so you can refer to your specific settings there if you previously used ILLiad as the Partner of Last Resort. On the Parameters tab add the following settings:

General Information

  • User Identifier Type: Primary Identifier
  • Request Pushing Method: Link
  • URL Template: (Leave blank)
  • Broker System NCIP URL: (Leave blank)
  • Enable Service For Guest User: No
  • Disable Service When: Never
  • Loan Period: 112
  • Default Library Owner: University Library

Request Item

  • Bibliographic Record ID Type: OCLC Number
  • Support Borrowing: (Checked)
  • Default Location: (Your library’s Resource Sharing location)
  • Default Pickup Library: (Your library’s Circulation Library)

Check-Out Item

  • Default Location: (Your library’s Resource Sharing location)
  • Default Item Policy: (Your Library’s Resource Sharing policy)

Accept Item

  • Default Location: (Your library’s Resource Sharing location)
  • Default Pickup Library: (Your library’s Circulation Library)
  • Automatic Receive: (Unchecked)

Look Up User

  • Require Authentication: No

Export To Third Party

Create User Fiscal Transaction

Create Fee Using: Ignore Message

Click Save and you now have WorldShare as a partner in Rapido.

Rota

To use the WorldShare partner in an automated process you need to set up a Rota for the partner. The set up for this is almost exactly like the configuration for the ILLiad as Partner of Last Resort. Go to Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Rota Templates and select +Add Template to begin. Add the following information under General Information:

  • Code: WSILL
  • Name: WorldShare ILL
  • Type: Non Ordered
  • Status: Active
  • Locally Manage Rapido Pod: (Unchecked)

Click Save and Add Members once you have added the above information.

On the next page you will connect the WorldShare Partner to the WorldShare Rota. Click +Add Partners and select the WorldShare Partner you created in the previous step. Click Select and Add Partners to add the Partner to the List. Click Save to finish creating the Rota.

Image
The WorldShare Partner being selected for the Rota.

Rota Assignment Rule

The next step is to add a Rota Assignment Rule to let Alma know when to use the Rota. go to Alma Configuration > Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Rota Assignment Rules to add the rule. Click +Add Rule to configure the rule and add the following information.

Rota Assignment Rules

  • Name: WorldShare Partner
  • Description: WorldShare ILL as last resort.

Input parameters

NameOperatorValue
Requested FormatIs Not Empty-

Output Parameters

  • Rota Templates: WSILL
  • Click Save to add the Rota Assignment Rule.

Borrowing Mediation Rule

Lastly you will want to add or update the Enrich From Global Index Borrowing Mediation Rule to control when items are sent to WorldShare. This rule will allow you to try to fill requests using additional duplicate records in Rapido before sending the request to WorldShare. To add the rule to to Alma Configuration > Resource Sharing > Rapido Rules > Borrowing Mediation Rules and select +Add Rule. Add the following to the rule:

Borrowing Mediation Rule Editor

  • Name: Enrich From Global Index
  • Description: Lets staff control when requests go to WorldShare.

Input Parameters

NameOperatorValue
PartnerIn ListWorldShareILL
LabelsNot In ListWorldShare

Output Parameters

  • Labels: Enrich
  • Action: -
  • Click Save and you have successfully added WorldShare ILL as the Partner of Last Resort.

WorldShare can be used instead of ILLiad to process requests not available in Rapido, but the processes are a bit different from what many Resource Sharing staff are used to. The biggest change from how ILLiad was traditionally used is WorldShare of Last Resort does not need patrons added to WorldShare. All requests will come in with the matching Alma External Identifier and all patron data will remain in Alma. Requests will remain active in Alma and will be checked in with WorldShare as the partner when received. This guide will help staff with basic setup and workflows once requests are pushed from Alma/Rapido to WorldShare.

OCLC Directions

OCLC has fairly comprehensive directions that may cover situations not covered in the CSU specific instructions. When in doubt, you can access the OCLC directions on their website This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Automated Requesting

WorldShare can be configured to automatically request items from preferred partners when a request is imported from Alma/Rapido. To activate this feature configure your Custom Holdings Groups, Custom Holdings Paths, and Automated Request Manager at https://worldcat.org/config/ This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

Requests that are automatically sent to another library using automation will appear in Automation Produced queue in WorldShare Borrowing. Requests in this queue have already been sent to a string of potential lending libraries. When a library ships the item the request will be transferred to the In Transit status.

Image
A request with an automated Lending String attached.

Manual Requesting

If an item is not held by any libraries in your Custom Holdings Groups it will go to the Not Reviewed queue for you to review and make a Lending string. Click the request ID number or Title to open the request for review. In the open request click the magnifying glass next to Title, Author, or OCLC number to search for the item in WorldCat.

Image
A request not held by a library in the Custom Holdings Group, so no automated Lending String appears. Click the magnifying glass to search for the item in WorldCat, or click View Holdings to see who has the item attached to the specific OCLC number used by this record.

Click State Holdings, Regional Holdings, or All Holdings on a record that looks correct to see a list of libraries that own the item. Under Supplier, click Yes next to libraries you want to add to the Lending String. Click Update Request to add the string to the request and return to the request record. On the request record click Send Request to send the request to the string of Lending libraries. The request has now been sent and will appear in the Produced queue with the Submitted status.

Image
A list of potential libraries to Borrow from, a manually built Lending String, and the Yes indicators showing these are held by supplying libraries.

Unfilled

Requests that aren't filled by any libraries in the Lending String will go to the Unfilled queue where you can attempt to process the request with another string of libraries.

If the request cannot be filled by any libraries and there are no more libraries to try you will unfortunately need to cancel the request. When you cancel the request you should take not of the Transferred Request ID, which is also the Rapido External Identifier in Alma. Search the Transferred Request ID/External ID in the Borrowing section of Rapido and cancel the original request to send a cancellation message to the patron.

Receiving

Requests will move to the In Transit queue once the Lending library sends the requested item. When the item arrives you can receive the item by either scanning/searching the Request ID on the WorldShare homepage or go to the In Transit queue and find the request there.

Image
An example of a search using the Request ID.

If you searched the In Transit queue, open the request (searching the Request ID on the WorldShare homepage will automatically open the request.) Click Mark as Received to receive the item in WorldShare.

Image
An example of a request showing where to find the Transferred Request ID and where to click Mark as Received.

WorldShare doesn’t currently have an NCIP, so you will also need to receive the item in Rapido. Copy the Transferred Request ID/External ID and go to Alma. In Alma go to Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Receiving Items to receive the item using the External ID using the same workflows as other Rapido materials.

Returning Items

Once the patron is finished with an item they will return it and it will be checked back into Alma at the Circulation Desk. The request will still need to be returned in WorldShare, and sent back to the Lending Library.

In WorldShare you can return the item by either scanning/searching the Request ID on the WorldShare homepage or go to the Received/In Use queue and find the request there. If you searched the Received/In Use queue, open the request (searching the Request ID on the WorldShare homepage will automatically open the request.) Select Return Item to return the item.

Printing Return Labels

Go to the Print Queue and select Return Labels. Select all the items you want to print and click Print.

Over time Rapido has gained many new features that help with workflows but may not appeal to all libraries in the CSU. The following pages goes over the configurations of optional features you may be interested in. For workflow guides for these optional features, please refer to the Optional Workflows section. 

The Request It! bookmarklet is a tool patrons can use to request materials they find on Amazon.com. To activate the feature at your library go to Configuration > Resource Sharing > General > Other Settings, search for the request_it_enabled parameter, and set it to true. The Request It! bookmarklet is now available for patrons to use from their library account. 

To learn how to use the Request It! bookmarklet, please see the Request It! workflow guide

This section explores the various ways partner libraries that do not use Rapido can connect with the CSU. The included pages provide configuration details for both CSU and partner libraries. Currently, we support connections with libraries using Alma Resource Sharing or ILLiad. Additionally, partnerships can be established through the Self-Registration feature and ALA forms; however, these methods should be used only as a last resort due to their manual nature.

ILLiad and Rapido can connect to each other using ISO standard communication between the two systems. This allows a partner in Rapido to Borrow and Lend materials with a partner in ILLiad, and vice versa. The requests are processed in each system more or less the same as any other request in that system.

ILLiad Configuration

The library using ILLiad needs to open a few IP addresses and make a partner for the Rapido library in their ILLiad instance since Rapido libraries are not in WorldCat. The configuration is in two parts that are generally handled by different people in the library. The first part of the configuration usually requires library or campus IT and the second part can be done by anyone with access to ILLiad Customization Manager.

Campus IT

The first part of the configuration was created by faculty and staff at Brandeis University and made public in a Google Doc. To ensure the the information is available it is also pasted below. The following steps are very technical and are done by Library IT if your ILLiad is self hosted, or by Atlas Systems through a support case if your ILLiad is hosted on their servers.

Instructions from Brandeis

  1. Log into your ILLiad server and open Windows PowerShell
  2. Navigate to c:\illiad\iso\
  3. Extract the file c:\illiad\iso\iso.zip and move the file install.ps1 and the InstallFiles folder to make it a subfolder of c:\illiad\iso\
  4. Type the following command into the PowerShell: c:\illiad\ISO\Install.ps1 -InstallPath "C:\ILLiad\ISO\"

    Image
    ILLiad ISO screen that appear when you put the following command into the PowerShell: c:\illiad\ISO\Install.ps1 -InstallPath "C:\ILLiad\ISO\"
  5. Your screen should be similar to the image above
  6. Open the Windows Administrative Tools and go to Services
  7. Start the service, ILLiad ISO Service
  8. Start the service, ILLiad ISO Manager
    1. If the ILLiad ISO Manager is not showing up, you likely need to install the manager. Going into the command prompt as an administrator on the server, navigate to c:\illiad\iso and type “isomanager.exe -install”
    2. Go back to services and refresh the list (F5); the ILLiad ISO Manager should now appear on the list
  9. Open ports 1611 and 9001 for bi-directional traffic. 1611 is the ILLiad port for ISO while 9001 is the Alma port for ISO. Both need to be open. (2/14/22 note: 9011 may not need to be open for incoming requests in ILLiad based on recent testing.)
    1. Ports will need to be opened on Campus firewall and local server firewall (if self hosted)
      1. 64.74.237.233
      2. 64.74.237.229
    2. Contact campus IT for campus firewall
    3. For local server
      1. From the server desktop, click on Search (magnifying glass) and type Firewall
      2. Open Windows Defender Firewall
      3. Click on Advanced Settings
      4. Click on Inbound Rules
      5. Click New Rule
      6. Select Port, then Next
      7. Select TCP, Specific Ports and enter 9001, 1611 into text box, then Next
      8. Allow the Connection, then Next
      9. Next
      10. Name it ISO and click Finish

Resource Sharing Faculty/Staff

The following steps can be performed in ILLiad Customization Manager and ILLiad by either library IT or Resource Sharing Staff.

Customization Manager

  1. Open Customization Manager
  2. Go to System → ISOILLDefaults
  3. Set ISOEnabled = Yes
  4. Set ISOIFMBorrowing = Yes (probably already default)
  5. Set ISOIFMLending = Yes (probably already default)
  6. Set ISOReturnIPAddress = <your webserver ip address>:1611
  7. Set ISOSystemID = <your symbol when sending to other ISO libraries - usually your OCLC Symbol or similiar>
  8. Set SystemIDISOSymbol = Same as above...normally these identifiers should match

ILLiad

All the previous steps up to this point only need to be done once to allow any number of Rapido partners in ILLiad. The following steps will need to be configured for each individual partner.

  1. Open ILLiad and go to the Lending Tab and select Address: New. This will open the settings to add the Rapido library partner.

    Image
    The ILLiad settings to add a new partner.
  2. Add the appropriate symbol and shipping address for the CSU partner you are adding to ILLiad. The symbols are:
  3. Under ISO Information add the following:
    1. ISO Enabled: (blue star)
    2. ISO Type: TCP/IP
    3. IP Address: na03.alma.exlibrisgroup.com:9001
      1. There are several Ex Libris servers based on region, so this may change if adding a Rapido library other than the CSU.
    4. Email Address: The CSU Contact Email
      1. Bakersfield: csub_library@csub.edu
      2. Channel Islands:  LIBRARY.ILL@csuci.edu
      3. Chico: ILLoan@csuchico.edu
      4. Dominguez Hills: circulation@csudh.edu
      5. East Bay: circservices@csueastbay.edu
      6. Fresno: (No shipping email listed in Alma)
      7. Fullerton: libraryill@fullerton.edu
      8. Humboldt: resourcesharing@humboldt.edu
      9. Long Beach: lib-circ@csulb.edu
      10. Los Angeles: library@calstatela.edu
      11. Maritime Academy: library@csum.edu
      12. Monterey Bay: library_document_delivery@csumb.edu
      13. Moss Landing: mlml-library@sjsu.edu
      14. Northridge: interlibrary.loan@csun.edu
      15. Pomona: libcirc@cpp.edu
      16. Sacramento: lib-ill@csus.edu
      17. San Bernardino: ill@csusb.edu
      18. San Diego: (No shipping email listed in Alma)
      19. San Francisco: circmail@sfsu.edu
      20. San Jose: library-ils-group@sjsu.edu
      21. San Luis Obispo: ils@calpoly.edu
      22. San Marcos: libcirc@csusm.edu
      23. Sonoma: delivery@sonoma.edu
      24. Stanislaus: Alma@library.csustan.edu

Send Request

Test the setup by sending a dummy request to the CSU library you are adding. The request needs the following:

  1. Title of a book owned by the specific CSU library
  2. Lending String: Rapido Library Symbol (Example: 01CALS_XYZ)
  3. Lender: Rapido Library Symbol (Example: 01CALS_XYZ)
  4. System ID: ISO

This request will go to the CSU library and if the Rapido library has activated the Automatically Create Partner feature the system will automatically generate the ILLiad partner in Rapido. The ILLiad Partner in ILLiad will still need some slight configuration, but the setup is complete in ILLiad.

The ILLiad library may want to add their new CSU Rapido partners to an ISO Custom Holdings Groups where you can request from the entire CSU with the System ID set to ISO.

Rapido Configuration

Rapido also needs the ILLiad partner added, along with a rota, and ideally a locate profile. Setup in Rapido is fairly straight forward, but all the steps will need to be done for each added ILLiad partner.

Activate on Automatically Create Partner

In Alma go to Configuration > Resource Sharing > General > Other Settings and find the parameter with the Parameter Key rapido_automatically_create_partner. Change the Parameter Value to true. With this setting active Rapido can receive a Resource Sharing request from the ILLiad partner and have the partner record automatically created (mostly). This will make it much easier to configure the partner.

Add Partner

In Alma go to Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Partners and find the partner made by the ILLiad library. The Partner will likely be named the ILLiad library’s OCLC symbol. For example, in testing the ILLiad library appeared as CNO, the OCLC symbol for CSU Northridge. Open the partner.

General Information Tab

The General Information tab for the Resource Sharing partner should come prefilled. If not, the following settings need to be added:

Code: (OCLC Symbol)                               Name: (OCLC Symbol)
Profile Type: ISOStatus: Active
System Type: OtherBorrowing Workflow: (Add the desired Borrowing Workflow Profile)
Supports Borrowing: (Checked)Lending Workflow: (Add the desired Lending Workflow Profile)
Supports Lending: (Checked) 
Automatically Generated: (Checked) 
New Request Alert: (Checked 

Parameters Tab

Go the the Parameters tab and add the following information provided by the ILLiad library:

Server: (ILLiad server url without https://www.)Port: 1611                                                                                                          
Symbol: (OCLC Symbol) 
Request Expiry: Expiry Time 
Expiry Time (Days): 4 

Save the newly created partner!

Add Locally Managed Pod

To add a Locally Managed Pod you will make a Rota (like with CSU+ before Rapido) and mark it as a Locally Managed Pod. In Alma, go to Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Rota Templates and select Add Rota. Make a Rota with the following settings:

Code: ISOName: ISO Pod                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
Type: Non OrderedStatus: Active
Locally Manage Rapido Pod: (Checked)Loan Period: 112
Delivery Time: 5 
Check availability and only show terms for available resources: (Checked) (if you set up Locate Profiles) 
Associated Rapido Members: All 

Then click Add Partners and add all the ISO partners you want to share with.

Order Pods

The new Locally Managed Pod will appear in your Borrowing Pod Priority list. Go to Alma Configuration > Resource Sharing > Configuration > Members and select your library. Go to the Borrowing Policies tab to access the list and order the pod as you see fit. Eventually, you may want to make multiple pods based on region so you can request from CA ISO partners before Western US ISO partners and US ISO partners.

Image
The Borrowing Pod Priority list with an ISO pod at the bottom of the list.

Locate Profiles

It is possible to add Z39 Locate Profiles, but I have yet to test it. If you are from a partner library and want to work with me on this please contact me (Christopher Lee) at cwlee@calstate.edu. 

A Hybrid Pod allows a library on Rapido and a library on Alma Peer-to-Peer Resource Sharing to connect and share library materials using the workflows of either Rapido or Alma Resource Sharing. It essentially acts like a pod for Rapido libraries and a Rota for Alma Peer-to-Peer libraries. Because the workflows for a Hybrid Pod are no different than the normal Borrowing and Lending workflows there is no need for a Workflows page, so this section will focus only on configuration. 

Rapido Configuration

Joining a Hybrid Pod is very simple for the Rapido library. The library simply contacts a Clarivate representative, or support through SalesForce, and asks to be added to a Hybrid Pod along with the libraries they want to connect with. If they are creating a new Hybrid Pod then they will need to decide on the following policies and communicate them to the other libraries and Clarivate:

  • Delivery Time
  • Checkout Period
  • Renewals: Yes or No
  • Expiry Time

Alma Peer-to-Peer Configurations

The library using Alma Peer-to-Peer will need to do some configurations for the hybrid pod, but nothing too difficult. Since the CSU all uses Rapido, it might be best to use the official directions and documentation This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. provided by Clarivate to correctly configure your library to connect to the CSU. That said, you are always free to contact the CSU Resource Sharing Manager for assistance or information. 

Deep Link

Hybrid pods are good on their own, but they do have a flaw. The Rapido library can easily find materials to request from the Alma Peer-to-Peer library, but the Alma Peer-to-Peer library cannot see items to request that are not already within their NZ. They can still request items owned by a library in their NZ that are checked out or request materials without records in their NZ using the blank Resource Sharing form. Thankfully, there is a way to grant visibility of the Rapido library's collection to the Alma Peer-to-Peer library using a configuration called Deep Link. Please see the following page to configure a Deep Link connection. 

A Deep Link connection shares a Search Profile of one Network Zone to another. This gives patrons a view of the other libraries holdings so they can request materials through Alma Peer-to-Peer Resource Sharing or a Hybrid Pod. Generally, libraries can only do a Deep Link connection with one other Network Zone, but it looks like Rapido libraries can share their information with multiple libraries, but can only take in information from one other NZ. Since Rapido libraries use the Global Title Index, they do not need these additional Search Profiles. This will be confirmed in testing in mid March. 

For the purposes of the CSU, a Deep Link connection uses all the configurations of a Hybrid Pod as well as the configurations shown below. Much of these configurations were shared with us by the folks in the SUNY system or taken from the Ex Libris Knowledgebase This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Rapido Configuration

Since the CSU are only sharing holdings information, and not directly receiving it, only the Rapido library needs to configure Deep Search in a Remote Primo VE Institution, though they will need some information from the other library. Ideally, this would be done in the NZ and activated in the IZ. The Resource Sharing Manager will add the following configurations to the NZ and push them out to all libraries. In the NZ, go to  Alma Configuration > Network Zone >Discovery > Other > Primo VE Deep Search Configuration and select +Add Row. A pop up will appear where you will enter the information of the library you want to share with. Add the following information: 

  • Institution Code: The partner library's institution code can be found in the libraries Resource Sharing settings at Alma Configuration > (change the library you are configuring to your designated Resource Sharing Library > Fulfillment > Library Management > Library Details and scroll down to the Resource Sharing section where a symbol is listed. Example: Fullerton is 01CALS_CSUF
  • View: The view you want to share with the other library. For example, to share the CSU NZ we would put 01CALS_NETWORK:01CALS_Network
  • Search Profile: select NewDiscovery

Once these configurations are pushed out from the NZ, libraries can activate them in the IZ (may take some time to distribute). Go to Alma Configuration > Discovery > Other > Primo VE Deep Search Configuration and enable the settings.

Self Registration enables libraries that are not connected through a Hybrid Pod or ISO connection to provide borrowing access to one another. By allowing partner libraries to create accounts directly in Primo, libraries can support seamless Resource Sharing across unaffiliated institutions—such as those collaborating temporarily or through informal agreements—without requiring full system integration.

Step 1: Add User Groups

Location: Configuration Menu > User Management > User Details > User Groups
Action:

  • Click +Add Row

  • Input Code: ALALibrary

  • Input Description: ALA Library

  • Default Value: No

  • Save the new user group.


Step 2: Map User Group to Record Type

Location: Configuration > User Management > User Details > User Record Type/User Group
Action:

  • Click +Add Row with the following settings:

    • User Group: ALA Library

    • User Record Type: Public

  • Save the mapping.


Step 3: Enable Resource Sharing for ALA Library User Group

Location: Configuration > Configuring: [Your library used for Resource Sharing] > Fulfillment > Physical Fulfillment > Fulfillment Units
Action:

  • Select the Fulfillment Unit used for Resource Sharing

  • Go to the Fulfillment Unit Rules tab

  • For the relevant Rule Type, select Borrowing Resource Sharing

  • Select the ellipsis (...) next to the appropriate rule and choose Edit

  • Ensure the User Group ALA Library is included in the Value table

  • Save the rule


Step 4: Create Display Logic Rules

Location: Configuration > Fulfillment > Discovery Interface Display Logic > Display Logic Rules
Action:

  • Note: Rule 1 will replace any rule currently stopping the Rapido Physical tile from appearing for available items. Please disable the previous rule or edit it to match Rule 1.

  • Click +Add Rule and create the following:

    Rule 1

    • For User From Groups: All User Groups except ALA Library

    • Hide Service: Rapido Physical Offer

    • With: Availability by the Campus

    • With Value: True

    Rule 2

    • Hide Service: Rapido Physical Offer

    • With: Availability by the Campus

    • With Value: False

    Rule 3

    • For User From Groups: ALA Library

    • Hide Service:

      • Rapido Digital Offer

      • Rapido Journal Offer

      • Rapido eBook Offer

  • Save the rules.


Step 5: Enable Self Registration

Location: Discovery > Display Configuration > Configure Views
Action:

  • Select your Primo view and click Edit

  • Go to the General tab

  • Enable Allow Self Registration under the General Attributes section

  • Save the changes to the view


Step 6: Configure the Self Registration Form

Location: Configuration > Resource Sharing > Configuration > Borrower Self Registration
Action:

  • Individual User Group: ALA Library

  • Organizations User Group: ALA Library

  • Create Corresponding Partner: ✅ (checked)

  • Click Self Registration Form Customization to edit the form fields as needed

  • Click Save


Step 7: Update Lending Sets

Location: Rapido > Lending > Print Pull Slips
Action:

  • Go to the Print Pull Slips set to update the filters. If you named your set something else, go to the appropriate set.

  • Activate Include Zero Values in the Facets List

  • Go to Status and check ✅ Will Supply

  • Select Save Changes


Configuration Complete

You have successfully configured Self Registration in Rapido. Users from the designated user group (ALA Library) can now register through Primo, and their access to services is managed according to the rules you've defined.

During the winter holidays all CSU libraries close so students, faculty, and staff can enjoy a much needed holiday break. Before we all take our break, there are several things we should do in both Borrowing and Lending to ensure we don’t have our patrons requests, and requests from other libraries, expire or get cancelled.  

Borrowing

While the CSU is closed, so are most other libraries in the United States. Since all the libraries are closed, most Rapido requests will go straight to trying to go to ILLiad or WorldShare as the partner of last resort. To prevent this, you can set a Borrowing Mediation Rule to stop requests from being sent out until you return from break, a Set to keep track of these requests, and Labels in Primo to alert patrons of delays. 

Borrowing Mediation Rule

A simple Borrowing Mediation Rule will stop the requests from automatically processing. To make the rule go to Alma Configuration > Resource Sharing > Rapido Rules > Borrowing Mediation Rules and select +Add Rule. Fill out the following fields to make the rule:

  • Name: Holiday Closures
  • Description: Stop requests till after the Winter Holidays
NameOperatorValue
Requested FormatIn ListPhysical
Borrowing Owning LibraryIn List(Select your Resource Sharing Library)
  • Labels: Holiday
  • Action: -

This rule will stop all physical items for mediation. If you also want to stop article requests, do not add the Requested Format Operator.

Set

Now that you have a rule with a Label in place you can make a Set to catch all the requests with that Label. Go to Alma > Rapido > Borrowing > All Active Borrowing Requests and add the following facets:

  • Include Zero Values: Active
  • Labels: Holiday

Click Apply and then Save as a New Set. Fill out the following settings in the pop up for the Set.

  • Set Name: Holiday Closures
  • Description: Set to catch all Physical Borrowing Requests over the Winter Holidays.
  • Group: New
  • Private: No
  • Permanently Active for All Users: Check

All requests with the Holiday Label will be stopped to process after the Winter Holidays. 

Primo Labels

You might want to let patrons know the requests will be delayed. You can add several Primo Labels to let them know to expect delays. To add Primo Labels go to Alma Configuration → Discovery → Display Configuration → Labels. Chance the drop down to Description and search Rapido Labels. Click the ellipsis and select Edit. Search the following codes and update them: 

CodeDescription
rapido.tiles.physical.no_best_offer.line_1Request a physical copy from another library. (Expect delays until January due to Library closures)
rapido.tiles.physical.best_offer.line_1Request a physical copy from another library. (Expect delays until January due to Library closures)
nui.ngrs.physical.getcopyRequest a physical copy from another library. (Expect delays until January due to Library closures)

That should add the message to all physical Rapido tiles. You do not need to use the exact wording above, use whatever Description fits your library’s style.

Return Workflow

Once you return from the holidays you will want to do the following:

  • Change the Primo Labels back to normal
  • Turn off the Borrowing Mediation Rule
  • Process the requests in the Set

To turn off the Borrowing Mediation Rule go to Alma Configuration > Resource Sharing > Rapido Rules > Borrowing Mediation Rules and set the rule to inactive. Once the rule is inactive you can process the requests. Go to the Holiday Closures Set in Rapido and click the Ellipsis (…) next to each request and select Recalculate Partner. If the rule is inactive the request will go through as if the request was just placed. Once all the requests are processed you can deactivate the Set and return to normal workflows.

 

Lending

Most Resource Sharing staff are familiar with going non-Lending for the holidays, but there were some enhancements to streamline this process so it is worth looking through some directions. 

Set Alma to go non-Lending in Rapido

Previously staff had to go non-Lending in Rapido and RapidILL separately to block incoming physical (Rapido) and digital (RapidILL) requests. In January 2024, an enhancement made it possible to go non-Lending for both services when you set Rapido to non-Lending. To enable this enhancement go to Configuration > Fulfillment > General > Other Settings and search for rs_update_rapid_with_lending_offtime and set it to True. Now when you go non-Lending in Rapido you will also go non-Lending in RapidILL. 

There are multiple ways to get to the page to set a library to non-Lending. A new, less complicated way of accessing the page is to go to Alma Configuration → Resource Sharing → Configuration → Members and click the ellipsis () next to your Resource Sharing Library and select Edit Resource Sharing Library.

Image
Edit Resource Sharing Library Link

On the resulting page scroll down to the Lending Setup, check the box next to Temporarily Inactive For Lending, and add an Inactive Date Range. Lending should resume after the holidays, but it is always a good idea to go back and uncheck Temporarily Inactive For Lending just to be sure.

Non-Lending RapidILL

If you set rs_update_rapid_with_lending_offtime to True you wont need to set RapidILL to non-Lending separately. If you prefer to keep the setting separate go to RapidLL This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. and login. Go to Settings > Lending Off Hours and Add New Time. Input the date range you want Lending inactive and click Save. 

Return After the Holidays

When you get back from the break simply undo the steps above to resume Lending. You may leave the rs_update_rapid_with_lending_offtime set to True without any issue. 

Alma Roles: Patron 

Before staff can process Rapido requests they need to have requests to process. For the most part, requesting items through Rapido is quick and intuitive, but there are a few things library staff and student assistants should be aware of to best help our patrons. This section will go over how requests are placed, the different kinds of requests, and how patrons can continue to interact with requests after they are placed. This information is useful for anyone who uses or works in a CSU library.

While we will be discussing Rapido, our patrons will likely be unfamiliar with the names of different Resource Sharing software. When discussing the service with our patrons we should refer to it as CSU+ Resource Sharing because that is the logo and text printed on the book straps when they receive the book. All Resource Sharing should now go through Rapido, so we can easily refer to all Resource Sharing as CSU+. 

Image
The CSU+ logo.

Library Patrons should start their search for library materials in OneSearch using their library's website. Through OneSearch, patrons can find materials in their library's collection, the other CSU collections, and even expand the search to explore collections outside the CSU library system. To use OneSearch, patrons will generally search a keyword, title, or author to start looking for materials. For this module, we are going to follow along with a patron requesting the book Educated by Tara Westover. 

Image
Educated by Tara Westover listed in a library catalog. The status is "Local copy unavailable. Get it for me from other libraries."

The patron searches for the title Educated and the first result is the book the patron is looking for. Patrons may need to use the advanced search to add more information, such as author, or use filters to narrow their search to specific formats, languages, or publication years to find less common items. 

While the first result is the correct book, text appearing below the title says the local copy is currently unavailable. The book is probably checked out, so it will need to be requested through Rapido. If the patron clicks into the record they can access the Rapido Tiles where they can easily request a physical copy of the book or a digital copy of a single book chapter. These tiles appear side by side and are large rectangles with local institution instructions and the estimated delivery time and checkout period of the item. The Rapido physical offer tile and the Rapido digital offer tile can be configured to appear only when the item is not available to prevent patrons from requesting items held in the library. The patron can click Get It on either tile to bring up a simple form to request the item with a few additional clicks.

Image
An example of the Rapido Offer tiles.

There may be some slight variation between campuses, but for the most part the physical item form will ask for the desired pickup location, if the patron wants a specific volume, and the date where the item is no longer needed. The form does not ask for the item title, author, ISBN, etc. because that information is pulled from the item record. In most cases the patron will want to pick up the item at the main library and wont specify a volume. In that case they can simply click Send and the request will be placed. 

Image
An example of the Rapido physical request form.

The Rapido digital offer form will have a few more options than the Rapido physical offer form. This form will ask patrons for the book chapter, author, volume, and page range. This information is important for Resource Sharing staff at the library where the item is held to know what section to scan. Most libraries adhere to the Commission on New Technological Uses of Copyrighted Works (CONTU) guidelines and will only scan or download a single chapter or ten percent of a book for the patron to keep for their research. Because the entire book is not sent digitally, library staff need to know what section to send.

The Rapido digital offer form may also have a paragraph of text with a copyright statement letting patrons know requests may be cancelled if library staff believe the request breaks copyright law. The statement also warns that making additional copies may make them liable for copyright infringement. 

Image
An example of the Rapido digital request form.

The patron adds any additional information to the Rapido offer form if necessary and can click Send to submit the request. The patron has now placed a request through Rapido. 

Requesting an article is similar to requesting a physical item or book chapter. A patron will search a keyword, title, or author in OneSearch until they find an article they want to use in their research. At most CSU libraries, patrons will only see articles available through the library by default, so the search needs to be expanded beyond the CSU collections. If a patron doesn't find the materials they need they can click expand your search to search the Global Title Index of records uploaded by other Alma libraries. The expand function can be used for articles and for physical items. 

Image
The library catalog with the "expand your search" link highlighted by a red rectangle.

After the search is expanded, results from outside the library will be accessible below the search box. These items will often have a link saying "Get it for me from other libraries". If a patron clicks that link, or the anywhere on the item record, a page will open with more information. The Rapido Article Offer Tile will display on this page if the patron can request the item from another library. 

Image
An image of the Rapido Article Offer Tile.

Clicking Get It inside the Rapido Offer Tile will open the Article Request Form. This form should have very few visible fields because all the citation information is added automatically, but the patron can add a note or specify a Not Needed After date. The article request form will have the same copyright statement as the book chapter request form described earlier. 

Image
The digital request form.

After the patron clicks Send the request will be submitted. 

Once a patron requests an item the request will appear in their library account. They can view the request status in their account by clicking Sign In, followed by clicking their name, in the upper right hand corner the OneSearch website. Under the Requests Tab patrons can review the items they have requested through Rapido alongside items they requested from their home library. Patrons can see the status of physical requests and Download Articles and Book Chapters once they have been delivered.

Image
An example of the requests tab in a patron account. The book, "Educated: A Memoir," is in process by lender.

Patrons can also Cancel requests they decide they no longer want or need. If the item has already been shipped they will not be able to cancel the request. Once a request has been cancelled it will disappear from the Requests Tab.

Sometimes patrons know the exact title they want but are unable to find it through OneSearch. A link to the Rapido Blank Request Form will appear directly under the OneSearch search bar in the expanded Global Title Index search. The text of the link will say Still didn't find what you need? Click here to send a request.  

Image
The library catalog with the "Still didn't find what you need? Send a request."

Clicking this link will open the Rapido Blank Request Form where the patron can manually request anything through Rapido. This form has many fields and is very customizable, so it may appear slightly different at every CSU library. The form will generally have fields for patrons to add all the citation information needed by staff to find the requested item.

Links to the Rapido Blank Request form may be added to other parts of your library website, such as on the Resource Sharing unit page. I recommend all CSU libraries replace any remaining ILLiad Request Form links with the Rapido Blank Request Form link. 

Image
The Rapido Request Blank Form.

The Rapido Blank Request Form will also have the same copyright notice that is included in the article and book chapter forms.

Now that you know the basics of how a patron places a request it may be helpful to know a bit about what happens behind the scenes. When a patron requests an item it goes through the Rapido Pods your library has joined to see if any of your partners can fill the item. A Rapido Pod This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. is a group of libraries with shared policies who agree to share with all the other libraries in the pod. For example, the CSU Pod will share items with other CSU pod partners and will deliver it within 3 days and patrons can check the item out for 112 days. Pods are also ordered behind the scenes based on priority starting with the CSU Pod, so all requests will go to the CSU Pod first if possible, followed by the Western Pod, then US Pod, etc. 

Image
A diagram of pods showing requests going through the CSU pod, West Coast Resource Sharing pod, West pod, US pod, and International pod.

Rapido has real time availability, so it knows if a specific book attached to a specific record is available in a pod used by your library. This is why the Rapido Offer Tiles can give an estimate on an item. The estimates listed in OneSearch are the shared pod policies of the highest priority pod that currently has the item available to loan. For example, an item available from another CSU will say it will be delivered within 3 days and can be checked out for 112 days.

Image
The Rapido Tiles with a 3 day delivery estimate and 112 day checkout.

Other pods may have different pod policies and therefore different Offer Tile estimates. The US Pod that can be joined by any library using Rapido in the United States as a 7 day delivery time and a checkout length of 112 days. 

Image
The Rapido Tiles with a 7 day delivery estimate and 112 day checkout.

If an item is not available through any Rapido pod it can still be requested, but no estimate will be shown. These items may be switched to a duplicate record to request through Rapido or pushed to another Resource Sharing system to be filled outside Rapido. As more libraries start using Rapido this will be less and less common. 

Image
The Rapido Tiles with no listed estimates.

Alma Roles: Circulation Desk Operator, Fulfillment Services Operator, and Printout Queue Manager

The General Workflows section will take you through some basic workflows that apply to both Borrowing and Lending in Rapido. By the end of this section you should be able to make and edit Sets and print pull slips, book bands, and shipping labels. Please read through this section and take the opportunity to check your own Rapido Sets to make sure you are catching all the requests for processing.  

Rapido is integrated into Alma, the Library Management System created by Ex Libris. Knowing how to navigate and organize Alma can make using Rapido faster and easier. This section will look at various areas in Alma and tips you can use to organize the system to meet your needs. 

Alma Dashboard

After logging into Alma you will be at the Alma Dashboard where you can navigate to all the different parts of Alma. Depending on your user roles you will have access to different areas of the system, but there are several areas you may want to remember:

  • The vertical toolbar on the left side of the screen lets you access many areas in Alma, but only a few areas are useful for Resource Sharing. You will frequently use the following sections:
    • Fulfillment
      • This area is where you will check books out to patrons, check books in, receive books from other libraries, and upload scans or downloads of articles or book chapters.
    • Analytics
      • Various reports are available for tracking Rapido analytics.
    • Configuration
      • Everything in Alma is configured in the configuration section. This section requires advanced roles you may not currently have. By the end of Rapido 201 you will receive a recommendation for those roles. 
Image
The Alma Dashboard with Fulfillment, Analytics, and Configuration circled in red.

Quick Links Menu

You can add a vertical Quick Links menu across the top of the screen in Alma with a few easy steps. To activate the toolbar click the icon labeled Alma Production. Select Pin Quick Links Menu from the list of options. This will make any section you favorite with a star appear as a vertical menu.

It may be helpful to favorite the most used tasks for Rapido workflows in Fulfillment. If you click into the Fulfillment section in Alma you can star your most used sections to add them to your Quick Links toolbar. The areas you will likely use frequently in Fulfillment are:

  • Manage Patron Services
    • To check out books to patrons
  • Return Items
    • To check in items
  • Deliver Digital Documents
    • To deliver articles and book chapters
  • Receiving Items
    • To receive items from other libraries
  • Shipping Items
    • To ship items to other libraries
Image
The Quick Links menu.

Rapido, Location, and Cloud Apps

Along the top right of your screen is the main vertical Alma toolbar. This toolbar has icons for Location, Rapido, and the Cloud App Center.

By default, the first icon is for Location. This icon is similar to the location icons used in Google Maps and other GPS apps. By clicking the Location icon you will open the Location tab. In this tab you can change which area of the library you are working at, choose which printer you will print with, and toggle Quick Printing on and off. 

Image
The Location menu.

The Rapido icon is a picture of a document with the symbol for sharing in front of it. Clicking this icon will open the Resource Sharing Requests tab where all your Borrowing and Lending Sets are located. This will be one of the most common places you navigate to in Alma so it may be a good idea to pin the tab so it always remains open. To pin the tab click the small icon that looks like a push pin. 

Image
The Rapido menu with the Rapido menu button and pin button highlighted with red rectangles.

The third icon you will commonly use is the Cloud App Center icon which is four squares arranged to look like a single larger square. The Cloud App Center is where you can add and use cloud apps developed by Ex Libris or librarians and library staff at other libraries. The the two recommended apps were both made by Ex Libris. These are the Printing Multiple Slips Per Page and the Article Galaxy Add-On apps.

Image
The Cloud App Center with the Cloud App menu button.

Now that you know how to navigate and organize Alma you should be able to use Rapido quickly and efficiently.

What Are Sets?

Rapido lets users save "Sets" of filters so they can organize their workflows and find requests in need of processing. Sets can be created for private use or for the entire Resource Sharing unit to use. Each user has their own setup, with different users having different active sets. It is important for staff to have certain sets active to ensure requests don't get missed and sit for days without processing. This module will show you how to manage existing sets, create new sets, and ensure you have all the recommended sets active at your institution.  

Managing Sets

Ex Libris created several default sets for Rapido. Some of these sets meet the needs of CSU libraries while other Sets aren't as useful. Thankfully, Rapido users can manage what Sets are active for themselves. Every user should make sure they have all the Sets used for their own workflows. To manage your Sets click the gear icon on the Rapido Menu in the top right corner of the Alma screen to access the Manage Sets page.

Image
The top of the Rapido menu with the settings icon highlighted with a red rectangle.

On the Manage Sets page you can turn Sets on and off, edit their settings, or even delete them. By default all Sets are inactive.

The following default Sets will likely be useful for most Resource Sharing staff:

Borrowing

  • New:
    • Awaiting Copyright Clearance
    • Awaiting Request Mediation
    • Awaiting Patron Information
  • In Process:
    • Article Requests - Bad Citation

Lending

  • New:
    • Requests that will expire today and tomorrow

All Rapido users should check their settings to ensure the above Sets are active. 

Creating Sets

Some Sets necessary to the CSU workflows are not included as a default Set and must be created from scratch. Thankfully, it is easy to make new Sets. To create a Set for Borrowing go to Rapido > Borrowing > All active borrowing requests. To create a Set for Lending go to Rapido > Lending > All active lending requests. You will now be in the base view of Rapido Borrowing or Lending where all active requests are accessible. From here you can refine your results and save your filters as a Set.

Image
The Rapido menu Lending tab with All active lending requests emphasized.

To filter the requests open the Facets menu on the left side of the screen. Select the filters you want for your Set and select Save as a New Set. Name the Set and add a description to let your colleagues know the purpose of the Set. Once it is named, add the Set to the New, In Process, or Closed group to keep the Sets organized. Sets can then be marked as private or public. A private set will not appear in the Manage Sets settings for anyone except the person who made the Set, so only choose this option if the Set will not be useful for anyone else. Lastly, you can mark a Set as Permanently Active for All Users to activate it for everyone processing Rapido in your library. 

Image
"Save as a New Set" pop-up menu.

Directions 

In this section please check all your Lending Sets and make sure all the correct filters are saved. Correct any Sets with missing filters and add any Sets missing at your institution. After you complete this assignment you should have all the custom Sets necessary to catch and organize all the Lending requests at your institution. 

Lending Sets

The following CSU-created Sets should be active in your Institution Zone. Please make sure all Sets are active and that they have the correct filters selected. If you need to add a missing filter to an existing Set, add the filter, click Apply, and Save Changes.

If a Set is missing at your library, add it by going to Rapido > Lending > All active lending requests. Select all the filters needed for the Set, click Apply, and Save as a New Set


Print Pull Slips

This Set is to group together print items that need their pull slips printed.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Being Processed and Created Lending Request
    • Request Reported: No
    • Requested Format: Physical
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Print Pull Slips
    • Group: New
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Article/Book Chapter Pull Slips

This Set is to group together Articles and Book Chapters that need pull slips printed.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Being Processed and Created Lending Request
    • Request Reported: No
    • Requested Format: Digital
    • Inventory Type: Physical
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Article/Book Chapter Pull Slips
    • Group: New
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Locate Failed

This set will group together requests where the Alma locate processed failed. Items in this Set need to the locate process run by clicking the ellipses (…) and Locate Resource.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Locate Failed
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Locate Failed
    • Group: New
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

RapidR Reject eBooks

This set is only for libraries who have decided to reject requests for physical copies of eBooks that appear due to an issue with the RapidR Pod. Libraries may instead prevent these requests by updating RapidILL Harvesting Sets.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Being Processed and Created Lending Request
    • Requested Format: Physical
    • Inventory Type: Electronic
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: RapidR Reject eBooks
    • Group: New
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Print In Process

This Set is to group together items that have been printed and are currently being searched. If items remain in this set after everything is shipped, they may need to be reprinted and searched. Select the following filters:

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Being Processed and Created Lending Request
    • Request Reported: Yes
    • Requested Format: Physical
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Print In Process
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Article/Book Chapter Scanning

This Set is to group together items that have been printed and still need scanning. Select the following filters:

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Being Processed and Created Lending Request
    • Request Reported: Yes
    • Requested Format: Digital
    • Inventory Type: Physical
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Article/Book Chapter Scanning
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Article/Book Chapter Downloading

This Set is to group together items that need to be downloaded and sent through RapidILL. You may print these, but it is not necessary. Select the following filters:

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Being Processed and Created Lending Request
    • Requested Format: Digital
    • Inventory Type: Electronic
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Article/Book Chapter Downloading
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Expired

This set will group together requests that have expired in Alma but have not automatically moved on. These items need to either be immediately processed or rejected.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Expired
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Expired
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Lost By Borrowing Patron

This set will group together all requests that the Borrowing Library has marked as Lost. Items in this Set need you to add a lost item fee by clicking the ellipses (…) and Lost.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Lost
    • Update Date: Older
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Lost By Borrowing Patron
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Lost and Fee Communicated

This set will group together all requests where you have sent the lost item fee to the Borrowing Library. When the Borrowing Library pays the fee change the request status to Request Completed for items in this Set.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Lost and Fee Communicated
    • Pod: Select all pods except California State Network
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Lost and Fee Communicated
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Lost CSU

This set will group together all requests where you have sent the lost item message to the Borrowing CSU Library.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Lost and Fee Communicated
    • Pod: California State Network
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Lost CSU
    • Group: Completed
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Directions 

In this section please check all your Borrowing Sets and make sure all the correct filters are saved. Correct any Sets with missing filters and add any Sets missing at your institution. After you complete this assignment you should have all the custom Sets necessary to catch and organize all the Borrowing requests at your institution. 

Borrowing Sets

The following CSU-created Sets should be active in your Institution Zone. Please make sure all Sets are active and that they have the correct filters selected. If you need to add a missing filter to an existing Set, add the filter, click Apply, and Save Changes.

If a Set is missing at your library, add it by going to Rapido → Borrowing → All active lending requests. Select all the filters needed for the Set, click Apply, and Save as a New Set


Conditional

This set catches the requests where the Lending library has specified conditions to loan. You can accept or reject those conditions within this Set.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Conditional
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Conditional
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Physical (4+ Days)

This set lets you see physical items that have been at a partner longer than the standard expiration date. This could be for multiple factors including: Lending Library doesn’t have expiry enacted or a bug in the system.

  • Filters:
    • Rapido Indicator: Yes
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Request Sent To Partner
    • Requested Format: Physical
    • Update Date: 4-7 Days Ago and 8-30 Days Ago and Older
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Physical (4+ Days)
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Digital (4+ Days)

This set lets you see Digital items that have been at a partner longer than the standard expiration date. This could be for multiple factors including: Lending Library doesn’t have expiry enacted or a bug in the system.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Request Sent To Partner
    • Requested Format: Digital
    • Update Date: 4-7 Days Ago and 8-30 Days Ago and Older
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Digital (4+ Days)
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Returned Today

This set will show all the requests that were returned by the patron today. The purpose of this set is to make it easy to find items that need a return label printed.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Returned Item To Partner
    • Supplied Format: Physical
    • Update Date: Today
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Returned Today
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Returned Yesterday

This set will show all the requests that were returned by the patron yesterday. The purpose of this set is to make it easy to find items that need a return label printed.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Returned Item To Partner
    • Supplied Format: Physical
    • Update Date: Yesterday
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Returned Yesterday
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Returned 1-3 Days Ago

This set will show all the requests that were returned by the patron 1-3 days ago. The purpose of this set is to make it easy to find items that need a return label printed on Mondays.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Returned Item To Partner
    • Supplied Format: Physical
    • Update Date: Yesterday and 2-3 Days Ago
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Returned 1-3 Days Ago
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Lost Communicated

This set will group together all requests where you have sent the lost item fee to the Lending Library. When they respond with a fee the request will disappear from this set and appear in the Lost Fee Amount Received Set. If items are in this set too long you may want to consider emailing the Lending Library.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Lost Communicated
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Lost Communicated
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Lost Fee Amount Received

This set will group together all requests where the Lending Library has sent a fee in General Message. Items in this Set need the fee added to the Patron account.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Lost Communicated
    • General Messages: Active General Messages
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Lost Fee Amount Received
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Lost Item Cleanup

This set is for cleaning up requests after configuring the automatic lost charging.

  • Filters:
    • Activity Status: Active
    • Status: Loaned Item To Patron
    • Due Date: 8-30 Days Ago and Older
  • Save Set As:
    • Set Name: Lost Item Cleanup
    • Group: In Process
    • Private: No
    • Permanently Active for All Users: (Check)

Introduction to Printing

Printing in Alma, and therefore Rapido, has changed a lot over the years. Printing used to be nearly impossible for Resource Sharing, so staff developed a program to generate pull slips using data from spreadsheets downloaded from Alma. Unlike the early days of Alma Resource Sharing, Rapido has Print Slip buttons and several ways to print items, but it still isn't as intuitive as it is in most word processing programs.  

Roles

To be able to print in Alma faculty, staff, and student assistants need specific roles. Users will need one of the two following roles to print:

  • Printouts Queue Operator
  • Printouts Queue Manager

Both roles can print items, but the Printouts Queue Manager role is required for reprinting items printed by other users and using the Printing Multiple Items Per Page cloud app. Since the manager role only lets users reprint things they can already print it is safe for users at all levels to use. Everyone who processes Rapido should have the Printouts Queue Manager role. 

Activating The "Printing Multiple Items Per Page" Cloud App

Before printing anything in Rapido, it is recommended staff add the Printing Multiple Items Per Page cloud app. This app streamlines the printing process and saves paper by printing multiple slips on a single sheet of paper. To add the app, go to the top right corner of the screen in Alma and click and icon of four squares grouped together making one larger square. This will open the Cloud App Center. Click Available Apps and search Printing Multiple Items Per Page to find the app. Click into the app and select Activate. The app will now appear on the Activated Apps list in the Cloud App Center in the future. 

Image
Cloud App Center showing the Printing Multiple Slips Per Page app and highlighting the Activate button.

Printing With The App

Now that you have the Printing Multiple Slips Per Page cloud app added to Alma you are ready to print. Printouts will be generated automatically during certain points in your daily workflow or when you click Print Slip in Rapido. These printouts do not immediately print (unless quick prints is enabled), but are put in the printing queue and still need to be sent to the printer.

Once a printout has been sent to the print queue it can be released by going to the Cloud App Center and selecting the Printing Multiple Slips Per Page cloud app. The Pending printouts will appear automatically at the top of the list of items to print in the app. Check the box next to Check/Uncheck All or select individual items to print. With the items selected, click Mark As Printed followed by Print X Records (X being the number of selected records). A new page will appear with the printouts ready to go. These printouts will look very large, but they will resize when you print. Right Click anywhere on the page and select Print.

Image
The Printing Multiple Slips Per Page app showing how to check all items, mark as printed, and then print.

Printing Without The App

While it is possible to print without using the Printing Multiple Slips Per Page cloud app, it is not recommended. When the CSU went live with Rapido the cloud app did not exist. Many different workflows were used including the Quick Printing feature and the Printouts Queue section in Alma under Admin > Printing > Printouts Queue. Both methods proved confusing or required many more clicks to use. It is recommended faculty, staff, and student assistants disable Quick Printing and access the Printouts Queue through the cloud app and not directly through Alma. 

Quick Printing

Faculty, staff, and student assistants can enable or disable Quick Printing for their Alma login by clicking the location symbol in the top right section of the Alma toolbar on the main page of Alma. After opening the Location Settings, a checkbox to enable or disable Quick Printing will appear. It is recommended this stay unchecked.

Enabling Quick Printing will make items print immediately when you click Print Slips in the Borrowing and Lending sections of Alma. Unfortunately, it will also make items print immediately when an item is checked in or out, making them all print with one slip per page. This uses up more paper and the slips were designed to print two per page.

Image
A screenshot of Alma showing the Location icon and where to click to Enable Quick Printing.

Printouts Queue

The Printouts Queue can be accessed in Alma under Admin > Printing > Printouts Queue. The Printouts Queue is similar to the Printing Multiple Slips Per Page cloud app but it does not resize the prints to print multiple items per page. 

Alma Roles: Circulation Desk Operator, Fulfillment Services Operator, Requests Operator, and Printout Queue Manager 

Resource Sharing is a reciprocal process between libraries. Library staff can request materials from other libraries, but if no one is willing to lend their materials Resource Sharing would cease to function. To borrow materials for our patrons we must be willing to lend our materials to other libraries.

The Lending side of Resource Sharing consists of workflows to retrieve materials from our libraries and send them to other libraries. In the following section you will see how to perform various Lending functions including:

  • Physical Item Lending Workflows
  • Digital Item Lending Workflows
  • Locate Failed Workflows
  • Document Delivery Workflows

After reading these sections, there will be a short quiz on the material.

The majority of requests that come from other libraries will automatically connect to an item in the library stacks with a call number to be printed on the Lending pull slips. Occasionally, requests will fail to locate and need a little help moving to the next step.

Processing

The majority of items with the Locate Failed status are easy to process. Go to the Locate Failed Set (see Creating Lending Sets) and select the ellipsis (...) next to a request you want to process. Select Locate Resource. In most cases the item will be automatically located and the status will be updated so the request appears in the Print Pull Slips Set

Image
The Rapido Lending page with the Locate Failed status emphasized with a red rectangle. The image also shows the list of options that appear when clicking the ellipsis with Locate Resource emphasized with another red rectangle.

If an item matching the citation information is still not found, a page for the Repository Search will appear. Click the citation information link to edit the search until you find a match or confirm this item is not held at your library. If you find a match, select the desired record and click Select to attach the request to that record. The request will then be updated and appear in the Print Pull Slips Set

Image
An image of the repository search showing where to click to select a record and click Select.

If a matching record is not found, exit the search and click the ellipsis (...) and select Reject. The request will then move on to another library that may have the item. 

Image
An image showing the Reject option after clicking the ellipsis in Rapido Lending.

Printing Pull Slips

Before items can be loaned to other libraries they need to be pulled from the library shelves. All incoming items will come into the Print Pull Slips Set to make them easy to find and print. This Set looks for items at two statuses: Being Processed and Created Lending Request. These two statuses are functionally the same and can be processed together without issue.

To print the pull slips in shelving order for easy sorting change the default Sort By setting from Creation Date to Shelving Location. Items will now appear in call number order. You are now ready to print. Select all the requests and click the Print Slip button on the right side of the screen. This will generate the prints and send them to the Printing Multiple Slips Per Page cloud app. Click the Cloud App Center icon (four small squares making one larger square) and select the Printing Multiple Slips Per Page cloud app. Use the app to release the prints to print two pull slips on every page. Cut the slips and pull the corresponding books from the shelves.  

Shipping Materials

Once the items have been pulled from the shelf it is time to process them as shipped. In Alma, go to Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Shipping Items to begin processing. Scan the item's barcode and the item will be moved to the Shipped status. Use the Pull Slip as a Book Band, package the book, and send it to the library that is borrowing it. 

Returning Materials

Once the patron at the Borrowing library is finished using the item borrowed from your library they will return it. To scan the materials back in go to Fulfillment > Checkout/Checkin > Return Items. Scan the item's barcode to return the book. The item can now be returned to the shelf and any accompanying paperwork can be recycled. 

Troubleshooting

While shipping materials you may encounter an item that cannot scan. In this scenario, go to the All Active Lending Requests Set and search for the request for the item that will not scan. Select the ellipsis (...) on the request to open a list of options and select Ship Items Physically. Scan the item barcode on the following page to check it out. 

Printing Pull Slips

Before you can lend a scan of a book chapter or article from a print journal you need to pull the book or journal from the shelf. Go to the Article/Book Chapter Pull Slip Set in the Lending section of Rapido. Items with the Being Processed and Created Lending Request status that are held physically, but the requested format is digital, will appear in this set. Change the Sort By selection from Creation Date to Shelving Location to order the items by Call Number. Select all the requests in this Set, click Print Slip, and release the printouts from the Printouts Queue using the Print Multiple Items Per Page cloud app.

Once the pull slips are printed, use them to find and pull the book or journal from the shelf.  

Scanning

Once the book or journal has been pulled it is time to scan the pages requested by the Borrowing library. There are many different scanners used by libraries in the CSU, and they all work slightly differently. Regardless of which scanner you use, scan the requested pages and save them in PDF format in a drive or folder where you can easily access the files to upload them to Rapido. When you save the file, you should save it as the Internal Identifier using the barcode printed on the pull slip used to find the book in the library stacks. 

Deliver Manually

Go to Alma > Fulfillment > Resource Requests > Deliver Digital Documents to start delivering scanned items. Scan the External Identifier barcode on the pull slip and upload the file from your shared drive or folder. Check the preview to ensure you attached the correct item and click Done. The request will now be delivered to the Borrowing library.

Deliver Automatically

Rapido can use a scheduled job to deliver articles automatically. This requires a drive hosted on a server connected to Alma. Once the connection is made, save all scanned article and book chapter PDFs in the drive as their Internal Identifier. The Alma job will match open requests to files with a matching Internal Identifier, upload them to Alma, and deliver them to the Borrowing library automatically. 

RapidILL

When a request is scanned or downloaded and delivered it uses a service called RapidILL. This service predates Rapido and many libraries on other systems connect to each other using RapidILL to share digital copies of articles and book chapters. RapidILL was purchased by Ex Libris and became the basis of Rapido, but it still exists outside of Rapido and is used by libraries around the world on other systems. All requests in Rapido are delivered using RapidILL. When a Rapido request goes through RapidILL the Rapido External Identifier, which starts with 01 followed by a seven letter library code, will be replaced by a RapidILL Number, an eight digit number. 

Downloading and Uploading

Libraries subscribe to thousands of articles available online through OneSearch and the library databases. Rapido users can share PDFs of these articles and eBook chapters through Lending without needing to print any pull slips. To process these requests, go to the Article/Book Chapter Downloading Set in the Lending side of Rapido. All the requests in this Set will be items in the Being Processed or Created Lending Request status, the requested format is Digital, and the inventory type is Electronic. Because these items are held electronically, they can be downloaded and delivered. 

To process requests in this Set, click the ellipsis (...) and select Download Electronic Resource. The resulting page that will open will have a link to the resource which should open in a new browser tab. Search for the article or book chapter and download it. Return to the previous page and click Browse to search your folders for the article or book chapter, or drop the file in the space beneath the Ship Item Digitally header. Click Send to send the file to the Borrowing library through RapidILL. 

Image
The download Electronic Resource and Ship Digitally page that appears in Rapido.

What is Document Delivery

Many libraries scan articles or book chapters for their own patrons and deliver them digitally through a service traditionally known as Document Delivery. In previous systems this service was a separate area of Resource Sharing to go along with Borrowing and Lending, but in Rapido the requests live simultaneously in Borrowing and Lending, but are processed using the Lending workflows.  

Workflow

If your library offers a Document Delivery service your patron can request a scan of an article or book chapter from materials available in the library. From the patron’s perspective this is no different from requesting a scan from another library. They simply request a digital copy of the article or chapter and it appears in their library account a short while later. 

Borrowing

Things work a little bit differently on the staff side of Rapido. When the patron places the request, Rapido creates a Borrowing request just like it would if the item was not held by the library. Since the library owns the material, Rapido requests the article or book chapter from your library before sending it to another library through RapidILL. The Borrowing request will show your own library as the partner and the request status will change to Request Sent To Partner. This all should happen automatically and almost instantaneously when the patron places the request. 

Lending

On the Lending side of Rapido the request will appear nearly identical to requests from other libraries. It will appear in the recommended printing and processing Sets, so the Lending staff do not need to do anything different to process the request. It can be pulled, scanned, and delivered using the current Lending Sets and workflows. The only indication that this is a Document Delivery item will be that the External Identifier is an formatted as an Rapido External Identifier instead of a RapidILL Number and the Borrowing library will be your own library.

If the item is available it can be scanned/downloaded and delivered along with all the other Lending requests. The request will be delivered to the Borrowing side of your Rapido instance and delivered directly to the patron as if it came from another library. Both the Lending and Borrowing versions of the request will then automatically move to a completed status.

If the item is not available to lend, you can reject it on the Lending side, just like you would with any Lending item. When the item is rejected in Lending, the Lending version of the request will be move to the Rejected The Borrower Request status. The Borrowing version of the request will send the request to RapidILL to get a new potential Lending library and a RapidILL Number. This is done automatically without staff mediation.

Sometimes a request comes in that you might be able to fill, but there are conditions. Some examples of conditions include requests for the whole ebook but you can only supply a single chapter or maybe you can fill the request but the book is in off site storage and will take slightly longer to fill. Marking an item as Conditional lets you communicate with the Borrowing library before filling or rejecting the request.  

Marking Conditional

When you want to mark an item as Conditional you should first add a Conditional Label.  Open the request and add or create a Label saying Conditional. This will let you know you previously marked this item as Conditional if the Borrowing Library accepts the conditions but does not add a note.

Image
An image showing a Rapido request with the Conditional label.

After adding the Label go to the request and click the ellipsis (...) on the request and select Conditional. On the resulting pop up select a Reason for the Conditional and possibly a Date for Reply and Note with additional information and click Send.

Image
The Conditional pop up box where you can choose a conditional Reason, the Date for Reply, and a Note.

The request will now have the status Conditional and will go to a Conditional Set if you have it set up.

Conditions Accepted

If the Conditions are accepted by the Borrowing library the request will come back to your library with the status Being Processed. If the Borrowing library did not add a note the request will look like a new request. This is why the Conditional note is so important. If you see an item in the Print Pull Slips Set with the Conditional label the Borrowing library has accepted the conditions. Process the request and send it to the Borrowing library.

If you do not remember why an item was marked Conditional you can check the reason in the request history. Go to the request and click Edit. In the resulting page click the History tab and look in the New Value column for a value reading:

  • Conditional message was sent to (Borrowing library) with reason: (reason the request was marked Conditional)

Conditions Rejected

If the Borrowing library selected No to your conditions then the request will automatically get the Rejected status and move on to another potential Lending Library. There are no actions for you to take. 

Sometimes you will receive requests that cannot be filled. Maybe the book is missing from the shelf or the online journal servers are currently down. Regardless of the reason, items can be Rejected and automatically sent to another library to fill the request. While it is preferred to fill every request that comes to our library, if an item cannot be filled within the standard four day expiry period it should be Rejected so the patron at the Borrowing library can access the item as soon as possible. If a bug develops that makes it impossible to fill requests they should be reported using the Resource Sharing Report form This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. (CSU only) or SalesForce and then rejected. Since rejecting a request removes it from the system, make sure you take screenshots if you are making an error report.  

Rejecting a Request

The process for rejecting a request is the same regardless of the requested material type, so you can follow the same workflow for physical and digital items. Go to the request in the Lending side of Rapido and click the ellipsis (...) and select Reject

Image
A Lending request where the library staff clicked the ellipsis and is selecting Reject.

Select a Reject Reason in the resulting pop up and click Reject. The request should now go to another library who may be able to fill the request. Items should be rejected quickly so patrons can get the item they need for their research. Lending requests should expire after 4 days, so if requests are found that were last updated longer than 4 days ago you should reject them. 

Image
The Reject Request pop up. Staff can add a Reject Reason, Internal Note, or Note to Partner here.

After you click Reject the request will move on to another library and disappear from your Rapido set. 

Alma Roles: Circulation Desk Operator, Fulfillment Services Operator, Requests Operator, and Printout Queue Manager 

Most requests in Rapido are sent directly to the Lending library without a manual Borrowing step. Even though a piece of Borrowing is now automated there are still many workflows Resource Sharing Borrowing staff must do to ensure our patrons get the items they need in a timely manner.

The Borrow side of Resource Sharing consists of workflows to request materials from other libraries and receive them for our patrons. In the following section you will see how to perform various Borrowing functions including:

  • Borrowing Physical Items
  • Borrowing Digital Items
  • Awaiting Request Processing
  • Enrich From Global Index
  • Awaiting Copyright Clearance
  • Convert Resource Type

Receiving Physical Items

If a request is successfully filled by a Lending library they will send a copy of the item for you to process and loan to your library patron. Before you can hand the item to your patron you must first receive the book in Rapido. In Alma, go to Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Receiving Items to receive items and place them on the hold shelf. 

Scan the External Identifier on the Rapido paperwork to receive the item. A pop up will appear where you can add a temporary barcode. Scan the barcode from inside the item and make sure Automatically Print Slip is marked as Yes. Click save to receive the item. Because Automatically Print Slip was selected, the printouts for the Borrowing Book Bands will be triggered and sent to the Printing Multiple Slips Per Page cloud app. If Automatically Print Slip was not selected, you can still print the slip by clicking the ellipsis (...) next to the request and select Print Slip. Go to the cloud app and print the book bands using the Printing Multiple Slips Per Page workflow. Tape the slips around the book and place them on the hold shelf for the patron to retrieve. 

Return Items

Once the patron is done with the item they will return it to the library. To return the item in Rapido go to Alma and select Fulfillment > Checkout/Check-In > Return Items. Scan the item barcode to return the item. Returning the item will automatically trigger the shipping label printing. Go to the cloud app and print the book bands using the Printing Multiple Slips Per Page workflow.

Since Borrowing Digital Items uses RapidILL there are no workflows for requests that do not have errors or require copyright processing. The majority or article and book chapter requests will go to a Lending Library with the item available in their collection for scanning or download. When the Lending Library fills the request, Rapido will send it directly to the patron without staff mediation. 

Requests with errors, requests that trigger any custom Borrowing Mediation Rules, and requests that trigger the Copyright Mediation Rules will need staff processing. The next few sections will go through those processes. 

Manually Deliver Borrowed Articles and Book Chapters

There may be rare cases where a request needs to be delivered manually. Maybe the Lending Library couldn't send the file through Rapido so they emailed it, or maybe the article was purchased through an outside vendor. Requests where library staff have the article file can be uploaded and delivered to the patron quite easily. Find the request in Rapido and click the ellipsis (...) and select Upload File From Partner. This will open a page where you can drop the file from your computer and deliver the file by clicking Send. This will send the file to your patron. 

The Awaiting Request Processing Set in Rapido is a default Set made by Ex Libris to catch all requests needing mediation. The Set will show any request with the Created Borrowing Request, Ready to be Sent, or Local Holding status. The status of the request will appear directly below the Title and Author on the request.  

The following workflows show how to process the requests at those statuses. The Set will contain requests for physical and digital items by default, but you can add filters to make a separate Digital and Physical version of this Set. While it is possible to update the Set to make it catch different items, for the purpose of this course we will look at the default Set. 

Image
A Rapido Request showing the Local Holding status.

Borrowing Mediation Rules

Many requests end up in the Awaiting Request Processing Set because they were stopped by a Borrowing Mediation Rule set up at your library. Borrowing Mediation Rules are rules made to stop or cancel requests meeting specific criteria.

Created Borrowing Request

Items at the Created Borrowing Request status are items that were stopped by a Borrowing Mediation Rule before they could be sent to any potential Lending Library. Many of these kinds of rules will stop requests because important information is missing from the request. For example, one mediation rule stops requests missing an ISSN and another stops requests missing an article title.

When a Borrowing Mediation Rule is triggered it will generate a Rapido Label to let staff know which rule was triggered. 

Image
A Rapido request at the Created Borrowing Request status with the Missing_ISSN Label applied.

Most Borrowing Mediation Rules concern missing information. You can find and add the information in a few ways. The most obvious way to find the missing information is to search for the item in OneSearch. For example: If the Missing_ISSN Label appears on a request for an article titled "The Impact of Information on Attitudes Toward E-Mental Health Services" you can copy the title and search for it in OneSearch. The record in OneSearch may contain the missing ISSN.

Another way would be to search for the missing information using Alma. Go to the search bar at the top of the Alma page and set it to search the Global Index. Then search the article or book title from the request. If the correct record doesn't appear you can add more information to the search by clicking the magnifying glass with the plus sign next to the search box. 

Image
A search in the Global Index.

Once you find the information, go to the request and click Edit to open the request record. Add the missing information and click Save. The request will automatically be sent through Rapido or RapidILL to be filled by another library. 

Image
An expanded view of a Rapido request showing where to find the ISSN field.

Override The Borrowing Mediation Rule

Sometimes the information doesn't exist or you just want to push it through as it currently is. You can override the Borrowing Mediation Rule by adding the Escape Label created by your library when the Borrowing Mediation Rule was made. At most libraries this Label is the Approved or Approved_by_Staff Label. To add the Label click into the request to open the request information pane and click Add Label and search for the appropriate Label. Click the check mark and wait a few seconds for the request to save. The request will automatically send through Rapido or RapidILL without manually sending it. 

Image
A request with the Approved Label being added.

Ready To Be Sent

Items at the Ready To Be Sent status are items that are being prevented from being sent to a specific partner by the Enrich From Global Index Borrowing Mediation Rule. In most cases the partner the request is trying to send to is your partner of last resort, aka ILLiad or WorldShare. You can process these items using the Enrich From Global Index workflow. This workflow is slightly more complicated than the other workflows in the Awaiting Request Processing set, so they will be covered as their own section on the next page. 

Local Holding

Items with the Local Holding status are items that are marked as owned and available for Resource Sharing in Alma. Many CSU libraries will scan articles or book chapters from items in their collection for their library patrons. Setup for scanning materials for library patrons requires a Borrowing Mediation Rule, but for now, lets look at the workflow created by the rule.

Digital Requests

Most of the requests for digital items will automatically be processed if you have a Borrowing Meditation Rule for scanning items held at your library set up. Even with this rule, there will be an occasional request that slips through and ends up with the Local Holding status. To process these requests, click the ellipsis (...) on the request and select Fill Locally and Create Lending Request to send the request to your own library as the Lending Library. The request will now appear in the Lending side of Rapido with all the other Lending requests. It can be filled or rejected as normal, there are no changes in workflow from other Lending requests. If the request is rejected because the item is not on the shelf, it will go to the next library in the Rapido pod automatically. 

Image
A Rapido request with the Local Holding status where the library staff has clicked the ellipsis and selected Fill Locally followed by Create Lending Request.

If the request gets stuck and still appears in the Awaiting Request Processing set you can manually push it to the next library by clicking the ellipsis (...) and selecting Override Local Holding. This will send the request to the next library in the pod. 

Physical Requests

Physical requests with the Local Holding status are even less common than digital request because Display Logic Rules should prevent patrons from requesting items you own. It is still possible if the patron uses the Rapido Blank Form to place a request, so it will happen occasionally. Unlike digital requests, physical requests cannot currently be pushed to Lending for processing. To process physical requests you can transform them into hold shelf requests or cancel them.

If your library pulls items from the book stacks to place on the hold shelf you will want to change these requests into hold shelf requests. Click the ellipsis (...) in the request and select View Local Resources to see a record of the item being requested. On this page you can check the holdings information to make sure the request isn't in Special Collections or Course Reserves. Once you are confident the item can be checked out click Request. On the final page check the box next to Cancel Resource Sharing Borrowing Request to ensure the request is cancelled as it is copied as a hold shelf request. Click Submit to create the hold shelf request and cancel the Rapido request.

Image
The Create Request page where you can transform a request from a Resource Sharing request to a hold shelf request. The image emphasizes the Cancel Resource Sharing Borrowing Request checkbox.

If your library does not have a service to pull locally held items for your patrons and place them on the hold shelf you will want to check the book stacks to make sure the book is actually available. If the book is on the shelf you can Cancel the request. Click the ellipsis (...) next to the request and select Cancel to cancel the request. Make sure to check the box to notify the patron so they will get the cancellation message.

If the item is not on the shelf you will want to send the request to another library so they can send a copy of the item. Click the ellipsis (...) and select Send to send the request to another library. If there are any colorful labels attached to the request it may not send until you add the Approved label to override any Borrowing Mediation Rules. Add the Label and then click Send

Requests marked Conditional by the Lending library will have the Conditional status and will appear in the Conditional Set on the Borrowing side of Rapido. Go to the Conditional Set to reply to the conditions.

Responding to the Conditional

The Lending library may have attached a note saying why the item was marked Conditional. To see the note click the link to the note in the request. Information in the note may help you decide whether or not to accept the Conditional. After reading the note, if there is one, click the ellipsis (...) on the request and select Conditional Reply. A pop up box will load with the reason the item was marked Conditional by the Lending library. You should mark the Conditional Answer as Yes or No based on the Conditional Reason and any attached Notes and add a Note of your own confirming you accept the terms. It is very important to add a Note because the request will go back the the Being Processed status at the Lending Library and the lack of notes may make the Lending library mark the request as Conditional again. 

Image
The Conditional Reply pop up box where the condition is listed and library staff can select Yes or No to accept or deny the condition. Staff can also add a note to the partner.

Conditional Answer: Yes

If you answered Yes the request status will move back to Request Sent to Partner. The Lending library should then fill the request and you should obey the conditions you agreed to when the item arrives. 

Conditional Answer: No

If you selected No as the Conditional Answer the request will automatically move on to the next potential Lender through Rapido. This library may fill the request without conditions. 

When searching for materials in Primo, patrons are often presented with multiple records for the same item but with different holdings. If patrons select a record with a Rapido Offer tile with loan periods and delivery times listed the request will go to a Rapido partner, but if they select a tile with no listed terms the request will be pushed to ILLiad. Staff will then process the request in ILLiad and may end up requesting from the same partners who would have filled the request in Rapido if the patron had simply selected a different record. The Enrich from Global Index workflow will stop requests from automatically going to ILLiad so staff can attach the request to a different record and process the request in Rapido.

Workflow

A Borrowing Mediation Rule can be set up to stop requests trying to go to ILLiad for mediation. These requests will appear in your Awaiting Request Mediation set and will have the Enrich label from the Borrowing Mediation Rule Output Parameters and they will be at the Ready to be Sent status.

Image
A Rapido request with the partner set to ILLiad as Last Resort and the Ready to be Sent status. The request also has the Enrich label.

To attach the request to a record with potential partners click the ellipses () and select Enrich from Global Index.

Image
The action options for a Rapido request that appear when the ellipsis is clicked. The Enrich From Global Index option is highlighted with a red rectangle.

After selecting Enrich from Global Index you will see a screen with the current information being searched in the Global Index for the request. Click the blue search text to edit the search. Some of the information in the search may be specific to the record currently being used to request the item. Since we want to use a different record for the same item we can delete some information that may not be listed in every record. Hover over a search item you want to delete and click X and Search.

Image
The Global Title Index view in Rapido with the X to delete fields and the Search button to refine the search highlighted.

You may want to remove multiple lines that some catalogers may not add to a record. Subtitles like the one listed above are also sometimes absent in a record, so they can be removed. For example, If I were looking for a copy of the book Ariadne by Jennifer Saint I would remove all the fields except Title and Author. I would also remove any subtitles if present, so if the search was for “Ariadne: A Novel” I would change it to just “Ariadne.”

Image
A refined Global Title Index search searching Ariadne as the title and Saint, Jennifer as the Author. The image also shows the Search button to click to initiate the search.

Once you click search new results will now appear. To further improve the search you may use the filters on the side to limit the results to the correct Resource Type, Language, Publication Year, etc. For example, if the patron requested the book and not the audio book of Ariadne it can be filtered to only show results for the physical copy of the book. It can also be filtered by language, so if the original request was for a copy in English you can filter show only records in English. By selecting Resource Type = Books and Language = English and then clicking Apply I know all the results will match the patrons original request while still possibly showing multiple records.

Image
The Global Title Index results page with the Resource Type "Books" and the Language "English" selected. The Apply button is shown to direct staff to click there to apply the filters.

Clicking a record will show what pods have a book attached to that record and if it is currently Available. If a record has holdings in the California State Network, US West, or US Pod I know it will likely be filled quickly, so I would choose that record over any other.

Image
The Global Title Index results screen showing the first record for the book Ariadne selected. The image shows a list of pods where the book is available, including the California State Network.

If a record is not held by a pod you are currently part of, no pod information will be displayed. If a request with no pod info is selected then the request wont go to any pods and will continue to be stopped by the Borrowing Mediation Rule, so don't select any records without pod information.

Image
The Global Title Index results page with overlaid text saying: "No pod information, instead a list of partners who own the book but are not in a shared pod appear." There is an arrow from the text to a red rectangle around a list of partners but no pods.

To use a record with pod terms, Check the Checkbox for the record and click Select. This will populate Information from the new record to the Rapido request. At this stage it is recommended to remove the ISBN from items with multiple ISBNs to get the broadest access to results on the record because Rapido will only send the request to libraries using a specific ISBN if an ISBN is present. Click Recalculate Partner to send the request to the new record. A few things may happen at the next step.

Image
The Reasource Sharing Borrowing Request with information added by the Enrich from Global Index workflow. The ISBN field is shown to let staff know where to delete the ISBN before they click Recalculate Partner.

Successfully Attached to a Rapido Partner

If the record you chose had Rapido partners with an available copy of the item the request will automatically go to that partner. Nothing left to do except wait for the item to arrive in the mail.

Image
A Rapido request with the California State University, San Bernardino - Pfau Library as the partner and a status of Request Sent to Partner.

Request Still in Mediation

If the request still appears in the Awaiting Request Mediation Set the selected record did not have any Rapido partners with an available copy. Click the ellipses () and Enrich from Global Index to try a different record until a Rapido partner is found or you feel all potential partners have been exhausted. This should happen less frequently as more partners join Rapido.

Push to ILLiad

Once you feel no Rapido partners are able to fill the request it is time to try partners outside of Rapido. Add the label you configured as the escape label in the Borrowing Mediation Rule and refresh the page. At most libraries this label is ILLiad or WorldShare. The request should be sent to ILLiad.

Image
A Rapido request with ILLiad as the partner at the Request Sent to Partner status. The ILLiad label is also shown on the request.

If your library does not use the Borrowing Mediation Rule the requests are cancelled instead of being pushed to ILLiad or WorldShare, but the rest of the process will be the same. 

The Awaiting Copyright Clearance Set gathers all the requests with the Pending Approval status. These requests triggered the Borrowing Copyright Rules set up at your library and need to be approved, marked as not needing payment, purchased, or cancelled. 

Determining What To Do

The first step to processing copyright is to determine if the item should be processed or cancelled. Staff should use the same criteria for determining if an item needs copyright payment as they did in other Resource Sharing systems such as ILLiad. The most common determiners are to look for duplicates, requests for more than ten percent of a book or journal, and requests that fall within the CONTU Rule of 5.

Duplicates

Look for duplicate requests by the same patron. These will likely be rare because Rapido prevents patrons from requesting duplicate requests in quick succession, but if a duplicate slips through for the same patron, cancel one request and process the other.

Some libraries like to check for duplicate requests for the same patron over the course of a year. To do this, copy the article title from the request and select Analytics from the far left Alma toolbar. Search for Rapido Request Search and search the article title for duplicates. 

Requests For More than 10 Percent Of A Book

If a request for a scan of an entire book, or multiple book chapters in a single request, appears in the Awaiting Copyright Clearance Set the request can be cancelled with a message saying the request violates copyright rules. To cancel the request, click the ellipsis (...) and select Cancel. Select a reason for cancelling the request or add a custom message. If you find you often add the same custom messages a new cancelation reason can be added to your configuration. 

Rule of Five

The CONTU Rule of Five is used to determine if a library should pay copyright according to the CONTU Guidelines. The rule says libraries should pay copyright on articles or book chapters if:

  • The article was published within the last five years.
  • The library has received at least five articles or book chapters from this book or journal that were published within the last five years. The first five articles do not require copyright payment. 

In essence you get five recently published articles from a journal per year for free and the rest should be paid for under the Rule of Five. The Rule of Five is preconfigured in Rapido, so any article or book chapter that appears in the Awaiting Copyright Clearance Set has already triggered the rule. The rule can be edited in configuration if your library follows different copyright guidelines. 

Purchasing

Once you have determined a request needs copyright payment you have several options on how to pay copyright. The easiest and most convenient way to pay copyright is to purchase the article from a document supplier through a Cloud App in Alma. There are currently two available apps: the Article Galaxy Add-On and the Get It Now Add-On. Currently, most CSU campuses use the Article Galaxy Add-On and none currently use the Get It Now Add-On. Regardless of the add-on you use, your library will need to make an account. The workflows between the two systems are nearly identical, but this course will focus on the Article Galaxy Add-On.

Go to the Awaiting Copyright Clearance Set and look at the request to determine if it is indeed an item you need to purchase or pay copyright on using your libraries copyright policies (such as CONTU). If you need to pay copyright, select the Cloud App Center icon (four squares making a large square) and the Article Galaxy Add-On app. The app will instantly search all the requests on the page and display the price for a PDF copy. If you want to purchase a PDF click Request PDF $XX.XX. If you refresh or reload the webpage the request will disappear because the app will automatically update the request status to Request Sent to Partner.

Image
The Article Galaxy Add-on cloud app showing where to click to access the Cloud App Center and where to click to purchase a PDF.

Reprints Desk will process the request and send it to Rapido where it will automatically be delivered to the patron the same way articles are delivered from other libraries. There is no need for further processing. An invoice will be sent to the email attached to the Reprints Desk account each month for payment. 

Approving Copyright For Later Payment

Another option for copyright payment is to mark an item as needing payment to add to a report to send to a copyright clearinghouse such as the Copyright Clearance Center or Reprints Desk for payment. These requests will be marked as needing payment but prices are not available through Alma and Rapido. It is recommended to purchase the article if possible to pay copyright immediately with a known price for easier tracking. Some articles will not be available through the apps at this time and will need to go through this process.

If a request needs copyright payment, but isn't available through the Article Galaxy Add-On app, you can mark it as needing copyright payment by clicking a request to open the right hand information panel and scroll to the Request Attributes section. Click the check box next to Agree to Copyright Terms to mark the request as needing copyright payment in the future. 

Image
An image of the Request Attributes section of an expanded Rapido request showing where to check the box to Agree to Copyright Terms.

Marking A Request As Not Needing Payment

Sometimes a request will sneak into the Awaiting Copyright Clearance Set that doesn't need a copyright payment. Maybe the request is for an article published more than five years ago, or maybe its an article from a journal you subscribe to, regardless of why the request doesn't need copyright payment the workflow is the same. To push a request through without marking it for copyright payment click the request to open the right hand information panel and scroll to the Request Attributes section. Click the pencil to expand the options and select No Copyright Restriction from the drop down menu and then select Save. The request will now be sent to a Lending Library for processing.

Image
The Request Attributes section of an expanded Rapido Request showing where to change the copyright status.

The other two options are Copyright Approved and Copyright Not Approved. Selecting Copyright Approved will mark the request as needing payment in the future and Copyright Not Approved will keep the request in the Awaiting Copyright Clearance Set for processing. 

Copyright Report

To see the Copyright Report go to Alma > Analytics > Reports > Rapido Copyright Dashboard. This report has three tabs of information for you to use. The first tab is the Articles Unpaid tab. This tab lets you view all the articles that have the Copyright Approved status, were successfully filled, and were not purchased through a vendor. These would be items you still need to pay by submitting the report to Reprints Desk or purchasing each article through the Copyright Clearance Center.

The second tab is very similar to the first tab. This is the Book Chapters Unpaid tab. These are items where the amount or scans from the book triggered the CONTU guidelines. Since students or faculty have been requesting scans of the books on this list it may be a good idea to purchase a copy for your library.

The third tab is the Purchased Items tab. This tab shows all the requests that were purchased through a cloud app such as the Article Galaxy Add-On or the Get It Now Add-On. Copyright for these items have already been paid, so this is more of an informational report. This shows the price for each article and the total amount spent so far this calendar year.

The final tab is the Purchased Monthly Totals tab. This tab shows the total approved copyright per month, total approved with your vendors, and total combined. Along with this information in tables, a graph was added to this page to show the totals visually. All three items on this tab are also available as Dashboard Widgets for easy tracking when you sign in to Alma.

Sometimes requests come in with the wrong format. Usually, this is a patron requesting a whole digital copy of a physical book, but it can also happen if a book is cataloged in the Global Title Index incorrectly. Changing the requested format is thankfully easy at this point, but there are a few steps you will want to take note of.

Workflow

In Borrowing you may see a request for a digital copy for an entire book in your Awaiting Request Mediation Set. To switch the requested format from Article/Book Chapter to Book click the ellipsis () and select Convert Request Type.

Image
A Rapido request showing where to find the Convert Request Type option under the ellipsis.

A menu will pop up asking what format you want the request to be. Select the appropriate format and click Convert.

Image
The Convert Resource Type pop up showing the Convert to dropdown box. Book and Book Chapter are shown as options.

A request page will appear for you to update any necessary information and request the item in the correct format. If the information is correct click Recalculate Partner. It would make sense to click Save, but this will leave the request in RapidILL if it is a physical item instead of Rapido. This could lead to no partners being found or the item being filled through the RapidR pod instead of a higher priority pod.

After clicking Recalculate Partner the request will start over and go through your institution’s priority Rapido pods.

Sometimes an item is accidentally returned in Alma and it needs to be un-returned so it can be checked out to the patron. You can revive a returned request with just a few steps. The first step is to manually change the status to Request Completed. Afterwards, refresh the page.

Image
A Rapido request at the Returned Item to Partner status showing where to click to change the status to Request Completed.

Once the request has a status of Request Completed a new option will appear under the ellipses () menu. You can now select the Reactivate option to revive the request to a point before the book was checked out.

Image
A Rapido request at the Request Completed status showing where to click under the ellipsis to Reactivate the request.

Selecting Reactivate will cause a pop up to appear with options for how you want to revive the request. You will want to leave Reactivate Loan unchecked. Checking this will check out the item to the patron, but will not change the status to Loaned Item To Patron. You will want to leave Send General Message checked. This will send a General Message to the Lending library to notify them the request has been reactivated.

Image
The Reactivate pop up with Reactivate Loan unchecked and Send General Message checked.

The request is now Reactivated and can be checked out to the patron using normal workflows.

Alma Roles: Circulation Desk Operator

A patron at one CSU library is a patron at all CSU libraries. CSU faculty, staff, and students can use any CSU library as if it were the library at their home campus. This helps patrons who take online courses but live far from their home campus, but close to another CSU, do their research.

The Walk-In User policy was written by the Fulfillment Functional Committee (FFC) and the Resource Sharing Functional Committee (RSFC) and it was approved by the Council Of Library Deans (COLD) in 2023.

Please take a moment to review the policy:

California State University Walk-In User Policy

Submitted by:
The Fulfillment Functional Committee
The Resource Sharing Functional Committee

Introduction

Alma has gone through significant changes since we first migrated in 2017. Several updates have made it easier to share materials and to act as a unified library system for our patrons. Recent updates in Fulfillment and Resource Sharing concerning walk-in patron functionality made us feel it was time to update the Visiting Patron policy to allow for CSU+, clarify standards, and ensure a consistent experience for patrons across the CSU.

*Note: This policy does not apply to campuses who are experiencing special/extenuating circumstances.

Definitions

Throughout this document the following terms will be used:

  • Home campus - the campus with which the Walk-in User has an ID.
  • Host campus - the campus the Walk-in User is visiting.

Services Offered to Walk-In Users

Walk-in users will be able to check out items from the library’s regular circulating print collection* through Circulation. We recommend the user group be configured to use the following loan policies to match CSU+:

  • 16-week checkout
  • Minimum limit of 20 simultaneous loans

The use of computer labs is allowed if possible and relevant to the campus.

*Special Collections, Media Items, LP Records, Equipment, Current Periodicals, Course Reserves, Reference Items, etc. are up to each campus’ discretion.

Use of Physical Facilities

Walk-in users may use library facilities as if they were a standard patron at the library. This includes areas such as student-only extended hours. Access to areas only accessible using an automated system (such as an ID card swipe) that cannot accommodate other campus IDs may be limited for walk-in users. However, the task force recommends each library work with their campus to provide access to these areas for these students, if possible. Such use supports student learning and success by aligning CSU library services more closely with student needs regardless of campus of enrollment. This does not apply to campuses who do not offer the use of physical facilities past regular open hours.

Eligible User Groups

Current Staff, Faculty, Emeriti, Visiting Scholars, and currently enrolled students are considered affiliated with the CSU and are therefore eligible for walk-in privileges. To prove eligibility, they must show their university ID. Alumni may use the service if the library currently allows Alumni to use other library services. Public users are ineligible for walk-in privileges.

Note: Distance learners are considered eligible for walk-in privileges. However, they may not have a physical University ID card. If your campus does not have a written policy requiring a physical University ID and a distance learning user wants to create a Walk-in User library account, a successful log in to their home campus OneSearch account and some form of a picture ID such as a passport, driver’s license, or state ID should be sufficient to create the account with your campus.

Fines and Fees

The same rules apply here as they do for CSU+. The host library that checks out the item to the user is responsible for enforcing fines and fees associated with that item. All notifications go through the host campus.

If a Walk-In user accumulates fines for overdue items at the host campus and is not responding to overdue and billing notices, the host campus can contact the home campus to discuss methods for resolution.

Courtesy Returns

Walk-in Users may return their checked-out items to any CSU library. Alma does not currently provide a method to track these items or a process for courtesy returns. However, to facilitate the item returning to its home library, it is suggested that CSU resource sharing staff do the following:

  • Send an email to the resource sharing staff at the owning library explaining that the item was returned and is being shipped via courier.
    • The email sent to the owning library should include the book’s barcode.
    • The email will also provide an unofficial record that the patron returned the item even if the item never shows up at the owning library.
  • Upon receiving the item, the owning library should check it in to complete the loan cycle which will remove any potential fines or registration holds from the end user’s account.
  • If the item is not received at the home library, follow the Resource Sharing “CSU+ Items returned and not received at the lending library” procedures.

CSU+ and Rapido

Walk-in Users should be configured to be able to use CSU+/Rapido for physical items, at least for items held at other CSU libraries. To limit the ability to request items to just within the CSU, staff can configure Rapido Borrowing Mediation Rules and Display logic rules.

To access electronic materials in Primo, patrons need a Single Sign On account. Walk-In user accounts are manually imported and do not have a Single Sign On username and password. Because of this, Walk-In patrons should be instructed to use their home library to access electronic resources or request articles or book chapter scans through Rapido. Staff can hide the digital Rapido Offer links from Walk-In patrons using a Display Logic Rule to reduce patron confusion.

Rapido Borrowing Mediation Rule and Display Logic Rule configurations will be posted on the Cal State Walk-in User (Visiting Patrons) Configurations pages on the Unified Library Management System (ULMS) wiki.

Configuration and Workflow

Configuration and step-by-step workflow guides for walk-in users will be posted on both the Fulfillment Functional Committee (FFC) and the Resource Sharing Functional Committee (RSFC) wikis. These pages may be updated as additional Alma and Rapido updates are released.

FFC:

RSFC

  • The RSFC wiki page will have links added that direct patrons to the pages on the FFC wiki for consistency.

Conclusion

The CSU libraries have grown increasingly unified in the goal of filling the needs of all CSU patrons. Clarifying how to set up Walk-In user accounts and policies will help us improve our services and ensure a patron at one CSU library is a patron at all CSU libraries.

Importing Users

Patron's accounts from other libraries can be easily copied from other CSU libraries to allow patrons from one CSU to use the library at another CSU. To add a patron go to Fulfillment > Checkout/Checkin > Manage Patron Services. On the Patron Identification page check the box next to Find User In Other Institution, select the patron's home institution from the Institution drop down box, and input the patron's Campus ID number from their Campus ID in the Scan Patron's ID or Search For Patron field. Click Find User to import the patron's information from their home campus. 

Image
The Patron Identification section with Find User In Other Institution checked and San Francisco selected as the Institution. A patron ID (0123456789) is put in the Scan Patron's ID Or Search For Patron field.

The Quick User Management form will open where the patron's information will be prepopulated from their home campus. You can verify and update the patron's information as needed. The patron will be given the Cal State Walk-In user group regardless of the user group they have at their home campus.

While Alma will generate a new patron ID, it is recommended to edit it to be the same as the patron's campus ID number from their home campus. This will keep the accounts consistent and make it easier for the patron to remember. If your campus uses a PIN, and the home campus does not, you will also need to create a PIN for the patron.

Under the User Management Information section allow the patron to add and verify a password of their choice. Checking the box next to Force Password Change On Next Login does not apply because the patron will not be logging into Alma, but will instead only use their username and password to login to OneSearch.

Finally, select Update User to complete the user import process. The patron can now use library services. 

 

Patron Login

The Walk-In Patron can use OneSearch at your campus library in the same way's as local patron's, but they will login using the Guest Login instead of the Student and Employee Login in OneSearch. Walk-In patrons can use OneSearch, Rapido, and check their library account just like other user groups once they have logged in to OneSearch. 

Checking Materials Out to Walk-In Patrons

Checking materials out to Walk-In patrons is slightly different than checking materials out to other patrons, but only slightly. Go to Fulfillment > Checkout/Checkin > Manage Patron Services. On the Patron Identification page check the box next to Find User In Other Institution, select the patron's home institution from the Institution drop down box, and input the patron's Campus ID number from their Campus ID in the Scan Patron's ID or Search For Patron field. Click Find User. This time, instead of showing the Quick User Management form the Patron Services page will open and you can scan the barcode of the item you want to check out to the patron. 

Alma Roles: Fulfillment Services Operator

Sometimes patrons fail to return items for an extended period of time. Once an item has been checked out longer than two weeks the patron will automatically be charged $90 to replace the item. This price is meant to shock the patron into returning the item and not as a fine to actually be paid. If the patron genuinely lost the item there is a process to alert the Lending library, get the actual price to replace the item, and update the fine to reflect the new price. The following module will go through this process.

Borrowing: Declaring Item Lost

The Lost Item workflow will add a $90 fee to the patron's record automatically when the item is overdue longer than 14 days. This fee is designed to encourage the patron to return the book instead of actually paying the fee. Staff are recommended to work with the patron to lower the fee to the actual cost of the book if the item is indeed lost. Messaging to the patron asking them to speak with staff about the fine can be added to the Ful Overdue And Lost Loan Letter email and Query Patron Letter emails.

Unmediated

When an item is overdue, and the patron has not returned the item, it will automatically be marked as Lost and the patron will be charged a $90 lost item fee. The item will will automatically change to the Lost Communicated status when it is declared lost. You can easily find items with this status in the Lost Communicated Set. The $90 fee will be automatically removed if the item is checked in at either the Borrowing or Lending libraries.

At the Lending Library the item’s status will be changed to Lost so staff can process the book on their side.

Mediated

Staff can manually declare an item as lost to change the request status to Lost Communicated, let the Lending Library know the item is lost, and add the $90 lost item fee with just a couple clicks. Unfortunately, the patron is not automatically notified of the charge by email. If you plan on notifying the patron I suggest sending the message before declaring the item as lost, otherwise you will need to manually change the request status at the end.

To alert the patron you will want to send them a query by clicking the the ellipsis (…) for the request and selecting Send Query to Patron. Choose the template for lost items from the resulting drop down if your library has the templates set up, otherwise choose the default Regarding your Request and write a message as a Note to Patron

Image
An example of the Query to Patron pop up box with the "Regarding your request" template selected and a note saying "This item was lost."

Now that the patron knows they are being charged, click the ellipsis (…) for the request and select Lost.

After you click lost, a pop up will appear where you can add a note for the Lending Library. Add the note and click Send. The request will then have the Lost Communicated status and will appear in the Lost Communicated Set. The patron will also be charged the $90 lost item fee but will not be automatically alerted by email. Staff will likely only use this workflow if a patron tells them the book was lost before the item is due, which may rarely or never happen.

At the Lending Library, the item’s status will be changed to Lost so staff can process the book on their side.

Lending: Adding The Lost Item Fee

When the Borrower marks an item as lost the request moves to the Lost status at the Lending Library automatically. If you have the Lost By Borrowing Patron Set, items with the Lost status will be easy to find.

At this point, you should work with your library’s policies on how much to charge the Borrowing library. The CSU libraries do not charge each other for lost or damaged items, but you may want to charge libraries in other pods. There is currently no systemwide policy on what to charge libraries beyond the CSU, so you should follow local policies of your own library. Some libraries will have a set amount to charge for lost books, while others will search online for the cost of a replacement copy. Regardless of the route you take, you should find out the dollar amount to charge the Borrowing library for the lost book.

To communicate the replacement fee back to the Borrowing Library click the ellipsis (…) in the request and select Lost. A pop up will appear where you can add the lost fee. Add the amount and click OK. The request will now be at the Lost and Fee Communicated status and appear in the Lost and Fee Communicated Set.

Items in the Lost and Fee Communicated Set are still currently checked out, so they cannot be marked missing. Do not check the item in until the Borrowing library has paid the invoice. Checking the item in sends a message to the Borrowing library that the item was found. This will automatically remove any fines placed on the Borrowing library's patron's account. Instead, leave these items in the Lost and Fee Communicated Set until the invoice has been paid. Once the invoice has been paid, check the item in and mark it as missing. 

Borrowing: Receiving the Lost Fee

When the Lending Library adds their fee, the request will automatically receive a General Message with the fee the Lending Library charges. The request should now appear in the Lost Fee Amount Received Set for you to address the fee. Now that you have the charge from the Lending library, you should update the fine to reflect the charge from the Lending library. Go to the Lost Fee Amount Received Set and open the right hand information tab for the request. Scroll down the information tab until you reach the General Messages section. The message from the Lending library with the charge for the lost item will appear here as a digital sticky note.

Image
An example of a record with a charged fee of $20 for being lost added on.

Now that you know how much the other library is charging, you can replace the original fine with one that reflects the actual price of the item. Scroll up to the top of the information tab and copy the External Identifier for the request and then click the patron's name, followed by clicking their name in the small pop-up window, to quickly open the patron's account.

Image
An example of a request with the Lost Communicated statues. The external Identifier and Request name are emphasized to show were to find them.

Go to the Fines/Fees tab and click Add Fine or Fee. Add a new fine with the updated price and add the Rapido External ID in the Comment field. Click Add and Close to finish adding the new fine. Click the ellipsis (...) next to the original fine and select Waive. Add a note saying the new fine will replace the automatically generated fine for $90 and select Waive. The fine has now been updated and will not be automatically removed if the Lending library marks the item as missing. Alert the patron if the fine is now greater than $90 using the Send Query to Patron option under the request ellipsis (...).

Image
An example of the Add Fine or Fee page in Alma. The page lets you add a lost item charge to a request.

Since libraries outside the CSU have various different workflows and policies, it may be a good idea to contact the library to see if they are sending an official invoice as well. Work with your library or campus accounting to get a check to pay any invoices.

For CSU libraries, follow the same steps as above, but mark the fine as $90. Once a new fine has been added, contact the other CSU to let them know they can check the book in and mark it as missing. 

Enhancements

This process is admittedly complicated. Ex Libris is developing an invoicing system for lost and damaged items and this page will be updated as soon as these much needed improvements are made. 

Over time Rapido has had many updates that have tweaked workflows or added whole new features. Some of these new features are optional and your campus may, or may not, have configured them. The following pages show workflows for optional features in Rapido you may want to take advantage of. For configuration guides for these optional features, please refer to the Optional Configurations section.

The Request It! bookmarklet is a tool patrons can use to request materials they find on Amazon.com through their library Resource Sharing account. There is no workflow for staff once the feature is configured, but library faculty and staff should know how the bookmarklet functions so they can teach patrons how to use it. 

Adding the Bookmarklet

Patrons can access the Request It! bookmarklet in Primo as soon as it is configured in Alma. To access the bookmarklet patrons should sign in to their library account and click the drop down menu next to their name and select Request It!

Image
The library account drop down menu with the Request It! option emphasized with a red rectangle.

After clicking Request It!, a pop up will appear with the bookmarklet and instructions on adding the bookmarklet to the patron's browser bookmarks bar by dragging and dropping it in the bookmarks. 

Image
In order to add the 'Request It!' browser bookmarklet, drag the below button to your browser bookmarks bar. 'Request It!' bookmarklet enables you to collect resources while browsing the web and create a resource sharing request that will be processed by the library. To install it, simply drag and drop the Request it! button to your browser’s bookmarks bar. Request It! will automatically harvest the title, URL, and other details. Remember to check for accuracy when adding resources to your list.

That's it! The patron should now have access to the bookmarklet. 

Using Request It!

To use the bookmarklet patrons must remember to sign in to their library account in OneSearch. Once they are logged in they can go to Amazon.com and search for an item such as a book, DVD, or Blu Ray. Once they find an item on Amazon they can click the bookmarklet in their browser bookmarks bar to make the Resource Sharing Request It! form pop up with metadata from the Amazon item populating the request fields. 

Image
The Resource Sharing Request It! form with metadata from an Amazon search for the book Ariadne by Jennifer Saint.

Once the patron clicks Send Request a Rapido request will be generated for them at their home library. 

This section shows what to do when you encounter an issue or get an error message. If you have a question and don't see it listed on one of the pages in this section please contact the current RSFC Chair or the Resource Sharing Manager at the Chancellor's Office to get the information added. 

While there are many people working within the CSU who are happy to help with any issues concerning Rapido, sometimes the issue is a bug or configuration error and needs to be addressed by Clarivate Support. Previously, staff were encouraged to limit the number of SalesForce accounts and funnel support tickets through specific CSU contacts, this is no longer the case and any staff member can now make a SalesForce account and submit a ticket when something in Alma, Primo, Rapido, etc. breaks. 

Creating an Account

To create a SalesForce account go to the SalesForce account Registration Page This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. and fill out the short form. Clarivate should contact you shortly to complete the process. 

Submitting a Ticket

Once you have a SalesForce account you are ready to submit tickets to address your issues. There are certain things you can do to ensure the ticket moves quickly and is received by the correct support staff. Below is a general process on how to submit a Rapido ticket, though many of these suggestions apply to tickets for help with any resource. 

First, go to SalesForce This link will take you to an external website in a new tab., Login, and select Submit a Case from the ribbon near the top of your screen. 

Image
The SalesForce options ribbon this the Submit a Case option emphasized with a red rectangle.

Select Ex Libris from the Platform/Service dropdown menu and click Next. On the following page, search and select Rapido to make a Rapido ticket, then click Next again. 

The final page will have several required fields that may be changed depending on the situation. For best results, you should use your best judgement to fill out these fields:

  • Category
  • Case Type (For new bugs I generally select Defect-Regression and for ongoing issues Defect/System Issue. Other options are also sometimes useful.)
  • Subject
    • Please format as follows: CSU (campus): Issue. For example: CSU Sacramento: Increase in Locate Failed.
  • Description
    • This is where you describe the issue in detail. Please see the next section of this page for tips for this section.
  • Additional Emails for Case Updates
    • Please include the Resource Sharing Manager to ensure trends in issues are noticed and addressed in monthly support meetings.
  • Please check this box if you want to Add Attachments to this Case
    • If you want to include any screenshots please check this box. 

Once the form is filled out, click Next to submit your SalesForce ticket. 

Description

The most important part of the SalesForce support ticket is the Description section. This is where you write out a detailed description of the issue you want addressed. To ensure the issue is addressed quickly please include the following information in all support tickets. 

  • Write the actions you are currently seeing that should not be happening.
  • Write how the system should be behaving if the issue was fixed.
  • Write how the issue negatively impacts students, faculty, and/or staff.
  • Include at least one, but multiple are better, example for support staff to look at.
  • For Rapido requests include either the External ID or Internal ID so support staff can locate the request.
  • For issues involving Primo, please include the Permalink to the record. 

Including this information helps speed up the request because support staff generally do not need to ask as many follow up questions but can instead get started fixing the issue. 

 

The NCIP Addon allows libraries to push requests filled in ILLiad to Alma/Rapido so they can be checked out at the Circulation Desk with the same workflows as items filled through Rapido. When the NCIP works it is a wonderful tool. Unfortunately, the NCIP is known to break from time to time. The NCIP is also only available in ILLiad, so if you use WorldShare you cannot push items to Rapido automatically. If the NCIP is not currently working, or unavailable, you can add items to Rapido manually for similar results. 

Receive Active Requests

If your library is configured to keep requests open when they are transferred to ILLiad or WorldShare then it is easy to receive the item in Rapido. To see if your library keeps ILLiad or WorldShare requests open, go to Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Partners and search for your ILLiad or WorldShare partner and then go to the Parameters tab and scroll down the page until you see the Close Request When Exported setting. If this is unchecked your requests will stay open when exported to ILLiad or WorldShare. 

Image
A screenshot showing the Close Request When Exported is not checked.

If your ILLiad or WorldShare requests stay open, go to Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Receiving Items and input the External Identifier into the External Identifier field and receive the item like you would with any Rapido request. The Rapido External Identifier should be listed in the Rapido request under the RefNumber or CitedIn field in ILLiad or Transferred Request ID in WorldShare. 

Image
The Received Items page in Alma with the External Identifier field emphasized with a red rectangle.

Receive Closed Requests

If your library is configured to close request when they are transferred to ILLiad or WorldShare then you will need to reactivate the request before you receive it. To see if your library closes requests pushed to ILLiad or WorldShare, go to Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Partners and search for your ILLiad or WorldShare partner and then go to the Parameters tab and scroll down the page until you see the Close Request When Exported setting. If this is checked your requests close when exported to ILLiad or WorldShare. 

Image
A screenshot showing the Close Request When Exported is checked.

If your library automatically closes requests pushed to ILLiad or WorldShare you will need to reactivate the closed request to receive it. Go to Rapido > Borrowing > All Active Borrowing Requests to see all active borrowing requests. Inside the All Active Borrowing Request set, remove the Active facet in the facets section on the left side of the screen to view requests that are open or closed. 

Image
The Active facet listed in the Facets tab. Click the X next to Active to view closed requests.

Change the set search bar to External Identifier and search the External Identifier to find the request. The Rapido External Identifier should be listed in the Rapido request under the RefNumber or CitedIn field in ILLiad or Transferred Request ID in WorldShare. 

Image
The search bar in the Borrowing Requests set. It is shown with External Identifier as the search field.

Now that you found the closed request, click the ellipsis (...) and select Reactivate. The request can now be recieved like any other Rapido request using the External Identifier. Go to Fulfillment > Resource Sharing > Receiving Items and input the External Identifier into the External Identifier field and receive the item. You can choose to receive the item by clicking the ellipsis (...) and selecting Receive instead of going to the Receiving Items page. 

Receive a Request Originating from ILLiad or WorldShare

If you have a request that was created in ILLiad or WorldShare, and does not have a request in Rapido, you can create a Rapido request for the item and receive it. To create the request, go to Rapido > Borrowing > All Active Borrowing Requests and select Create Request > Manually > Book. Input the information for the item and search the patron under the Requester field. Scroll down the page and click Send Directly To Partner and search for your ILLiad or WorldShare partner and Select it. Save the request. 

The request you just created should be the first record in the Rapido Borrowing set. If you do not see it, search for it by title. Once you have found the request, click the ellipsis (...) and select Receive to receive the item using the barcode in the item. Depending on your settings, you may need to Reactivate the request to Receive it. Check ILLiad or WorldShare to see if a duplicate request was created. If so, cancel the duplicate request. 

Flip Cards

the CSU currently uses Flip Cards instead of sticker labels to ship materials between libraries using the courier. These cards are to be used in the red CSU+ courier bags. While hard laminated flip cards are preferable, the cards can be printed out if you run out. The cards are housed in the CSU ULMS SharePoint site and requires a CSU login to view: 

Select the folder for your campus and you should see two PDF files: a To file and a From file. Open each file and find the page with your library and the library you want to send the courier package to and print those pages. After printing from both the To and From documents, cut out the labels along the dotted line. Take a slip from the To document and a slip from the From document and glue or tape them together to make a complete label. Now you will have a complete flip card where one side ships the package to the Borrowing library and the other side can be used to ship the package back to the Lending library. 

Some libraries have taken the extra step of either laminating the cards with a laminating machine or wrapping them in transparent packing tape. Both practices are appreciated but not required. 

If you are low on time, you can just print a slip from the To document to use as a one time use slip. 

Pros

While making new Flip Cards is not a quick process, their day to day use is very fast. Slip the Flip Card behind the plastic window in the courier bag with the destination face up and you're done. 

Flip Cards are also reusable, so they use less resources, and they don't leave a sticky residue on the bags. 

Cons

Since the Flip Cards are reusable they all use the same tracking number between destinations. This means you cannot accurately track packages, which makes it much harder to know if a package was lost. 


Sticker Labels

While most of the time you will be able to use Flip Cards to ship items through the courier, there are rare cases where you may choose to print the old Sticker Labels using a Zebra Printer. These labels should not be used on the red CSU+ courier bags, but may be used on older bags from before CSU+. To print these labels go to the courier website: 

To use the Sticker Labels, peel them off and stick them on the courier bag (as long as it's not the red CSU+ bag) on the label window. Packages using these labels can be tracked to ensure they are not lost. To track a package, go to the courier website. 


Reporting Issues

If you have a service issue with the courier you can fill out the Resource Sharing Report This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. form and select Unity as the report type and the Resource Sharing Manager (RSM) and a designated member of the Resource Sharing Functional Committee (RSFC) will be alerted to your issue. Reasons to submit a report include, but are not limited to:

  • Driver Issues
  • Damaged Materials
  • Courier Bag Repair
  • Courier No-Show (missed pickup/delivery)
  • Unapproved Schedule Change
  • Courier Mis-delivery
  • Incorrect Label (causing mis-delivery)
  • Transit Time (shipped too long)

The RSM or a member of the RSFC will contact Unity to alert them of the issue. If the issue is an emergency, and you want to contact Unity directly you may email Monique Carr (Unity Customer Service Manager). If you contact Unity directly please cc the RSM to make sure they are aware of the issue. 


Damaged Claims

If an item is damaged you can submit the Claim Form This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. (requires a CSU login to access) to the courier at customerservice@unitycourier.com and cc the RSM at cwlee@calstate.edu, ideally within 48 hours of receiving the damaged item. Please include the following information in your claim:

  • Your name, phone number, e-mail and campus/library
  • What campus the item came from
  • Date of shipment and date of receipt
  • Title and barcode of the item
  • Replacement cost of the item (if this is difficult to obtain in the 48 hour window it can be sent to Unity later)
  • Written description of the damage and photos of the damaged item
  • A photo of the bag in which the damaged item was shipped, including barcoded flipcard (it may not always be possible as items are unpacked in bulk or by students who may have removed identifying information from bags upon unpacking the item but try to photograph the packaging)

If/when a claim is approved campuses should work directly with Unity to arrange payment or replacement of the item.


Lost Claims

If an item is lost you can submit the Claim Form This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. (requires a CSU login to access) to the courier at customerservice@unitycourier.com and cc the RSM at cwlee@calstate.edu. Before you submit the for you may want to do the following:

  • Search for the book at your library. Make sure it is not on the hold shelf or shelved in your collection without being returned in Alma.
  • Contact the library who Borrowed the item and aske them to search their library. In rare cases, books have been shelved instead of handed over to Resource Sharing.

Since we are using Flip Cards among the CSU libraries tracking is unavailable for most items shipped through the courier. 


(updating in progress 3/26/25. Need to review new instructions, add anchors, update links, etc. The 2024 survey has been submitted for all CSU campuses as of 3/25/25)

Essential Resources

Reports in Analytics

Location: /Shared Folders/California State University Network/Reports/ACRL IPEDS Official ULMS folder

  • These reports can help you get started. You will still need to edit and customize the reports to account for your institution's practices and data.
  • Not every ACRL question can be answered using Analytics, and some reports will only give you part of the data you need.

Important

  • There are instructions in the description of each analytics report. Read them before running or editing the reports.
  • Copy the reports to My Folders before running them. You can copy the whole folder at once! Copies made in consortium folders will be deleted.
  • To run the report, click on Open instead of Edit. Clicking on Open opens the Prompts for the report before the report is run.

Editing/customizing the reports

  • There are some fields, such as location and resource type, that may require each institution to customize the report.
  • Some prompts are being provided for these fields but be sure to read and interpret the ACRL/IPEDS instructions in order to make best use of the prompts.

Data requirements

  • The analytics reports for lines 61A and 61B (e-usage) will only report on the data you have already harvested via SUSHI or manually uploaded to Alma.

Subfolders

  • There is one folder labeled Run in the IZ. Most of the reports are in this folder. Login to your institution's Alma instance to run these reports.
    • Physical counts for Lines 40a, 42a and 43a are in this folder.
  • There is a second folder labeled Run in the NZ. Only a few reports are in this folder.
    • The reports in this folder are for counting e-resources (lines 40B, 42B, 43B and 41.) These reports are run in the NZ to include e-resources shared in the NZ.
    • If you need access to NZ analytics, contact Christina Hennessey

Recommended Practices for Consistent Reporting from All Campuses

  • Run Library Collections (lines 40-44) reports on July 1, or as soon after as practical.
    • The analytics reports used for lines 40-44 provide a snapshot of the library's collection on the day that the reports are run. Download and save the output of these reports.
    • There is no simple way to filter out items/portfolios added after July 1 and add back items/portfolios withdrawn after July 1.
  • Count document delivery, ILL, and pay-per-view expenses in Line 22 (e.g. Reprints Desk, Get It Now)
    • ILL costs that can't be separated from the cost of the ILL software should be counted along with Bibliographic Utility costs in Line 25
  • Count DDA Short Term Loan (STL) expenses in Line 22
  • Count DDA triggered purchases in Line 20 (and 20a for ebooks)
  • Include ECC resources in Library Collections counts
  • Gather and load your own usage reports (manually or using SUSHI) for all resources, including ECC and other SDLC resources
    • Usage will NOT be centrally loaded to Alma to avoid duplication, as vendors do not distinguish the license source when reporting usage on their entire platform

Frequently Asked Questions

Q1: Report COUNTER 5 and/or COUNTER 4

  • For line 61A, run "CalState - 61A. Total E-book & E-media Usage" in "Run in the IZ" folder. For line 61B, run "CalState - 61B. E-serials Usage." These reports use COUNTER 5 metrics TR_B1 and TR_J1. Make sure that you have these reports harvested/uploaded to Alma for all vendors that provide you with these e-resources.
  • From 2023, ACRL no longer provides separate lines to report COUNTER 4 usage. If you choose to add COUNTER 4 usage to COUNTER 5 usage for lines 61A and 61B, use the corresponding reports in the "Run in the IZ/COUNTER R4 Usage" folder. The metrics that were preferred in the past instructions for COUNTER 4 are BR1 and MR1. If BR1 and MR1 are not available, BR2 and MR2 can be reported. If COUNTER 4 usage and non-counter statistics are added to lines 61A and 61B, add notes to the lines.

Q2: 21. Ongoing Commitments to Subscriptions 

  • Line 45 (External Contributions from Consortia / Network(s) / System Office) was removed from the ACRL Benchmark survey in 2023.
  • Since 2023, all campus libraries will add the Chancellor Office’s allocated funds on behalf of the libraries for the ongoing subscription for the Electronic Core Collection, etc. in Line 21. Ongoing Commitments to Subscriptions) in the ACRL survey. How to determine the value for Line 21 will be demonstrated at the Analytics Open Forum on Wednesday, December 4 [recording will be linked here] and instructions will be distributed in December 2024.
    • If the library receives access to e-collections, catalog platforms, discovery services, or other e-resources through one or more centrally funded systems or consortia arrangements for which it does not pay fully and/or directly (for example, funding is provided by the state on behalf of all members), enter the amount paid by external bodies on its behalf. If the specific dollar amount is not known, but the total student FTE for the consortium and amount spent for the academic members are known, divide the overall amount spent by the institution’s share of the total student FTE. The consortium or system office may make a value-per-FTE metric available for all members of the consortium.
    • Do not include expenses paid through an annual consortium fee. Report those expenses under line 25 “All other operations and maintenance expenses.”
  • Please continue to add the dollar amount for your campus under the Systems/Services/Bibliographic Utilities column (in the spreadsheet) to your own library expense in Line 25 (All other operations and maintenance expenses).

 

Webinars

Thursday, February 8, 2024 - 2024-02-08 Analytics Open Forum on ACRL

Wednesday, October 28, 2020 - eCAUG presentation on Using Alma Analytics for ACRL/IPEDS annual library statistics This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Tuesday, December 5, 2017 - Notes from 2017 webinar  This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.(The webinar recording is no longer available as it is out-of-date. We do still include the notes from the webinar for historical purposes)

 


page still under review and checking links 3/27/25

**

Background

Libraries need to make collection development and acquisitions decisions based on the most accurate and current data – a necessity even more important in the CSU's shared environment. Alma’s consortial functionalities provide real-time look into the acquisitions activities of CSU libraries. The increased transparency across the system will assist in future collection development decisions and technical services work. Bibliographic records are shared through the Community Zone (CZ) and Network Zone (NZ) but local information available via the Institutions Zone (IZ). Physical and electronic inventory can be connected to the bibliographic records and represent a single exemplar of an information resource that a campus physically has or electronically has access to. For individual campuses, inventory is managed locally in the IZ and the order records, which can also be connected to bibliographic records and inventory, are managed locally in the IZ. Ideally, inventory and order records of the Chancellor's Office and individual campuses should be visible to sister campuses within the consortium at the NZ level. For more information about Alma's data entity relationships, please refer to Ex Libris' documentation (e.g., Alma Topologies This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.Introduction to the Network Zone This link will take you to an external website in a new tab., and Introduction to Alma Inventory This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.).

The sophisticated linking across the different record types at different levels makes it important to prevent the creation of redundant records. A policy outlining the preferred method of linking order records to bibliographic records in the appropriate zone(s) is necessary to avoid duplication of records and support the on-going maintenance of shared records. The benefits and the impact of creating order records based on the CZ, NZ, and IZ have been considered. For the purposes of this discussion, digital resources are not considered since Alma's management and workflows of digital resources have not yet been discussed consortially.
 

Policy Statement

In accordance with the policy set forth by the TSWG in Working in Alma and the Network Zone, when ordering resources for campus libraries that are to be made visible in the NZ, acquisitions staff at CSU libraries should create orders linking to bibliographic records in the NZ, thereby sharing updated library inventory with the consortium. Resources that are not expected to be shared in the NZ (e.g., laptops, other in-house equipment, non-collection type of resources, resources with prohibitive licenses from sharing metadata) should not be ordered using the NZ.

The final policy will be informed by the following recommendations of the ER Task Force:

Best practice recommendations

With the interest of system-wide collaboration in mind, it is best for physical and electronic resources to be linked to the NZ at the point of ordering, whenever possible.

Benefits:

  • Consortium and campuses can make shared collection development decisions
  • Consortium and campuses gain efficiency through shared cataloging and maintenance of bibliographic records
  • Consortium and campuses save money on bibliographic records

Limitation:

  • Consortial needs might be prioritized over institutional needs

Potential Real Life Examples:

Collection Development:

If bibliographic records are in the NZ (brief, full, and anywhere in between), individual campuses can see what is available in the consortium and might be able to better make collection development decisions on the fly. If hypothetically Fullerton got a book request from a student on the subject of water, Fullerton might notice that Fresno has the item and it fits better into Fresno's collection since they have a specialization in that topical area. Fullerton might be inclined to borrow the item from Fresno instead of buying their own copy.

Cataloging and Discoverability:

Sharing bibliographic records in the NZ aids cataloging and discovery. If hypothetically a campus has very little to no cataloging staff, creates a brief bibliographic record in the NZ and links the order record, another campus in the consortium buying the same item with higher cataloging capacity might get to the cataloging of the resource, saving all other campuses time in cataloging that particular item. If the initial brief bibliographic record only resides in the IZ, the campus that put the brief bibliographic record in the IZ would not know nor benefit if another campus catalogs the same item in the NZ, until they go through the backlog and find the full record in the NZ. In the meantime that campus' patrons access could have been somewhat impeded due to the low-level of discoverability the brief records offer, compared to full bibliographic records.

Acquisitions:

Sharing bibliographic records in the NZ could save money in purchasing full bibliographic records from cataloging vendors. If hypothetically Fullerton intends to buy a book from Gobi but notices a brief bibliographic record put into the NZ by San Jose. Fullerton is already aware that San Jose participates in WorldCat Cataloging Partners (WCP), which means San Jose will both pay for and receive a full bibliographic record for that resource from OCLC. Fullerton might be inclined to only order the copy of the book but opt out of requesting and paying for the same full bibliographic record from OCLC.

Procedures in Alma

As a general overview, 1) the NZ should be consulted for matching bibliographic records. If a match is found, the local Purchase Order Line (POL) should be linked to that bibliographic record. In the event that no existing bibliographic record match is found in the NZ, 2) external sources should be consulted and appropriate record brought into the NZ, then POL is linked to the NZ bibliographic record. In order to maintain a consistent and accurate NZ catalog, 3) brief bibliographic records may be created and linked to the NZ in accordance with the policy In-Process Brief Bib Records & Minimum Acquisitions Data provided no appropriate bibliographic record is already available in the NZ or via external resources.

The Ex Libris' document Ordering a Centrally Managed Electronic Resource This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. outlines these steps, but the same principles also govern the ordering of physical resources (the reporting code field might require further review).

 

 

page still under review as of 3/27/25 - checking text and links 

Background

Alma supports 10 levels (often referred to as “Encoding Levels”) of brief bibliographic records. This policy articulates recommended Brief Record Level Configuration Rules for records.

Policy Statement

The rule "CSU Brief Level Rule" is written to implement the following hierarchical logic based on value in the Leader byte 17 "Encoding Level" and applies to records imported to the NZ:

Mapping Information

The NZ Brief Record Level Rule is mapped as follows from the Leader byte 17 "Encoding Level" This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. of the MARC record:

Alma Brief LevelLeader byte 17Description
10(blank)Full level
09I / LFull level input by OCLC participants (uppercase “i”) / Full level input added from a batch process (future: use ‘M’ instead)
081Full level, material not examined
074Core level
06K / MLess-than-full added from a batch process
052 / 7Less-than-full level, material not examined / Minimal level (OCLC Bib Formats: OCLC participants cataloging online at Minimal level, use ‘K’)
048Pre-publication level
033Abbreviated level
025Partial (preliminary) level (and other codes, e.g., u & z, as encountered and appropriate)
01JDeleted record

 

Note: institutions have the ability to create import profiles that utilize "CSU Brief Level Rule." Otherwise, import profiles that load records into an institution's IZ (i.e., have "Use Network Zone = No") will use the local IZ Brief Level Rule.

Documentation (Ex Libris)

"Working with Brief Record Levels" This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. (see Setting the Brief Level Rule Default in the Metadata Configuration This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.)

(in process - links and text not updated as of 3/27/25)

Background

The ULMS Acquisitions Task Force, part of the Technical Services Working Group, is recommending that the CSU libraries use the Alma Network Zone for ordering materials that are expected to be shared in the NZ. This includes the creation and addition of brief bibliographic records to the NZ when a matching full bib is not already there and is unavailable from another source or is mandated due to automated workflows (such as use of vendor EOD's/EOCR's - imported vendor order data.)  To ensure the accuracy of the shared data and reduce unwanted duplication, it is advisable to follow standardized, best practices regarding consistent minimum data in all brief NZ bibliographic records.

Policy Statement

At the point of ordering or within the process of loading vendor EOCR/EOD records, new in-process brief bibliographic records for materials that are to be shared in the CSU Network Zone shall be created in or shared with the CSU Alma Network Zone.  Whenever possible, these brief bibliographic records should contain, at minimum, the following:

  • Title
  • ISBN/ISSN
  • Author
  • Edition
  • Publication date of the item

Any additional information to aid in identification is beneficial but not essential.

Note: Materials ordered that are planned to remain only in the campus Institution Zone (IZ) do not need to use or link to NZ bibliographic records.

 

Best practice recommendations

Please avoid duplication of records in the NZ
   - Before creating a brief bibliographic record that will be shared to the NZ, search for your item in the IZ, NZ, CZ, and external source (OCLC/Wordcat). Please note: Alma is sensitive to the type of search performed.

Please enter as much bibliographic data as possible when creating the brief record.

At the point of overlaying the brief bibliographic record, use the MARC 035 OCLC# as the match point.
  - Per ExLibris, insert the OCLC record number (found in the full record) into the brief record before overlaying the record. 
 - See Overlaying Bibliographic Records in Alma

Procedures in Alma

In Alma, purchasing workflow begins with a bibliographic record.
If no bibliographic record is found searching the IZ, NZ, CZ or other external sources, a brief record must be created.

When creating a new brief record,

  1. Open the MD Editor.
  2. Click Templates at the top of the left pane.
  3. Choose appropriate template format.
  4. Alma has MARC record field requirements. (currently, MARC field 245). Brief bibliographic records should contain the title.
  5. Whenever possible, also enter the ISBN/ISSN, author, edition, and publication date of the item.

Any additional information to aid in identification is beneficial (e.g. music number, series, [portfolio info])

After brief record is created, share with the NZ if appropriate.

Inventory is created.

Search for more complete record at a later date to overlay brief record using appropriate match point.

For physical items, material must be in-hand to be received on the POL before being cataloged.

Login to the Network Zone instance of Alma using the following url: https://csu-network.alma.exlibrisgroup.com/ (contact the Electronic Resources Manager for a username and password if necessary).

Image
Screenshot of the Network Zone license login

Search by License Name for the vendor's name, i.e. EBSCO, ProQuest, JSTOR.

Image
Screenshot of NZ License search

After selecting a license, go to the Attachments tab to find the downloadable files and the Negotiation Details tab to find specific license terms and cost information.

Image
screenshot of the NZ license Attachment tab

 

Image
screenshot of the NZ Negotiation tab

Background

In May of 2016 the idea of creating name for the Primo Discovery Service that would be standard across all 23 campuses first surfaced on the discovery listserv. The initial email generated a great deal of interest with members from across the system indicating that this was an idea worth exploring. It was then suggested that this idea should be explored further and then brought to COLD.

Policy Statement

This proposal requests that COLD consider the adoption of a unified discovery system name. This proposal is based on a survey taken of all 23 campuses.

Best Practice recommendation

Action Taken

The Discovery Working group was commissioned to create a survey to determine the interest in adopting a unified name across the system. The group petitioned those on the discovery listserv for potential name suggestions to include in the survey. The decision was made to include the options, OneSearch, Library Search, AllSearch, and Primo. The survey also provided a way for respondents to suggest names of their own.

The survey was distributed on the listserv and responses were gathered in July 2016.

Findings

The results of the survey showed that of the 21 campuses that responded, 14 responded positively to the adoption of a unified name, while two campuses indicated they were against the idea. The other five campuses were neutral on the topic.

Of the naming options listed, OneSearch was the overwhelming favorite, with 71% indicating that it would be their first choice of the four options presented. Primo proved to be the least popular of the options presented.

OneSearchResults.png

Lastly, we asked how many libraries in the system would be likely to adopt a unified name. Of the 21 that responded to this question, 16 said they were extremely or somewhat likely to adopt the unified name. There were three that indicated they were neither likely nor unlikely, and two that were somewhat or extremely unlikely. Not surprisingly, these sentiments closely reflected the answers to the first question.

Policy Suggestion

The CSU system should adopt the name OneSearch as a unified name for the Discovery Service. This name will be applied across all of the 23 campuses.  

(in process, copied from: https://spaces.calstate.edu/wiki/spaces/ULMSP/E-books-and-Media_806649943.html

Background

N.B. THIS DOCUMENT DOES NOT APPLY TO MARCIVE RECORDS; any policy regarding Marcive will be decided separately.

The CSU libraries provide a wide range of ebooks and other non-serial electronic resources, such as streaming video and audio. These resources may be paid for centrally or locally, shared widely or not at all. This document attempts to balance central needs for efficiency and coordination with unique local circumstances. The guiding principles in any decision regarding non-serial electronic resources should be the avoidance of duplicated records in the NZ and avoidance of duplicated effort by individual campuses. 

Access and payment models

PackagesIndividual (one-by-one)
Purchased (perpetual access; collection content is fixed)Purchased (perpetual access; title content is fixed)
Subscription (access only during active subscription; collection content is changeable)Subscription (access only during active subscription; ebooks may be subject to updates)
Leased (access for a fixed period, such as 3 years; collection content may or may not be fixed)Leased (access for a fixed period, such as 3 years; content may or may not be fixed)
Evidence-based Acquisitions (some similarities in management to DDA/PDA)Evidence-based Acquisitions (some similarities in management to DDA/PDA)
Open Access collectionsOpen Access titles

In the CSU system, these packages may be:

  • Institution Zone (IZ): Locally purchased or subscribed (by each campus, outside SDLC, local access only)
     
  • Network Zone (NZ): ECC (negotiated centrally, paid for centrally, systemwide access)
    • Examples, purchased centrally:
      • The former “NetLibrary” package, now hosted in EBSCO ebooks.
      • The more recent systemwide DDA-triggered purchases, hosted on ebrary, myiLibrary, and EBL
        • Use MARC records for JSTOR DDA (June 2019)
    • Examples, subscribed centrally:
      • Safari Tech Books (now use MARC records for Safari O'Reilly in the NZ -January 2019)
      • Ebrary Academic Complete
      • ACLS Humanities Ebooks
  • Network Zone (NZ): Opt-ins offered via SDLC (negotiated centrally, but paid for by each campus, local access only)
    • Examples, opt-ins:
       
      • Oxford Scholarship Online

Policy Statement

CSU Libraries should manage e-collections via CZ, if available, irrespective of fullness of records (i.e., quality of the metadata) in lieu of loading vendor records in NZ.  (See more details in Managing E-Collections in Alma: CZ vs Vendor Records policy)

Collections outside SDLC, locally subscribed or purchased (Institution Zone)

Locally subscribed e-book collections will be managed in the IZ and linked to the CZ collection.

Collections subscribed or purchased centrally (Network Zone - ECC)

All NZ ECC ebook or media collections will be managed in the NZ by the Electronic Resources NZ administrator.

Collections negotiated centrally but opt-in at the campus level (Network Zone - Opt-in)

The Opt-in e-book collections will be managed in the NZ by the Electronic Resources NZ administrator.

Best practice recommendations

Avoid duplication!

Do not turn on the same collection in the CZ if it is already in the NZ; do not turn on a collection in the CZ if you have already created it as a local electronic collection; and so on. Choose only one option for any given collection. 

If you choose not to use a CZ collection, create a Local Electronic Collection

Whenever possible, portfolios should be added to Local Electronic Collections. Even e-resources that are not sold as collections (such as e-books or streaming video titles purchased title-by-title) can be maintained more easily if they are in a Local Electronic Collection, as long as they are from the same provider, have the same license conditions, and share the same base url.  These records will be loaded into the IZ and not shared in the NZ.  (See single purchase e-book policy)

Link your IZ collection to the CZ for improved maintenance

You can create local collections and then link them to a CZ collection for the portfolios.

  • Pros: You can choose records from whatever source you want, but keep their linking info updated via the CZ.
  • Cons: Linking is by ISBN, so this method works only where ISBNs are available and consistent.

Activation in Primo Central Index

While campuses may also wish to activate their purchased or subscribed collections in Primo Central Index in order to increase discoverability, activation solely in PCI is not adequate. PCI does NOT provide catalog records, nor is it possible to examine PC metadata without pulling it up in a Primo search.

  • If you want to offer a catalog scope that includes all your ebooks in one search, you must have catalog records.
  • Catalog records are also important for doing collection analysis.
  • If linking from PCI is OpenURL, then you must have something active in Alma.

If activating a collection in PCI for which you have an Alma e-collection, watch for possible issues that may appear in Primo, such as duplication of search results or unusual skewing of results ranking (because the entire full text is open to searching). 

Managing PDA/DDA pool records

  • For local, campus-level PDA/DDA projects, use Alma's PDA management function at the IZ level. PDA pools represent only the potential for access, and when triggered, will be purchased only for use by your individual campus. For this reason, do not load local PDA pool records in the NZ.
  • After a title in your campus PDA pool has been triggered for purchase, do check the title against the NZ as per usual cataloging workflow for new acquisitions.
  • NZ-level PDA management is reserved for systemwide PDA projects, in which all campuses share the same pool and triggered titles will be purchased for the entire CSU.

Alma documentation & training resources:

PDA-specific:

Procedures

Follow the procedures for e-journal collections.  See procedures for the IZ and the NZ.

References

Best Practice: Non-Serial Electronic Resources in Alma This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Traill, Stacie (2016) Options for ebook management in Alma and Primo Central. This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. In: ELUNA 2016 Annual Meeting, May 1-6, 2016, Oklahoma City, OK USA. Requires login.

page still under review 1/24/25

Background

The Fulfillment Working Group recommends making loan periods the same for all staff and faculty members to better serve the needs of all CSU employees.

  • All campuses having a standardized loan period avoids confusion for library users
  • A one year loan period adequately meets the research needs of faculty while also accommodating those on sabbatical and instructors who teach only one semester of the Academic year
  • Eliminates need for frequent renewals and problems resulting from unsuccessful renewal attempts
  • Checked out items can be requested through CSU+ where patrons will likely receive items faster than if they place a hold or recall on locally owned materials

For those campuses with more generous loan periods, we are not recommending you shorten loan periods to coincide with this policy.

Policy Statement

For all faculty and staff, set the minimum total checkout period to one year for all regular circulating main stack items.

page still under review 1/24/25

Background

A term-long loan period facilitates the needs of students who require library materials for research and study.

  • All campuses having a standardized loan period avoids confusion for library users
  • Eliminates need for frequent renewals and problems resulting from unsuccessful renewal attempts
  • Checked out items can be requested through CSU+ where patrons will likely receive items faster than if they place a hold or recall on locally owned materials

For those campuses with more generous loan periods, we are not recommending you shorten loan periods to coincide with this policy.

Policy Statement

For all students (both undergraduate and graduate), set the following loan periods for all regular circulating main stack items:

  • For Campuses on Semester System: 16 week minimum total checkout
  • For Campuses on Quarter System: 12 week minimum total checkout 

Background

The presence of OCLC WorldCat record numbers in bibliographic records makes it possible to match records in Alma when materials are owned by multiple CSU libraries. The OCLC record number provides a match point that simplifies record loading, record maintenance, and other technical operations. Requiring use of a common bibliographic utility ensures that the records of CSU libraries can be merged and maintained with greater ease in a shared environment. If multiple bibliographic utilities were allowed, individual institutions might lower their cataloging costs. However, such an environment would significantly increase the complexity and cost of operating a shared system.

Policy Statement

  • Libraries must use OCLC as their primary bibliographic utility. This was agreed upon at migration to the ULMS (2016 approved). Subscription is required from OCLC Cataloging and Metadata This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. (previous name: OCLC Master Cataloging) for the ULMS to work properly.
  • Libraries must use the OCLC record number as their primary match point when importing records into Alma, except in cases where a policy has been established to use a different match point
  • The following types of bibliographic records are not required to contain OCLC numbers nor to have holdings set in WorldCat:

    • records created for ordering purposes
    • personal-copy course reserves
    • titles borrowed on ILL from outside the CSU consortium
    • inventory control of equipment
    • records representing titles in a knowledge base (e.g., Alma CZ records)
    • government document sets from current gov docs mgt (was: CRDP, MARCIVE; OCLC CM in 2025)
    • host bibliographic records for bound-withs
    • suppressed bibliographic records
    • record sets provided by vendors other than OCLC, including leased book sets

    Please note that only this particular subscription to OCLC Cataloging and Metadata is required. Any other OCLC subscriptions (WorldShare ILL, FirstSearch, EZProxy, GreenGlass, CONTENTdm) are not required by this policy.

(under review CSUCO 3/27/25)

Background

There are a number of electronic resources collection-level records  ("descriptive records") in Alma that were activated during the migration for shared NZ collections, which currently display in Alma and Primo for all CSU libraries. These descriptive records should not have been activated. When new electronic resource collections, for example, Academic Search Complete (MMS ID:  991067587905902901) are activated, Alma offers the option to include the collection-level record (descriptive record) for discovery. These descriptive records do not indicate library holdings and no editing of these records can be done. Libraries should "suppress from discovery"  the descriptive record for shared NZ electronic collections. This will minimize the number of duplicate records representing database-level titles.

If Libraries choose to catalog database-level titles, please follow the provider-neutral records guidelines outlined in Provider-Neutral Records & Use of Database-Level Records. (links to static archive page 1/31/25 - getting better version)

Policy Statement

Suppress bibliographic records (descriptive records) from Central Knowledge Base (CKB) for shared electronic collections from discovery.

Best practice recommendations

Migrated descriptive records for shared (NZ) e-collections will be identified and suppressed.

Background

There is only one method for creating new records for bound-withs in Alma that will work under the OCLC master record approach adopted by CSU libraries.

Policy Statement

When creating new bound-with records, CSU libraries must follow the method described in Bound-withs: Creating a Host Bibliographic Record. This is the only method that will ensure linking information is stored in the IZ and protected from overlay. Host bibliographic records, including those created during migration, should be suppressed in order to avoid confusing displays in Primo.

Alternate methods

Other methods for creating bound-with records may be suggested in Ex Libris documentation. These suggested methods will not work in our shared network environment, as linking 77X fields added to  NZ records will be deleted when an overlay is triggered by an update to the OCLC master record in WorldCat.

Suppression

Host bibliographic records in the IZ should be suppressed. This helps prevent confusing displays in Primo.  Follow this procedure for Host Bibliographic record suppression (links to static archive 3/27/25 - need to update)

Procedures in Alma

Bound-withs: Creating a Host Bibliographic Record 

Background

Due to the technical architecture of the Alma Network Zone, changes must be entered into the WorldCat bibliographic record or they will be lost when the Alma record is overlaid. By cataloging at the WorldCat level, CSU libraries improve discoverability for all CSU Primo users, not just their own users.

Policy Statement

  • Members must commit to providing adequate and appropriate cataloging of materials at the WorldCat level;
  • Corrections and changes to bibliographic records which enhance record retrieval are of primary importance;
  • Corrections and changes to bibliographic records brought into Alma from WorldCat must be made to the master record in WorldCat not locally in Alma (to the extent possible).

Additional Rationale:

Beyond the technical requirements of the current ILS, upgrading records at the WorldCat level provides benefits to users of CSU libraries by improving discovery through other channels, such as OCLC discovery interfaces and search services using syndicated OCLC data, including Google and others. Despite the importance of WorldCat level cataloging, not all CSU libraries are able to do it for all materials. The rules governing OCLC authorizations and record editing are complex, and some libraries will not be able to change records in every bibliographic format. Thus the goal of this policy is to increase cataloging activity at the WorldCat level, with the realization that not all CSU libraries may ever be able to edit all types of records.

Background

'Language of Cataloging' must be in English.  'Language of Cataloging' refers to the language of the descriptive cataloging, not the language of the resource.  It is the language used by the cataloging agency.

Policy Statement

CSU libraries are required to use English as the 'Language of Cataloging' in MARC records.  CSU libraries should not use OCLC records with a 'Language of Cataloging' other than English for acquisitions or cataloging.

Procedures in Alma

'Language of Cataloging' is coded in field 040, subfield |b.

040 _ _ |a DLC |b eng |c DLC

If subfield |b is not present, the language of cataloging is assumed to be English.


040 _ _ |a CPO |c CPO |d CPO

When copy cataloging, if the only matching records are cataloged in a language other than English, create a parallel record in OCLC using English as the language of cataloging following the guidelines in OCLC Bibliographic Formats and Standards 3.10, Parallel Records for Language of Cataloging This link will take you to an external website in a new tab., and then export that record into the NZ.

Cleanup of existing non-English cataloging is recommended (as resources permit).  To find such records with holdings attached in WorldCat, turn off the 'Language of Cataloging Limiter' in the Search WorldCat dialog box, then search by 'li: [institution's OCLC code]' not 'll:eng'.

Exceptions to this policy may be made in the case of large record sets provided by vendors (including resources activated in a Knowledge Base like the Community Zone), but CSU libraries must make a commitment to using the available records that most closely adhere to this policy in such cases. 

Background

Policy will ensure that a set of MARC fields remain unused, available for future Consortial use (NZ/IZ testing or operations).
Since the ULMS 'Go Live' in 2017, there have been a few occasions when the Consortium needed to use a MARC Field for testing or operations of one or another Alma function. Maintaining a list of 'excluded' fields will ensure that one or more MARC fields (that are known to be unused) can be assigned for testing/operations by the NZ staff or in a Library's IZ.
If individual libraries were to use any of these fields without the help of the Resource Management Functional Committee (in their own IZ or the CSU NZ), there is the risk that Alma functions may create conflicts or problems, especially when there are tests or ongoing Alma NZ operations.

Policy Statement

This is a living document that will change as fields are released for use, or other fields currently used are cleared from use in the NZ and participating IZs.
Libraries should not use the MARC fields listed in this Policy.
The MARC fields that should not be used (16 fields in total, as of October 2021):

  • 916
  • 918
  • 919
  • 921
  • 924
  • 926
  • 927
  • 928
  • 929
  • 931
  • 932
  • 945
  • 946
  • 947
  • 948
  • 949

last updated 3/27/25

Background

The following document serves as the operational policy governing the withdrawal of items and titles in Alma. CSU Libraries are required to follow the procedures as outlined for withdrawals. 

These procedures include instructions, based on input from the Analytics & Reporting Working Group, for distinguishing between withdrawals and deletions by coding withdrawals at the item level. If libraries need to make the distinction at the bibliographic/title level, consider recording a code in a bibliographic 9XX local field. The bibliographic record would need to be saved before deleting.

Libraries should ensure to (1) delete withdrawn items fully and (2) record a withdrawal code in a field that is reportable in Analytics, as described in the steps below. Libraries can generate a report in Analytics by using this field, the modification date, and filtering the modification date for the fiscal year.

Scope

Policy outlines procedures CSU libraries are required to follow for withdrawal of physical items. 

Procedures

 

WITHDRAWALS - INDIVIDUAL ITEM

 

  1. Set search index to All titles|Keywords and scan the item’s barcode into the search box
  2. Verify that the result matches the item in hand.
  3. Click on the Physical inventory link and then click the items link OR click the ellipsis button and choose Items from the dropdown list.
  4. On the next screen, find the row with the item’s barcode.
  5. If your campus needs to make a distinction between deletions and withdrawals, and you need to record withdrawals at the item level:
    1. Click on the ellipsis button for your item and select Edit.
    2. Click on the Notes tab.
    3. In one of the Statistics Notes fields (selected by your institution), record wdn.
    4. Click on Save.

                                Alternative:

Use Inventory number, or any other field that is reportable in Analytics, to record wdn.

  1. Click on the ellipsis button for your item again and select Withdraw.
  2. In the confirmation box, click Confirm If you’re not deleting the last item for the holdings record, you’re done. Otherwise, continue with steps 8-13.  For serials: If not withdrawing all volumes in a serial title, the holdings record will need to be updated.
  3. If you are deleting the last item for the holdings record, select the Delete the holdings record and click Go.
  4. If there are other holdings records with inventory associated with the bibliographic record, you’re done. Otherwise, continue with steps 10-15.
  5. Click on the title to get to the MARC record view.
  6. Copy the OCLC number and remove the holdings from WorldCat. (This step is only applicable to those libraries that have not yet implemented Publishing to OCLC functionality.)
  7. Click on the Edit button.
  8. Click on File and select Copy to catalog.
  9. Go to File and select Delete Record or type CTRL+D.
  10. Click on the Yes button.

WITHDRAWALS - SETS OF ITEMS (BATCH)

 

Create an itemized set of physical items

  1. Open an Excel spreadsheet, type Barcode in the first row of the first column. Alternatively, use a basic text editor and type Barcode on the first line.
  2. Scan in barcodes, ensuring each barcode is populated in a separate row, or line.
  3. Go to Admin-> Manage Jobs and Sets->Manage Sets.
  4. Click on the Add Sets button, choose Itemized as the set type.
  5. Name the set, set content type as Physical items.
  6. Use Add Contents from File to Set to upload the saved file of barcodes, then click Save.

Alma will run the job to create the set. 

If your library has not yet implemented Publishing to OCLC functionality: In My Sets, locate the itemized set you created in the steps above, and from the ellipsis button dropdown, choose Create titles set, rename the set and click on Submit. Click on Confirm.

Run a job to record statistics note (if applicable)

 If your campus needs to make a distinction between deletions and withdrawals, and you need to record withdrawals at the item level:

  1. Go to Admin -> Manage Jobs and Sets ->Run a Job.
  2. For Type, select Information Update.
  3. Select Change physical items, and click on Next.
  4. Find and select your itemized physical items set, and click on Next.
  5. In the Change other fields section, scroll down to near the bottom and find the statistics note your institution is using to record withdrawals.
  6. Check the box to the left of the statistics note field.
  7. In the statistics note box type wdn.
  8. Click on Next.
  9. Review the job settings and click on Submit.

Withdraw the items.

 Go to Admin-> Manage Jobs and Sets-> Run a Job.

  1. For Type, select Withdraw.
  2. Select Withdraw items and click on Next.
  3. Find and select your itemized physical items set, and click on Next.
  4. Select the option to Delete holdings; suppress bibliographic records that have no other holdings from publishing and click on Next.
  5. Review and confirm the job details. Click on Submit

Alma will withdraw the items, delete holdings without items, and suppress bibliographic records that have no other holdings for your institution.

Delete holdings in OCLC

This section is applicable only to libraries who have not yet implemented Publishing to OCLC functionality.

  1. In Alma, return to the All titles set created from your physical items set.
  2. On the row for your All titles set, click on the Actions button, then select Members.
  3. Click on Tools, then select Excel to create a spreadsheet.
  4. Sort the Availability column to gather the rows that have no value for that column.
  5. For the rows that have no value in the Availability column, copy the values of the Record Number column into a text editor.
  6. Use a Find and Replace tool to strip out extraneous data, e.g. ocm, ocn, -01cals_network, so that you’re left with only the OCLC number value.
  7. Copy the OCLC numbers or simply save your text file.
  8. In Connexion Client, go to Batch> Holdings by OCLC Number.
  9. Paste the column of OCLC numbers into the window. (Or, import the text file of OCLC record numbers.)
  10. Select Delete Holdings, and click OK.

Delete bibliographic records in Alma

 Go to Admin -> Manage Jobs and Sets -> Run a Job.

  1. For type, select Withdraw.
  2. Select Delete Bibliographic records and click Next.
  3. Find your all titles set, select it, and click Next.
  4. To protect bibliographic records with inventory, DO NOT select the task parameter Delete all associated inventory resources. Click on Next.
  5. Review and confirm the job details. Click on Submit

Delete the physical Items set and the all titles set you created.

Documentation (Ex Libris) - Deleting Physical Items (Withdrawals) This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Policy Statement

All CSU+ items will be loaned for 60 days.

  • This includes books, media items, etc.  

Additional Rationale

  • Providing a standardized and consistent policy and loan period to all CSU patrons, regardless of which CSU library is supplying the material reduces confusion for library users and staff.
  • Without a standardized loan period a patron could check out two CSU+ books at the same time but have different due dates assigned for each book depending on who supplied the book.

Policy Statement

No renewals for CSU+ items. 

Additional Rationale

  • Automated renewals were not an option for CSU+ due to local policies.
  • In an effort to streamline a new service and insure staff have time to become familiar and comfortable with the system no renewals were implemented. This policy may be reviewed in the future after campuses have had time to settle in with the system.

(updating in progress 1/31/25 - needs new screenshots, updated links)

Background

Network Zone OCLC Integrations (Search External Resources (Worldcat (OCLC)) and Connexion) will use a normalization process that will be configured in the network zone instance and used by all campuses.  This document describes the CSU-wide normalization process used in these integrations.

Policy Statement

The normalization process, CSU Remove 029,936,938,948,984 removes the 029, 936, 938, 948 and 984 Marc fields from bibliographic records.

The 029 is removed because it is a vendor control number and serves no function in Alma. Furthermore, the Orbis Cascade Alliance found that numerous 029 fields caused problems with record processing. The 936 is Conser/OCLC miscellaneous data This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. and the 938 field is vendor-specific data This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.. When a record is imported from Worldcat through Search External Resources, the 948 field This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. indicates whether or not the title is held and how many other institutions hold this title. The 984 field is for local data This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

Best practice recommendations

The normalization process, CSU Remove 029,936,938,948,984 NZ should be applied to import profiles and integration profiles that import bibliographic records.

Procedures in Alma

The normalizaton process, CSU Remove 029,936,938,948,984 NZ is applied at the NZ level for Search External Resources (Worldcat (OCLC)) and the OCLC Connexion integration profile.

 

Optionally, if a campus would like to apply this process in its instance of Alma the rule must be saved to the campus' institution zone and then be made into a normalization process.

Saving the normalization rule to your IZ

In Metadata Editor, go to File, Options and Placement of new rules should be Local.

Under the Rules tab go to Normalization Rules and then Shared to locate the normalization rule, CSU Remove 029,936,938,948,984 NZ. Then left-click on it and Duplicate.

Name this rule (suggestion: CSU Remove 029,936,938,948,984 IZ) and make sure that it is Shared and Enabled.

After you save this rule, you will create a normalization process  This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.from it.

Creating a normalization process form the locally-saved normalization rule

Go to Alma, Resource Management, Resource Configuration, Configuration Menu. Then Cataloging, Metagdata Configuration.

Then select MARC21 Bibliographic.

Select Normalization Processes tab and Add Process.

Name and describe your process. (Suggestion: CSU Remove 029,936,938,948,984 IZ) Make sure the process is Active.

Select MarcDroolNormalization (the normalization rules are written in the Drools programming language) and then Add to Selection.

Choose the normalization rule, CSU Remove 029,936,938,948,984 IZ from the drop-down. Then save.

Now this process will be available to use with your IZ's Connexion and Search External Resources integration profile.

Background

This policy sets out the overarching principles regarding working in the Network Zone that CSU libraries must understand. When specific policies are not yet in place, libraries should act in line with these principles.

Policy Statement

  • The Network Zone (NZ) in Alma is the shared bibliographic environment for CSU libraries. The goal is to have bibliographic records, brief or full, reside in the NZ with inventory attached.
    • This provides a foundation for collaborative work, both in terms of developing collections and cataloging. All bibliographic records should reside in the NZ (see other specific policies for the few exceptions).

       
  • It is important to avoid adding duplicate records (records with the same OCLC number in 035$$a) to the NZ.
    • Always search the NZ first before “Sharing with Network”” in Alma or exporting from Connexion Client.
    • Avoid adding duplicates when doing batch imports such as vendor EOD or WorldCat Cataloging Partners records.

       
  • It is important not to change the OCLC number in an existing NZ record.
    • If a different OCLC record is needed, move your Alma inventory to the desired record, rather than change/overlay the record in the NZ. (You may need to export the OCLC record you want if it is not already in the NZ.)

 

  • Editing of bibliographic records should be done in Connexion rather than in Alma.
    • This is in line with the bibliographic mandate that cataloging is done at the WorldCat level. In addition, daily OCLC loads by CSU will overlay existing bibs in Alma whenever the OCLC master record is edited, so any changes made in Alma will be lost. This means:
    •  
      • No manual editing of bibs in the Metadata Editor (exceptions: adding local fields, adding OCLC numbers to brief bibs).
      • No batch processes to edit NZ bibs using Normalization Rules or Run Jobs in Alma.
      • Do not use the “Derive New Record” feature in the Metadata Editor to create new records for bibliographic resources in the NZ.

(updating in progress 3/6/25 - make sure all images came over and links are correct)

Introduction

A.  Purpose of the Policy

  1. The purpose of this policy is to establish clear guidelines and standards for the management and organization of analytics objects stored within the CSU libraries’ consortial folders in Alma & Primo Analytics while preventing the accumulation of outdated or unnecessary reports. This policy outlines the required naming conventions and provides examples of report descriptions.

B. Scope of Policy

  1. This policy applies to all employees and stakeholders, within the CSU libraries, involved in the creation, storage, and utilization of analytics objects in the CSU consortial folders in Alma & Primo Analytics.
  2. CSU consortial folders include the Network Zone folders, the CalState community folders and their subfolders
    1. Network Zone folder path in Alma Analytics: /Shared Folders/California State University Network
    2. CalState community folder path in Alma Analytics: /Shared Folders/Community/Reports/Institutions/CalState
    3. Network Zone folder path in Primo Analytics: /Shared Folders/Primo California State University Network
    4. CalState community folder path in Primo Analytics: /Shared Folders/Primo Community/Reports/California State University
  3. The policy does not encompass analytics objects stored in personal/non-consortial analytics folders i.e. “My Folders” of the Network Zone or the Alma Analytics in the Institution Zone.

C. Responsibilities of Users

  1. All users involved in the creation, storage, and utilization of analytics objects in the CSU consortial folders are responsible for the following:
    1. Following the specified naming conventions for analytics reports and including thorough report and folder descriptions, as outlined in the policy.
    2. Storing shared reports in appropriate folders.
    3. Refraining from storing reports created for individual use in CSU consortial analytics folders.

Consortial folders: What is stored where?

A. CalState Community Folders

  1. Analytics objects that need to be shared with institutions outside of CSU can be placed in these folders.
  2. The CalState community folders previously held reports shared within CSUs. For example, the ACRL IPEDS Official ULMS folder has been moved to the Network Zone folder. Do not use the copy under the Alma CalState community folder.
  3. The subfolder hierarchy for the CalState community folders is still to be determined. Many of the subfolders in the CalState community folders will need to be moved to the Network Zone folders.

B. Network Zone Folders

  1. Analytics objects that need to be shared with other CSUs, are for CSU-wide committees/groups or need to be run on the NZ data can be placed in these folders.
  2. The Network Zone folders contain the same default subfolders as your institution’s folder in IZ Analytics. These include Dashboards, Data Visualization, Prompts, Reports and Subject Area Content subfolders. The analytics objects are organized into these subfolders based on object type. No other subfolders should be created at this level.
    1. Exceptions may be granted by the committee for the folders that were established at this level prior to May 2024.

3. The Reports folder contains subfolders as outlined below. If applicable, the other folders should adopt a similar subfolder structure.

C. Reports folder in the Network Zone folders

  1. There should be no analytics objects directly in the Reports folder.
  2. Place reports that are only for your institution in the subfolders named after the institution under the Reports folder.

3. Place reports that are for CSU-wide committees/groups in the subfolders named after the committees/groups.

4. Place reports created for Salesforce tickets in the /Shared Folders/California State University Network/Reports/Support folder.

5. Do not create subfolders named after subject areas or functions within Alma. The subfolder names should name the owners or the purpose of the reports.

a. Good subfolder names:

b. Bad subfolder names:

D. Report Naming Format

  1. Required:
    1. <what you’re measuring> by <what you have as detail>
  2. Optional:
    1. with prompt / without prompt
    2. Run in IZ / Run in the NZ
    3. Institution name or code

E. Example: Proper Report Name

  1. Most Requested Loans by Title
  2. Usage Measures by Institution

Description Standards for Reports and Folders

A. Importance of Thorough Descriptions

  1. Thorough report descriptions provide context for data interpretation enhancing the usability, accessibility, and reliability of analytics reports. Similarly, thorough folder descriptions improve findability and ensure relevant reports are appropriately grouped together.

B. Elements in Folder Descriptions

  1. Required:
    1. Purpose of folder
    2. Creator/owner of folder (if applicable)
  2. Optional:
    1. Folder review periods/dates
    2. Should contain / should not contain
  3. Example:

C. Elements in Report Descriptions

  1. Required:
    1. Purpose of the report
    2. Technical details (may include dimensions, filters, and/or prompts)
    3. Creator/owner
    4. Last updated by and date
  2. Optional:
    1. Prompt for /prompt by
    2. Run in NZ / Run in IZ
  3. Example:

Maintenance and Clean-Up Procedures

A. Responsibilities for Updating Report and Folder Descriptions

  1. Creators and owners of shared reports and folders are responsible for the following:
    1. Update ownership information in the event of any changes or transfers of responsibility.
    2. For reports, update description with last update date as needed, noting any significant changes. 

B. Bi-annual Review Process

  1. Identify and flag analytics objects that may require updates or removal.
  2. Provide a list of flagged analytics objects to relevant stakeholders, reaching out directly to the owners if identifiable.
  3. Utilize the CSU Analytics listserv and CSU Analytics Slack channel to inform any other possible stakeholders of the analytics objects that will be deleted providing them with a copy of the policy, ensuring they have adequate time to get in touch with the committee if the objects should not be deleted.
     
  4. Move the objects in the Network Zone folder that meet the deletion criteria to the “Review for Deletion” folder. If the objects are in the CalState Community folder, prepend "MARKED FOR DELETION. WILL BE DELETED AFTER mm/dd/yyyy" to the object descriptions.
  5. Delete the objects 6 months after steps 1-4 have been completed.

C. Criteria for Deletion (all must be true)

  1. Report owner has either been contacted or cannot be identified.
  2. Report has not been queried in the last 24 months.
  3. Deletion of the report has been announced via the CSU Analytics listserv and CSU Analytics Slack channel.

Conclusion

A. Process for Policy Revisions

  1. The ULMS Assessment and Analytics Committee will update and revise as necessary.
  2. Recommendations for revisions can be sent to the ULMS Assessment and Analytics Committee chair by anyone the policy applies to.

B. Contact Information for Questions or Concerns

  1. ULMS Assessment and Analytics Committee members. Refer to “Contact Us” section on the Analytics home page.

add notes here on how a policy should be reviewed or come about

In progress 3/27/25, to be discussed at ULMS Steering April 21


Ordering from the Network Zone

Ex Libris updated the Network Zone tab to include a link to the local POL created when an NZ e-collection is ordered. The NZ e-collection and the local POL are linked and can be searched in the NZ. A local collection no longer needs to be added to the IZ when ordering an Opt-in e-collection from the NZ. These are new instructions as of December 2020.

Search for the desired e-collection in the Network Zone. You can use advance search options to narrow the search results to e-collections available to your institution.

Search for e-collection in NZ

 Once you locate the e-collection, click the “order” button.

Locate Opt-in in NZ

 

Fill in the “PO line type” and “PO line owner” fields, then click “Create PO line.”

 

Create POL

This will take you to a screen where you can view and edit the PO line information.

Click “view license” button to verify that the license information is correct for your institution.

View License link

Fill in the rest of the information per your institution’s specifications. The list price should already be filled in for you, but it can be edited if needed. Material Supplier, Fund, and Renewal Date are required fields.

A screenshot of a computer

Description automatically generatedA screenshot of a computer

Description automatically generated

When ready, record the PO line number and click “Save and Continue.”

 

click on the save and continue button

 

At this point, the PO line is ready for invoicing and/or further editing. You can find the PO line by searching for the e-collection in the Network Zone and clicking on the blue number next to “Orders.”

Search for e-collection NZ

Or by searching for the PO line in the search bar:

search for e-collection in Order Line Search

IZ POLs for NZ Opt-in Collections

Occasionally the Alma e-collections are replaced by a new e-collection either due to the Alma weekly update or a subscription has changed and a new e-collection needs to be activated.   For example, recently the Springer Standard Collection was deactivated and the new Springer AutoHoldings e-collection was activated.  Same with Safari O’Reilly, the CO order information has been migrated over to Safari O’Reilly in the NZ.

When an NZ Opt-in e-collection is swapped out for a different e-collection, libraries can update their local IZ POLs with the e-collection new name. 

  1. Locate the local POL for the Opt-in e-collection, click on the Edit button.

  2. Scroll down to the Ordered Collections section.

  3. Click on the “More” button (ellipsis)

  4. Click on Replace Resource

  5. Search for the collection in the NZ

  6. Select the collection you want to update in the POL

  7. Click on Select

  8. Click on Save

  9. The new collection should appear in the POL

IZ POL Edit screen
screenshot of Ordered Collection section
screenshot of the Ordered Collection and Replace Resource section
screenshot for selecting a new collection
screenshot of new collection name and save button

Note (for IZ collections/POLs): If an active e-collection is being swapped out for a new e-collection, and there is  POL attached to the e-collection, the POL number can be moved to the new e-collection.  Edit the e-collection and to the General tab and go to the Acquisition section at the bottom of the page.  Add the existing POL number to the new e-collection.  Also add in the license information for this e-collection.  Then go to the old e-collection and remove the POL and license information before deleting the e-collection from the IZ.

Replacing NZ E-collection in an IZ POL

When an e-collection is replaced in the NZ during a weekly update, or if a library upgrades or downgrades an Opt-in subscription, the POL needs to be updated with the name of the new e-collection.  There is an easy process to update the IZ POL with the name of the new NZ e-collection.

Search the NZ for the collection and click on the POL.

Once you’ve clicked Edit on the POL, scroll down to the Ordered Collections/Ordered Portfolios section and click the meatballs (three dots) menu, which brings up the Replace Resource option:

Image
Screenshot of ordered collections

Because this is an NZ record, you get a confirmation that the resource will be detached from the PO line and not be deleted:

Image
screenshot of confirmation message

If it’s an IZ resource, you get to choose whether to delete the resource you’re removing or not.

Clicking Confirm pulls up a normal search, and you can choose to search in the NZ:

Image
screenshot of collection search

Choose the radio button for the collection you want to switch to, choose Select, and the resource is replaced:

Image
screenshot of new collection for POL

This *does* change the name of the POL because the bib record has changed, but you can manually fix that if necessary by editing the bib description.

 

Replacing IZ E-collection on an IZ POL

The process to update the e-collection name for a local IZ POL and collection is just a couple of steps.

To change the IZ PO Line in the Electronic Collection, click "Edit" for the e-collection, click on the "General" tab, and update the POL from there.

 

Image
screenshot of edit collection window

ULMS Discovery Committee

About

The Discovery Functional Committee, in collaboration with COLD subcommittees and CSU Library's communities of practice, monitors and updates workflows and system configurations, conducts meetings and training workshops, and recommends policies and solutions related to discovery practices within the ULMS.

Members

July 2024-June 2025

  • Ken Herold, Los Angeles (Chair; member 22-25)
  • Lauren Magnuson, San Marcos (Vice-Chair; member, 24-26)
  • Julie Shen, Pomona (member, 23-25)
  • Hannah Lee, Dominguez Hills (member, 23-25)
  • Kristi Chavez, Bakersfield (member, 23-25)
  • Can Li, San Francisco (member, 24-26)
  • David Walker - Chancellor Office (ex officio

The following studies have been published or presented by the library faculty and staff of the California State University system. 

User Interface/User Experience Studies 

Articles 

Li, C., & Wilson, H. (2025). Primo Research Assistant: Potential for Enhancing Resource Discovery (A Six-Month Review). Internet Reference Services Quarterly, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/10875301.2025.2480251 This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 

*

Cribbs, H. L., & Gardner, G. J. (2022). To pre-filter, or not to pre-filter, that is the query: A multi-campus big data study. Journal of Librarianship and Information Science, DOI: 10.1177/09610006221124609 This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 

Library discovery platforms, which provide searchable user interfaces as their front-facing layer, aggregate tremendous amounts of metadata from multiple data streams describing a wide variety of print and electronic resources. Complicating the matter further, resources may differ in availability or delivery time depending not only on their media but also upon the source of the data stream describing them. How should libraries structure end users’ options for searching discovery platforms in light of the many options available? This study used a nonexperimental design and quantitative methods to analyze users’ revealed preferences for query type in twenty-four academic libraries in a data set containing metadata, sans queries, for over 64 million searches. Libraries studied were all located in California, used the same discovery layer software, and served similar user and faculty constituencies; however, the number of query types and pre-filtering options available differed between institutions. Results show that, when users were presented with the choice between search options, most conducted simple, more broad searches rather than complex and specific searches. When search options were highly constrained by the default choice architecture, but complex searches were possible, few users opted out of the default simple search. Implications for usability of discovery layers and the motivations of librarians in choice architecture are nontrivial and are discussed. The desires of librarians and “power user” faculty must be balanced with the fact that most users are novices and users of all abilities are largely habituated to commercial search products which emphasize post-search results filtering. 

*

Adams, A. L. & Hanson, M. (2020) Primo on the Go: A Usability Study of the Primo Mobile Interface, Journal of Web Librarianship, 14:1-2, 1-27, DOI: 10.1080/19322909.2020.1784820 This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 

Primo Analytics from two campuses of the California State University system has revealed that a dramatically low proportion of Primo searches originate from mobile devices. The current study focuses on usability concerns as one area that may be preventing students from searching the Primo mobile interface. The sample for this study includes students from two campuses with a variety of experience with library instruction and searching the library’s discovery system. Participants were given the same set of six common academic tasks to complete. Both mobile and desktop participants found three tasks relatively easy to complete. When there were differences in completion rates between the mobile and desktop users, the desktop users were overall more successful. No task was consistently difficult for desktop users to complete, while mobile users found two of the tasks very challenging to complete. Based on the findings, the authors make recommendations for improving the experience of mobile users. 

*

Jacobs, W., DeMars, M., & Kimmitt, J. M. (2020) A multi-campus usability testing study of the new Primo interface, College & Undergraduate Libraries, 27:1, 1-16, DOI: 10.1080/10691316.2019.1695161 This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 

When the 23-member California State University Libraries merged integrated library systems in 2017, a unique opportunity arose to conduct multi-tenant usability testing on user experience in the Primo discovery service, collectively branded OneSearch. In 2018, librarians at five campuses conducted a round of task-based individual user testing on their separate instances, seeking to review individual campuses’ decisions about customizations designed to provide optimal performance of the system and provide insight into group decisions about our shared customization choices. Along with the findings of the test results and recommendations for enhancements to existing modifications, we discuss the challenges and opportunities that are present in conducting multi-campus usability testing and share recommendations for future consortium-based testing efforts. 

*

Marzec, P. & Piotrowski, D.M. (2023) Remote usability testing carried out during the COVID-19 pandemic on the example of Primo VE implementation in an Academic Library, The Journal of Academic Librarianship, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.acalib.2023.102700 This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 

The article presents usability tests of Primo VE carried out as part of the implementation of the Alma library services platform at the Nicolaus Copernicus University Library. Remote usability tests were carried out during the COVID-19 pandemic. The aim of the tests was to assess the ease of use of selected system functionalities and the ease of learning how to use them by users. The method of remote usability testing using the Office365 application package, including MS Teams, was used. The tests allowed for the preparation of a report that took into account the identified problems and became the basis for introducing modifications to the configuration of the system's functionality and some elements of its interface, as well as for the preparation of instructional materials. The results indicate a fairly high level of intuitiveness of the interface and the analyzed functionalities. Test participants had no major problems with using Primo, apart from handling facets and full record services. 

*

Norton, C., Bloodworth, E., & Nielsen Ott, M. (2024). Change What You Can, Teach What You Can’t: A Usability Study of Primo VE at an Academic Library. Journal of Web Librarianship, 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/19322909.2024.2390418 This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 

This article reports the preliminary results of usability testing on a customized Primo VE search interface. The testing aimed to identify average completion time and points of friction, if any, for patrons completing common tasks in the interface. In-person and synchronous virtual testing was completed, observed, and guided by members of the research team while the participants’ screen activity was recorded via Zoom. Customization plans for the interface, also reported here, were developed as potential solutions to these friction points, as well as potential adjustments to the marketing and classroom presentation of Primo VE. 

*

Li, Can. 2024. “Configure Primo VE Search Result Ranking with Clarity: A Workable Method Using API.” Internet Reference Services Quarterly, 28:4, 395-412. https://doi.org/10.1080/10875301.2024.2394227 This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. 

Primo VE, a Clarivate/Ex Libris product, is one of the major library discovery systems on the market in 2024. Although it provides configuration options for libraries to adjust search result ranking, much of the working mechanism is unknown, making it difficult to achieve satisfactory ranking. By using the Primo Search API, libraries can investigate the Primo normalized records behind the user interface and observe changes quantitatively. Understanding the impact of the size of boosting factors will allow libraries to methodically adjust these settings. 

Presentations 

Holvoet, K., Jeffery, K.M., & Nowicki, R. (2020, June). Building Better Discovery: Using Data to Optimize the User Experience with Mediated Search Results This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.. American Library Association Annual Conference. 

How do you serve the sophisticated searcher and the novice and make a search interface that serves everyone? How do you help searchers who don’t know what choices to make? Users want a simple one-box search interface but library discovery often requires choices to be made through filters and limiters that are not intuitive. This poster will explore attempts to mediate user discovery through a custom search box and bento style search results seeking to design an interface that works for everyone. We will present data collected from 90,000+ searches conducted over several months and explore how iterative discovery interface changes impacted user behavior and the selection of search results. 

*

Carlos, A., & Adams, A. L. (2019, August). Student perspectives on Primo: Using focus groups to gather data This link will open a PDF file from an external website in a new tab.. Presentation at International Group of Ex Libris Users (IGELU) Annual Conference, Singapore. 

*

Carlos, A., & Adams, A. L. (2019, May). Primo usability with diverse populations in mind. Presentation at Ex Libris Users of North America (ELUNA), Atlanta, GA. 

*

Adams, A. L., Hanson, M., & Wimberley, L. (2018, March). Discovery analytics: How patrons at three campuses interacted with Primo This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.. Presentation at Electronic Resources & Libraries Conference, Austin, TX. 

 


Creating a case

  1. SalesForce - https://support.proquest.com/s/?language=en_US This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.
  2. Login at Login link at upper right

  3. Submit a case

  4. Platform/Service: choose Ex Libris

  5. Asset: Choose what best covers the part of the ULMS affected by the issue

    • Alma: Issues affecting Alma functionality, bib/item records & holdings and other back-end functionality
    • Primo: Issues affecting search, retrieval of results, front-facing UI configuration and similar issues
    • CDI: (add text here)
    • Rapido: Issues affecting Rapido functionality
    • Alma Data Services: Issues with specific electronic collections, portfolios, and other components of the knowledge base
    • bX: Issues with bX recommender results

  6. To fill this form out in a hurry, you only need to fill out these sections: Priority, Case Type, Subject and Description.

 

 

  • Case Type will differ depending on the asset chosen. Defect/System Issue or Defect/Regression are good default choices if nothing else looks right. 

  • Subject should be a short summary of the issue of question at hand
  • Description:
    • Describe what’s happening, including what was expected and what happened instead. (Examples provided by Lauren Magnuson)
      • THIS:  
        • In Alma under purchase order lines > Search for a PO Line, if I perform a search (for example, POL) and then click the Tools > Excel button, nothing happens.  No waiting icon appears in the center of the screen and the Excel file does not download.
      • NOT THIS:
        • “Excel downloading is not working in Alma”.  Why not? It may be the case that Excel downloading is working elsewhere in the system, so you need to be very specific about how and where you encountered the problem.
      • Example of describing what was expected:  I would expect an Excel file containing all of the PO Lines to download to my computer, but no file is downloaded.
    • Describe scope and impact of the issue
    • Describe frequency- does this happen every time, randomly, or just once or twice?
    • Have you made any changes to the system that might be related?
    • Describe steps taken to troubleshoot the issue:
      • Example: I’ve already tried logging in and out of Alma, trying multiple browsers (Firefox and Chrome), restarting my computer, and using another computer with a different user account, and the problem is not resolved. To check permissions, I checked with colleagues to see if they were experiencing the same issue. They verified it is not permissions.
    • Provide a test patron or test proxy user that ExL can use to troubleshoot and replicate the issue
      • Also provide info to help reproduce the issue: Examples: provide MMS IDs of record examples, item barcode, PO line number, screenshots, transaction numbers, job IDs, permalinks in Primo, etc.  For particularly complex examples, you may want to record a quick screencast to provide evidence of the problem you are seeing.
    • Include screenshots or files that illustrate the issue
  • Additional e-mails:
    • Add anyone at your campus who will need to track progress of the issue. You can add up to 5 other emails addresses and they will be cc’d on everything about the ticket.
    • Include CO staff to help them track the issue:

Managing cases

Once you have submitted the ticket, you will get an email with the ticket number. You can then add anything you like to the case in the Manage Cases area.

 

Example case:

 

Things to know:
 

  • Normal status cases should have a response within 2 business days (High = 1 business day, Low = 3 business days)
  • Note that opening multiple cases for the same issue is unlikely to generate additional attention for your issue – in fact, it is more likely to split attention. Adding more examples or escalating the case is a better bet.
  • Similarly, assigning a “High” priority to a case that doesn’t meet Ex Libris’ description of priority is unlikely to get extra attention for the issue. You can always bring this case to Christina’s attention for extra monitoring.
  • You request an update by adding a comment to your open case. This lets the assigned support rep know there has been an update to the case.
  • If you don’t get a response to a request for an update, you can email Christina and ask her to escalate

 

Description of case statuses (from Support Center site This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.)

Case StatusWhat Does it Mean?
New A New Case.
In ProgressOur Support teams are investigating the case. If it's a customer question, they are working to provide an answer.  If it is a problem report, they are working on providing a diagnosis (for example: determine if the problem is a local configuration problem, a known issue, a product defect, or an enhancement request).
In Progress - Tier 1
In Progress - Tier 2
Our Tier 1 or Tier 2 Support teams are investigating the case.
Pending Customer InputSupport has requested that the customer provide additional information to help us investigate the Case. Further work on the Case is pending a response from the customer.
After one week in this Status a reminder email is sent to the Customer.  After an additional week, the Case will be Closed.
 
Update ReceivedWhen customers respond to a request for additional information, this Status notifies Support that you are waiting for us to process the new information and continue our investigation.
Pending Development

Tier 2 has reviewed the Case and transferred it to the Development Team for one of the following reasons:

  • Tier 2 is requesting assistance from Development in diagnosing a problem or validating a defect report;
  • Tier 2 has validated a product defect, and is sending it to Development to create a fix.
Pending ReleaseWhen a defect fix has been embedded into the code of a future release, the Support Analyst that owns your Case will change the status to Pending Release.
Pending Customer Testing

The defect fix has been released in an active version, or Support suggested a solution to the issue reported.

If you are not yet ready to have the Case close, you can set the status to Pending Customer Testing. This Status indicates that the customer is applying the fix and/or reviewing it to confirm the problem has been fixed. Cases in Pending Customer Testing status will automatically close after 3 months.

Pending Content Operations

The Case was transferred to the Content Operations team for one of the following reasons:

  • Configuration or maintenance of ingestion automation
  • New content ingestion
  • Content alignment and clean-up projects, big scale collections updates
  • Cataloging activities, authorities updates and MARC records enrichment
Pending Third Party ProviderThe Content Team is working on a Case that is waiting on necessary information or intervention by a third-party Provider.
Awaiting Customer ConfirmationSupport has provided a response to the Case that we believe answers your questions, or addresses a problem that you reported.
If you feel that the response provided by Support does not address your problem or question, please add a Comment to the Case to indicate what further inquiry is needed. Cases in this status will automatically switch to Closed after 14 days.
ReopenedThe a customer adds a comment to a Case that was in Awaiting Customer Confirmation, this status notifies support to continue investigation.
ClosedThe Case has been Closed.  If you are still experiencing the problem described in the Case, or you have experienced a re-occurrence of the problem, please use the "Clone Case" button to report additional work that is required.

Things to look out for:
 

  • Awaiting Customer Confirmation, Pending Customer Input: Indicates which cases are waiting on an update from you in order to continue – should be checked daily
    • Check and respond to these regularly to keep movement on addressing the issue going
  • Clicking on header reorders your case list either alphabetically or from earliest to latest date
    • Reorder the list by “Last updated” heading to look for cases that have not been updated in some time. You should ask for updates for these cases and escalate to Christina if no response is received
  • Cases that have been resolved should be closed using the “Close Case” button. Leaving these open creates more work for everybody and takes time away from other cases that are still open.

Civility and tone

Dealing with systems issues is a frustrating experience. Understandably, emotions can run high after running into roadblocks keeping you from performing your work. Often, these feeling are compounded by the experience of troubleshooting functionality or data that should just work.

Understandable as these feelings are, expressing them through comments in a case is not helpful or additive to the process. Please keep your case description and comments factual and relevant to the case – this will facilitate quicker understanding of the issues and therefore more efficient actions undertaken to resolve the root issues. Not to mention, it is demotivating to assist others who are taking their frustration out on you, something we have all experienced in our lives. You can always reach out to Christina to express your frustrations and concerns about the system.

Reporting System-Down case

A “system-down” issue is any issue that affects a module or entire system from operating normally. Typically this will only be used when you or your patrons cannot access Alma or Primo or Rapido at all and after local troubleshooting has occurred. These issues are handled outside of Ex Libris typical support channels and so this status should never be used as a substitute for a “High” priority issue.

 Ex Libris provides a few pathways to report a system-down issue:

  • Create a case in SalesForce using the priority “System Down”
  • Contact the 24x7 hub at 877-445-5693, press 9
  • Use Alma chat to inform Ex Libris support

 Notes:

  • Always create a case to report the issue and following up with the 24x7 Hub via phone if deemed necessary. This will provide Ex Libris with the necessary info in written form so nothing is lost in translation. The 24x7 response commitment is 1 hour and I have found them to be very responsive within this time frame when reporting System Down issues.
  • You should let Christina know if you have not received responses within the specified time or if you are unhappy with how your issue has been treated.
  • More info on reporting system down issues can be found on the Knowledge Center This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.. A FAQ This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. is also available with more information regarding coverage.
CSU+ Partner Name

Institution Code or

Available for Group Members

Available for GroupInstitution Name
Bakersfield01CALS_UBACSUBCSU Bakersfield
Channel Islands01CALS_UCICSUCICalifornia State University, Channel Islands
Chico01CALS_CHICSUCCSU, Chico
Dominguez Hills01CALS_UDHCSUDHCalifornia State University, Dominguez Hills
East Bay01CALS_UHLCSUEBCalifornia State University, East Bay
Fresno01CALS_UFRFRESNOFresno State
Fullerton01CALS_FULCSUFCalifornia State University, Fullerton
Humboldt01CALS_HULHSUCal Poly Humboldt
Long Beach01CALS_ULBCSULBCalifornia State University, Long Beach
Los Angeles01CALS_ULACSULACalifornia State University, Los Angeles
Maritime01CALS_MALCSUMCal Maritime
Monterey Bay01CALS_UMBCSUMBCalifornia State University, Monterey Bay
Moss Landing01CALS_MLMMLMLCalifornia State University Moss Landing Marine Laboratories
Northridge01CALS_UNOCSUNCalifornia State University, Northridge
Pomona01CALS_PUPCPPCalifornia State Polytechnic University Pomona
Sacramento01CALS_USLCSUSSacramento State
San Bernardino01CALS_USBCSUSBCalifornia State University, San Bernardino
San Diego01CALS_SDLSDSUSan Diego State University Library
San Francisco01CALS_SFRSFSUSan Francisco State University
San Jose01CALS_SJOSJSUSan Jose State University
San Luis Obispo01CALS_PSUSLOCal Poly University San Luis Obispo
San Marcos01CALS_USMCSUSMCalifornia State University San Marcos
Sonoma01CALS_SOLSSUSonoma State University
Stanislaus01CALS_USTSTANCalifornia State University, Stanislaus

Summary

Without many hardware vendors to chose from, and those remaining not being specialized for libraries, when old label printers die, it can be hard to know what to replace them with. When the drivers for San Jose State’s reliable, 30-year old OKI Data printers were found to be incompatible with the new computers we received in 2021-23, we settled on Zebra thermal transfer printers due to price and availability.

We went through a frustrating process of swapping around mismatched printer models, printer ports, computer cables, scanner models, label stocks, toner types, and so on. It resulted in a lot of returns and new orders until we eventually settled on using polyester label stock and resin-based toner ribbons.  We use this spine + title label rolls from BayScan and thermal transfer ribbons from Zebra.

Whether you use the Alma Spine-O-Matic cloud app, the desktop Spine-O-Matic utility, or something else, you are going to spend a lot of time with a ruler measuring and remeasuring the size of your label stock, then adjusting the margins and templates in the computer to match.

For barcode duplicating and printing, we use the same Zebra thermal transfer printers. We pair these with Symbol LS2208 Scanners and Zebra KDU keyboards. The barcode template is created using the Zebra Designer 3 utility

One final note, these plastic labels do not stick nearly as well as old paper or foil-backed labels. They stick best to other plastics. Consider that the intended application for these materials is supply chain management - think barcodes on plastic bags and addresses on cardboard boxes. To ensure they adhere to books and other library materials, label covers (and sometimes glue) are needed.

Printers Models

Thermal Transfer Only! (not direct thermal)

  • Desktop Label Printer modes: Zebra ZD421, Zebra ZD621, Zebra GX420t

Labels, Ink and Label covers

Order Resin-only ribbons (research shows resin and thermal transfer ribbons have the longest shelf life i.e. slowest fade time)

Submit feedback This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.


Collected and quoted advice from Listservs:

A. "Direct thermal" and "thermal transfer" are two different things. Direct thermal uses heat to darken a chemical impregnated in the label surface and these do indeed fade rather quickly, especially if exposed to light or combined with certain label protectors. Thermal transfer uses heat to fuse a pigment onto the label somewhat in the manner of a laser printer, and is much more durable.

– Lisa Hatt (Cataloging | De Anza College Library)

B. We use foil-back laser printer sheets. Our building gets too much direct sun for thermal printed labels. We tested them and, even with a protector over it, they faded away to nothing in less than a year.

 – April Davies (Head of Technical & Public Services | Van Wagenen Library)

C. We’ve used Zebra printers for over 15 years now, and the thermal transfer spine labels look uniformly good regardless of age. By contrast we are starting to relabel the books we labelled using labels from dot-matrix printers (that were used before the Zebra printers) which have faded considerably over only slightly longer timeframes. I believe there is a big difference in permanency between direct-thermal and thermal transfer printing methods.

 – Jon Saul (Cataloguing Librarian  | Library | Swinburne University of Technology)

D. I will also add that the label media is important as well – it’s the combination of the thermal transfer ribbon and a polypropylene label that makes it durable. We unfortunately have a large number of barcodes that were printed on paper label media and are now fading despite having printed them in thermal transfer mode. They all have to be replaced as they have faded to the point that they are no longer readable by the barcode scanners.

 – Laura A. Rounds (Cataloging, Acquisitions & Systems Librarian | The University of Tampa)

E. We are looking at getting a Zebra printer or two for printing our spine labels. We’d like a thermal printer, for the durability of the labels. Are any of you using Zebra thermal models with SpineOMatic? Which are you having success with? Do any of them have issues working with it?

– Matt McDowall (Information Systems Support Specialist | University of Nebraska)

F. If you are looking for thermal transfer, we are using our trusty old Zebra GK420Ts which we had previously used with Sierra. These are no longer manufactured but you can find them on the secondary market. The replacement model is ZD421.

We are using the SpineOMatic local install, not the cloud app. These work fine for spine labels, we’re still trying to get 2-part serials labels (what some libraries call pocket parts) the way we think they look best. Some of that is due to the nature of our migrated Sierra data – we just migrated last July.

– Beth Juhl (Web Services Librarian | University of Arkansas Libraries)

G. We use CompuType for both our Zebra printers (GX430t) and supplies. They have a standard spine label that measures 1” x 1.5”. They have good support people if I have any problem with the printers. They also can do custom labels if you wanted to keep on using 1” x 175’ media.

– Laura A. Rounds (Cataloging, Acquisitions & Systems Librarian | The University of Tampa)

What campuses are using...

Alma? All campuses

Primo VE? All campuses

Rapido? All campuses

Rialto (8)? Cal Poly Humboldt, Fullerton, Long Beach, Los Angeles, San Bernardino, Sonoma, SDSU, SJSU (also available on SJSU sandbox) [Market icon on Alma]

Leganto (4)? Fullerton, Los Angeles, San Marcos, SJSU [Leganto icon on Alma Config]

Esploro (1)? Sacramento

Alma-D (3)? Long Beach, SDSU, Sacramento [this menu exists: Resources > Create Inventory > Add Digital Representation]

CSUBUY (8)? Bakersfield, Chico, Fresno, Cal Poly Humboldt, CO, Cal Poly SLO, San Marcos, Sonoma. (pulled from this page 4/3/25 - all others in implementation)

Alma->CFS export (7)?  Cal Poly Humboldt, Fresno, Northridge, Pomona, Sacramento, San Bernardino, SJSU

(last updated 4/3/25)


Charge

  • Address and resolve issues regarding resource management.
  • Recommend solutions that address issues extending beyond resource management (e.g., cross-functional or large systemic) to the ULMS Steering Committee or COLD, as appropriate.
  • Seek and address the information provided by the ULMS subcommittees for resource management.
  • Complete task (if any) assigned by the ULMS Steering Committee or COLD for a project related to resource management.

Committee members (2024-2025)

  • Corinne Ornelas, Bakersfield (Chair, member, 23-25)
  • Hugo Wong, San Marcos (Vice-chair, member, 23-25)
  • Bianca Baldonado (Bakersfield) (member, 24-26)
  • Amy Rudberg (Northridge) (member, 24-26)
  • Keri Prelitz, Fullerton (member, 24-26)
  • Michael Herrick, San Francisco (member, 24-26)
  • Christina Hennessey, Chancellor's Office (ex officio

past committee memberships

List of CSU Technical Services and Cataloging contacts to assist with troubleshooting record selection; duplicate-record resolution; moving holdings to a different record; and removing and adding holdings to OCLC, as appropriate, for records identified as potential problems in the NZ. CSU colleagues or NZ Management Group will use contact list to communicate with responsible parties at local campuses.

Last Updated:  March 21, 2025

CampusNameDesignated ContactE-mailCataloging languages and special cataloging expertise or LC certifications
BakersfieldKristi Chavezyeskchavez4@csub.edu 
Bianca Baldonado bbaldonado@csub.edu 
Channel IslandsLaura Worden laura.worden@csuci.edu 
Janine Pitt janine.pitt@csuci.edu 
ChicoMike Belloyesmbello@csuchico.edu 
Jodi Shepherd jrshepherd@csuchico.edu 
Dominguez HillsYoko Okunishi yokunishi@csudh.eduJapanese (CJK NACO and CONSER experience)
East BayPeggy Lau peggy.lau@csueastbay.edu 
FresnoBoutsaba Janetvilayyesmariap@csufresno.edu 
Julie Moore jumoore@csufresno.edu 
FullertonSamuel T Barberyessbarber@fullerton.edu 
HumboldtBrianne Hagen brianne.hagen@humboldt.edu 
Lucy Ingreyyeslucy.ingrey@humboldt.eduNACO funnel member
Long Beach    
Amber Medvedovskayayesamber.medvedovskaya@csulb.edu 
Los AngelesSandy Kwong skwong@calstatela.edu 
Marla Peppers mpeppers@calstatela.edu 
Mark Bradenyesmbraden@calstatela.edu 
MaritimeMark Stackpole mstackpole@csum.edu 
Monterey BayJoy Campyesjocamp@csumb.edu 
Moss LandingKatie Lageyeskathryn.lage@sjsu.edu 
NorthridgeLuiz Mendesyesluiz.mendes@csun.edu  
Allan Gilbert allan.gilbert@csun.edu 
PomonaBrinna Pam Ananyesbpanan@cpp.edu 
Cesar Reyes cereyes@cpp.edu 
SacramentoKara Rogersyesrogerskl@csus.edu 
Ariell Lomax ariell.lomax@csus.edu 
Lisa Roberts lroberts@csus.edu 
San BernardinoEva Sorrell esorrell@csusb.eduNACO
Amina Romero aromero@csusb.edu 

San Diego

 

Allison Bailundyesabailund@sdsu.eduNACO, SACO
Greta Heng gheng@sdsu.eduAlma norm rules
Kathleen Boyd kathleen.boyd@sdsu.eduSerials (can edit CONSER records)
Kurt Hanselman khanselman@sdsu.eduRare books, DCRM(b), DCRM(r), music, audiovisual
San Francisco    
Michael Herrick mherrick@sfsu.eduRussian, Church Slavic, Bulgarian and other Slavic languages in Cyrillic and Latin script; Italian, French, German
San JoseYunzhen Wanyesyunzhen.wan@sjsu.eduChinese, NACO
Jill Strykowski jill.strykowski@sjsu.eduGerman, Spanish, French. Other Romance languages and languages written in Cyrillic and Hebrew (with aid of Google Translate)
San MarcosLauren Magnusonyeslmagnuson@csusm.eduAlma configuration
Elizabeth Rallos erallos@csusm.eduCataloging and metadata
Hugo Wong hwong@csusm.eduCataloging and metadata, Chinese
San Luis ObispoBonnie Wolf-Mossyesbwolfmos@calpoly.edu 
SonomaLaura Krieryeslaura.krier@sonoma.edu 
StanislausAnnie Hor ahor@csustan.eduAlma configuration and system
Lauren Hallyeslhall1@csustan.eduCataloging and metadata

 

(page under review 3/27/25 - still being updated)

Background

This procedure was created in support of, and in accordance to, the Bound-withs policy. If the need to create host bibliographic records arises, CSU libraries should create an Institution Zone record template for host bibliographic records. See also Working with Templates This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. (Ex Libris Knowledge Center).

Procedures in Alma

  1. Create a host bibliographic record in the Institution Zone in Alma.
    1. Make sure the records for the constituent units (the individual titles bound together in the volume) are in the Alma NZ and linked to your IZ.
    2. In the Metadata Editor, check File > Options and make sure placement of a new record will be in the Institution Zone.
    3. In the left pane, click on Templates, then expand MARC21 Bibliographic, expand Shared.
    4. Find and click on the template Boundwith.
    5. Click New from among the options that appear.
    6. Edit field 245 :  Multiple titles bound as a single volume with the barcode [insert barcode].  Scan the barcode on the boundwith volume.
    7. For each title in the bound-with, edit/add a field 774 to the host bib record in the order of the titles as they appear in the boundwith.  Indicators are 1_ (one, blank).  
      Example:  774 _1 |t Type title proper here |w IZ-MMSID (ensure this is the IZ MMSID, and not the NZ MMSID ending in 2901)
    8. In the Tools menu, select Set Management Tags and click Suppress from Discovery.
    9. Save the bibliographic record. 

      Example of fields in a host bibliographic record:

            245 00 |a Multiple titles bound as a single volume with the barcode 30600001524124
            774 1_ |t The budget in brief. |w 99155412530101671
            774 1_ |t The federal budget in brief. |w 99162676790101671
       
  2. Create inventory
     
    1. Add inventory records only to the host bibliographic record.
    2. Do not create inventory on constituent bib records as part of this boundwith-related process. The constituent bib records may have additional copies that are not bound-with, in which case you will see inventory directly attached to a constituent bib record.

Linking of constituent records to a host bib records requires that the MMS - Build Record Relations job run successfully (scheduled daily). You will not see links in Alma or Primo until this job has run.  If you encounter broken bound-with links, follow the Fixing Broken Bound-with Links in Migrated Records procedure.

test

Background

When a portfolio is not available in the CZ or created automatically during an import, you must manually create it. The following procedures describe how to create a portfolio as part of a bibliographic record's inventory.

Step-by-step guide

To create a portfolio you must have one of the following roles: Electronic Inventory Operator or Electronic Inventory Operator Extended.

  1. Search and find the bibliographic record to which you want to add a portfolio. If the record is not in Alma, you will have to import one from OCLC.
  2. Click on Edit Record. This will take you into the metadata editor.
  3. On the toolbar, click on the Add Inventory and Add Portfolio
  4. On the New Portfolio page, in the Descriptive Information section, accept the default selection Use existing title. The remaining fields in that section are optional.
  5. In the General Information section, specify whether the portfolio will be a standalone or part of an electronic collection.
    1. If the portfolio will be standalone, provide the interface and library name. These fields are not required.
    2. If the portfolio will be part of an electronic collection, either type the electronic collection name in that field or select it from the list of collections by clicking on the menu list on the right. You must also provide the Service (e.g. Full Text), if the field is not automatically populated with your selection of electronic collection name. The Library name field may also have been automatically populated. If not, you may add it, though this is optional.
  6. The Coverage Information section applies primarily to electronic journals. This section does not typically apply to e-monographs.
    1. The Date information fields are optional and can be used to set journal coverage/full text date ranges.
    2. The Embargo/Rolling year fields are also optional. Use the Operator field (choosing among greater than, greater than or equals to, lesser than, and lesser than or equals to), if necessary. Provide the number of years and/ or months of the embargo/rolling year. 
  7. The values you enter in the Inventory and Linking section will depend on whether the portfolios is a standalone or a part of an electronic collection.
    1. If the portfolio is a standalone:
      1. Provide the appropriate URL.
      2. Specify whether the proxy should be enabled. If so, select the proxy from the drop-down on the right.
      3. Select the Availability status.
      4. Optionally, select the electronic material type.
    2. If the portfolio is part of an electronic collection:
      1. The parser should already be provided. Supply the parser parameters or the URL.
      2. The proxy information should already be set at the electronic collection level.
      3. Select the Availability status.
      4. Optionally, select the electronic material type.
  8. The Notes section includes data about authentication, public notes that display to patrons, and internal notes for staff. For ebooks, concurrent users notes (e.g. Three users at a time) can typically be recorded in the public note or the access model in the portfolio
  9. Click on the Save and Done button in the upper right.

Note: As an alternative workflow, if you would prefer to not have the portfolio attached to an existing bibliographic record, select Resources Create InventoryAdd local portfolio. In the New Portfolio page, accept the default selection Create new title in the Descriptive Information section.  The only required field in this section is Title.  Follow steps 5 thru 9 as described above.

Ex Libris Documentation

Managing Local Portfolios This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

 

Background

When an item needs to be moved from one location to another location within the same bibliographic record.

Step-by-step guide

  1. Search the repository for the item to be moved.
  2. From the results list, click on Items and the list of items will appear with the holdings locations.
  3. Select the item(s) using the checkboxes and click on Manage Selected next to "add item" and then click Change Holdings. The list of holdings appears.
  4. Select the holding location in which you want to move the item(s) and click Select
  5. Screen will automatically go back to the items list with holdings locations, select the Back button and click on Holdings to verify the item moved is in the correct holdings location,
  6. To delete the holdings with zero items, click the back button to go back to the results list and click on Holdings. Select the holdings with zero items and select Delete Holdings, and click Confirm in the confirmation dialog box,

Background

Before getting to the point of transferring item(s) to a different bibliographic record, you should search Alma and identify the bib record to which you want to relink the item(s), since you cannot view the bibliographic record at the point of relinking.

Step-by-step guide

  1. Go to List of Items page and select item(s) that you want to move
  2. Click on Manage Selected at the top of the page and then click Relink to another Bib
  3. Click on (or near) Select Bibliographic record to bring up Repository Search
  4. Search for the desired title and click on it to select it  
  5. If the title you selected has any holdings records, they will appear on the Relink Items to Another Bibliographic Record page. You can also create a new holdings record (Add New Holdings) to which you can link the item that you want to move. Note: If you add a new holdings record, be sure to click on the Back button rather than Exit to return to the Relink Items to Another Bibliographic Record page.
  6. Select the holdings record to which you want to relink the item, and click Select.
  7. If the item record(s) being moved is/are the last item(s) of that holdings record, you will be prompted with options to delete or suppress that record. Make a selection and click Go. Note: Alma returns you to the bib record from which you originally transferred your item.

Ex Libris Documentation

How to move items between BIB records This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. (Ex Libris)

test

(formatting & updating in progress 2/19/25)

Background

The purpose of this document is to provide recommendations and general procedures for creation of holdings records for monographs and serials. Libraries may use templates provided in the Metadata Editor, but most units will probably want to create customized holdings templates to expedite the processing of similar materials. Best practices aim to ensure consistency in the encoding and display of holdings data.

Best Practices Recommendations

Scope

Procedures provide best practices for encoding holdings records for monographs and serials. Excludes holdings records for Course Reserves, local inventory, and legacy data. Note: For single-part items, accept default values in Alma for the Leader and Fixed-Field data elements.

References:

MARC Holdings Format Training (from 2016)

Creating Holdings Record with the MD Editor This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

MARC 21 Format for Holdings Data This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

For Serials, see MARC Holdings Records for Serials This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. (by Marcus Jun). [add permanent link to document here]

Creating a holdings record: 

 

Open Metadata Editor

Select Add Holdings

                View labeled display by clicking on Edit > Open Form Editor (Ctrl + F) to view Leader and Fixed      field elements described below. 

LDR (Leader)

Type of record (6)

v - Multipart item holdings

x - Single-part item holdings

y - Serial item holdings 

Encoding level (17)

        1 – Holdings level (default in Alma for single-part item)

  1. 3 – Holdings level (multi-part item and serials: textual summary holdings)
  2. 4 – Holdings level (serials)
  3.  

Item information in record (18)   

i - item information

n - no item information (Use “n” as default value)

 

Physical Description Fixed Field (007)

                                Except for text, same value as 007 from bibliographic record.

                                Add field (F8) and choose specific material

                                Example: 

007        ta                            [Item is regular print text.]

Fixed-length data elements (008)

                      Acquisition status (6):

0 – Unknown 

2 – For single items or complete multipart

For serials, consult MARC Holdings Records for Serials This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Method of acquisition (7)

Choose appropriate value. May default to:  u- Unknown

Note: Remember to code Provenance in Item Record. 

c - Cooperative or consortial purchase
d - Deposit
e - Exchange
f - Free
g - Gift
l - Legal deposit
m - Membership
n - Non-library purchase
p - Purchase
q - Lease
u - Unknown
z - Other method of acquisition

 

General retention policy:

Default value is 8 (item is to be retained permanently)

Completeness

For a single item, choose 4

For a multi-part item or serial:

Choose 1 when item is complete

Choose 2 when item is incomplete

Choose 0 when this information is unknown

Number of copies 

Default value should always be 001

Lending policy

        Choose a (will lend) if item will circulate   

        Choose b (will not lend) if item will not circulate 

 

Language

There should be no language code in the holdings record, but the positions assigned to the language code must be maintained as blank spaces. 

For serials, language of coded data contained in the 863-865 Enumeration and Chronology fields. Code: eng (see MARC Holdings Records for Serials This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.) [add permanent link to document here]

 

  1.  Location

 

First filing indicator: 

If an LC call number is used, choose

If a Dewey call number is used, choose 1

If a SUDOC call number is used, choose 3

If a shelving control number is used, choose 4

If shelving by title, choose 5

If other shelving scheme, choose (e.g., equipment)

 

Second indicator: blank

 

Fill in the appropriate value following $b, the Sublocation code (= Library).  This is used for the Library code. Check appropriate codes for your library.

Fill in the appropriate value following $c, the Shelving location code. This is used for the location code. Check appropriate codes for your library.

 

Fill in call number or shelving number subfields

To use the call number from the bib record, save record (this automatically populates call number in holdings record).

 

       Use $h for the classification number, and $i for item number and date, if present.

       Use $j  for shelving scheme numbers.

       Use $l for shelving form of title

       Use $k for call number prefix, if appropriate.

       Use $m for call number suffix, if appropriate.

 

Use Notes, as appropriate
       $x - Nonpublic note  
       $z - Public note 

 

866 Textual holdings

               Field required for multipart items. Input this field when cataloging a multipart item.  The summary                holdings are recorded in the $a and the second filing indicator is (Non-Standard).

 

               866 _0 $a v.1-5 [Follow this for multi-part items]

 

               Note: For serials, if no 85X-86X pairs are not used, libraries must use 866 as the minimum              required data element. See MARC Holdings Records for Serials This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. [add permanent link to document here]

 

 

853-855 Captions and Pattern Fields

863-865 Enumeration and Chronology Fields

866-868Textual Holdings Statement Fields

 

Appendix: Creating and Using Holdings Template

Consult Creating a New Template from an Existing Record This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. to create holdings templates.

Resources

Background

OCLC bibliographic records may include data fields that CSU Libraries would want to suppress from display in Primo. These fields include notes and access points (5XX and 7XX fields) that apply only to the item held by specific institutions; and subject and genre headings from specific controlled vocabularies (e.g., FAST (Faceted Application of Subject Terminology) and foreign language subject headings).

Policy Statement

Suppress and/or display fields according to the criteria outlined below.

 

Notes & Access Points:

Suppress 5XX        If it includes $5 with institution OCLC symbol (e.g., $5 DLC; $5 OU)

Suppress 7XX        If it includes $5 with institution OCLC symbol (e.g., $5 DLC; $5 OU)

 

Rationale: This would suppress from display notes that are institution-specific, which cannot be deleted from the OCLC master record. Examples: 

500        University Library's copy has manuscript notes by author on endpapers. ǂ5 OU

710 2_    Pre-1801 Imprint Collection (Library of Congress), ǂe curator. ǂ5 DLC

 

Subjects:

Display 600, 610, 611, 630, 650, 651      if  2nd indicator equals 0 or 1

Display 600, 610, 611, 630, 650, 651      if 2nd indicator  equals 7 and source code in $2 equals aat or lctgm or nasat or homoit or gsso

 

Suppress 653 (Uncontrolled index term)
 

Rationale: Ensures the display Library of Congress Subject Headings (LCSH), Children's subject headings, Art & Architecture Thesaurus (AAT), Thesaurus for Graphic Materials (TGM), and NASA thesaurus terms found in records for some government document resources as well as the display of alternative controlled vocabularies recommended by the Inclusive Description Task Force, such as terms from the Homosaurus and the Gender, Sex, and Sex Orientation Ontology (GSSO). Future consideration: Re-evaluate suppression/display of children’s subject headings (6XX _1).

 

Genre:

Display 655        if 2nd indicator  equals 7 and source code in $2 equals lcgft or gsafd or gmgpc or rbbin; rbgenr;  rbmscv; rbpap; rbpri; rbprov; rbpub; rbtyp; or homoit or gsso

Rationale: Ensures the display of genre headings from the Library of Congress Genre and Form Terms, Guidelines on Subject Access to Individual Works of Fiction, Drama, Etc.; Thesaurus for Graphic Materials: TGM II, Genre and physical characteristic terms; RBMS Controlled Vocabularies (Rare Books and Manuscripts Section, Association of College & Research Libraries) as well as the display of alternative controlled vocabularies recommended by the Inclusive Description Task Force, such as terms from the Homosaurus and the Gender, Sex, and Sex Orientation Ontology (GSSO)

              

URLs:

Suppress all 856 fields except those encoded “856 42 $3” and "856 41 $3 Table of contents"
 

Rationale: Since e-resources links are managed by the portfolio, 856’s in the NZ record are not displayed in "Links" in Primo unless links are for Biographical Information, Finding Aid, etc., encoded as “856 42 $3” and Table of contents encoded as "856 41 $3 Table of contents".


Goals

  • Review, approve, and implement Primo normalization rule requests
  • Provide recommendations on larger, systematic changes to norm rules

Current norm rules

VE Norm Rule collection

Task Force Members

Christian Ward (Lead)Sacramento State
Michelle Sharla NavarroCal Poly Pomona
Kristi ChavezCSU Bakersfield
Shilo MorenoCSU Dominguez Hills
Bianca BaldonadoCSU Bakersfield
Robin GuthrieCSU Monterey Bay
Ariell A. LomaxSacramento State
Christina HennesseyChancellor's Office
(page design in progress 4/8/25)

Original page in static archive: https://spaces.calstate.edu/wiki/spaces/ULMSD/VE-Norm-Rule-collection_2308636818.html 

ULMS Guide instructions for adding/editing display fields

Norm Rule Task Force Managed Norm Rules

Replacement Rules for IZ Local Display Fields

You can copy and paste the following customized VE norm rules for OOTB ('out of the box') display fields. After replacing the OOTB norm rule with the customized rules below, click Apply rules. No further configuration required, assuming the OOTB display field is already included in your view. If you need to add the display field to a Primo view in brief or full records, follow these instructions.

Display fieldDescriptionNorm rule
Title

Takes title from MARC 130, if it exists. If MARC 130 does not exist, takes title from MARC 245 $a, $b, and $c

Example This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.: has a 130 field, which is more helpful than the 245 in specifying the particular film adaptation.

Updated: 11/10/21. Added subfields, including number and part to the 130 and 245 rules. Removed (Online) from 130.

file
Title040725.txt
(TXT, 446 bytes)

 

Creator (Author)

Takes author from MARC 100, 700 (if $e author exists), 110, 111. Removes ending period.

Example This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.: has two authors-- one in a 100 and the other in the 700. Both appear in the Author display field.

Updated: 02/04/22. Adds 1XX subfields to make Creator lateral links more accurate.

 

 

file
Creator040725.txt
(TXT, 5.39 KB)
Contributor

Takes contributor from MARC 700 (if $e author does not exist), 710, 711. Removes ending period.

Updated: 11/16/21. Prevents repeating author’s name in this field if there is a 700 $i Translation of work: field in the record.

Updated: 02/04/22. Adds 7XX subfields to make Contributor lateral links more accurate.

Updated: 05/04/22. Adds condition to suppress any 7XX fields with $5.

 

Genre

Takes genre from MARC 655 if second indicator is 7, and the value in $2 is any of the following: lcgft, gsafd, gmgpc, rbbin, rbgenr, rbmscv, rbpap, rbpri, rbprov, rbpub, rbtyp.

Also takes genre from 694 $a.

Removes ending periods.

Differs from the OOTB rule in that it does not include the 6XX$v.

Date implemented: 7/10/21

 

file
Genre040725.txt
(TXT, 893 bytes)
Description (Summary label)

Takes only the first occurrence of the 520 field. Occasionally, a MARC record may have multiple summary fields, which is arguably unnecessary.

Example This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.: has two 520 fields, but is only displaying the first.

Date implemented: 7/14/21

file
Description040825.txt
(TXT, 385 bytes)

 

Subject

Displays only LCSH (6XX fields second indicator 0).

Includes transformations for LCSH Illegal aliens and related subject headings.

Adds $v (form subdivision) to the display, as the OOTB lacks it.

implemented: 11/29/21

Updated 5/16/23 to include new subject heading transformations and additional subject vocabularies

Updated 4/8/25 for more subject heading transformations

 

 

Format

Formats the display of the 300 field to meet ISBD punctuation recommendations

Note: You may need the 351 stanza, which is used to describe the organizational structure of archival collections, if using DACS rules. 

Implemented: 2/27/23

 

file
Format040825.txt
(TXT, 1.01 KB)

 

NZ-Managed Norm Rules

These rules (numbered LDS 51-LDS 99) are managed in the NZ by the Norm Rules Task Force. New and modified rules are distributed to the IZs from the NZ using the Distribute function described here This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.. Campuses will need to modify their views to include these fields in order to use them locally. NOTE: Any local modifications made to these rules will not be overwritten by subsequent modifications made to the NZ rule.

Display labelFieldDescriptionNorm rule
OCLC Numberlocal_field_51

search: removes OCoLC/ocm/ocn/on prefix from OCLC numbers if present

search/facet: as above, makes field searchable/creates facet if desired

Implemented: display: 03/19/21

facet/search: 11/01/21

Display labelFieldDescriptionNorm rule
OCLC Numberlocal_field_51

search: removes OCoLC/ocm/ocn/on prefix from OCLC numbers if present

search/facet: as above, makes field searchable/creates facet if desired

Implemented: display: 03/19/21

facet/search: 11/01/21

 

NZ MMSIDlocal_field_52

creates field from 001 field and populates with NZ MMSID

implemented: 3/23/21

 

Local Noteslocal_field_53

creates field from 59X fields if present, includes $d from 590/591 fields if present

implemented: 7/26/21

 

Former Frequencylocal_field_54

creates and populates field from 321 if present

implemented: 3/23/21

 

Collection Namelocal_field_55

creates and populates field from 973 if present

implemented 3/25/21

 

Other Titlelocal_field_56

creates and populates field from 246/247/955/960 and 880-246/880-247 if present. Includes following subfields:
955/960: $a

others: $i,a,b,f,g,k,n,p

implemented: 3/23/21

 

Digital Bookplateslocal_field_57

creates and populates field from 975 if present

implemented: 5/20/21

 

Genre NZlocal_field_58

creates and populates field from 694 or 655 if following is present:

694: $a

655: $a and $2 matches lcgft/gsafd/gmgpc/rbbin/rbgenr/rbmscv/rbpap/rbpri/rbprov/rbpub/rbtyp/homoit/gssr

implemented 6/29/21

modified 3/10/23

 

Binding Notelocal_field_59

creates and populates field from 563 if present

implemented 3/25/21

 

Scale Notelocal_field_60

creates and populates field from 255 $a-g if present

implemented 3/26/21

 

Serieslocal_field_61

creates and populates field from following

  • if 490 exists but 800/830/810/811 does not
  • 961 exists
  • 800/810/811/830 has $t
  • 840 exists
  • 880-490/880-800/880-810/880-811/880-830/880-840 pairs exist as defined
    • 880 $6 matches the paired field

implemented 4/9/21

 

    
Noteslocal_field_63

creates and populates field from following

  • 500 if “title from”, “description based on”, “last issue consulted” strings are not present
  • 504/507/508/511/513/518/521/522/545/546/547/550/555/556/580/586 exist
  • 526/533 $a-d if $5 doesn’t exist
  • 541 $a,c,d,e,f if $5 doesn’t exist
  • 534 if $a,p,c exist
  • 536 if $a-b exist

implemented 8/18/21

 

Non-Serial Datelocal_field_64

creates and populates field with human-readable date depending on following

  • LDR pos. 7-8 does not contain “s” and 008 exists
  • LDR pos. 7-8 does not contain 's” and 260 $c exists and 260 indicator 1 is “3”
  • LDR pos. 7-8 does not contain “s” and 264 $c exists and 264 indicator 1 is “3” and indicator 2 is “1”
  • LDR pos. 7-8 does not contain “s” and 260 $c or 264 $c exists

implemented 9/28/21

 

Note: Ex Libris documentation is found here This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

CLH: add notes on what roles are needed to do this

After completing all edits, click Apply Rules to ensure your changes take effect.
  1. Alma Configuration -> Discovery -> Display Configuration -> Manage display and local fields
    1. If field to edit exists in list, click on ellipse button, select Edit
      1. Click on ellipse button next to: MARC21 normalization rule for display and choose Edit
      2. Copy and paste the new rule text, or edit as appropriate.
      3. Click Save button when finished
    2. If field does not exist in list, click on Add Field, then Add Display Field if editing an OOTB rule, or Add local field if creating a brand new field.
      1. Add Display Field
        1. Select Field to Edit from drop-down list. If the field you want doesn’t appear, this is not an OOTB rule.
        2. Click ellipse button next to: MARC21 normalization rule for display, select Edit
        3. Make edits to the existing rule, or copy-and-paste rule to replace the default rule. You can click Restore Default to revert to original rule if needed, but this will only restore the original Ex Libris rule and not the most recent rule.
        4. Save when finished
        5. Click Back button to return to field list
      2. Add local field
        1. For Field to Edit, choose a local field (e.g. local_field_23).
        2. Fill out Display Label to name field whatever you want to display (e.g. Degree)
        3. Click on Enable search/facet checkboxes if you’d like this field to be available for search or facets.
        4. Click ellipse button next to: MARC21 normalization rule for display, select Edit
        5. Make edits to the existing rule, or copy-and-paste rule to replace the default rule. You can click Restore Default to revert to original rule if needed, but this will only restore the original Ex Libris rule and not the most recent rule.
        6. Save when finished
        7. Click Back button to return to field list
  2. Remember to click Apply Rules when work is complete.

Charge

The Inclusive Description Task force evaluates problematic and offensive LCSH, and may work in coordination with the Norm Rules Joint Task Force to create CSU wide solutions for these headings.  This task force expands on the work that was done with the LCSH heading “Illegal Aliens”, examining other headings and proposing CSU-wide solutions wherever possible.  

In addition, this task force may work with the CSU SACO funnel.  Subject Headings for the task force will be identified via suggestions as well as by existing resources, such as the Problem LCSH list on Cataloging Lab: https://cataloginglab.org/problem-lcsh/ This link will take you to an external website in a new tab. .

Current Projects

For more about the projects the Task Force is working on, see Inclusive Description Current Work.

Group Members

  • Allison Bailund, San Diego (Chair)
  • Anamika Megwalu, San Jose
  • Julie Moore, Fresno
  • Yoko Okunishi, Dominguez Hills
  • Kathleen Boyd, San Diego
  • Estella Inda, San Jose
  • Jen Mitchell, Fullerton
  • Kyle Tanaka, Cal Poly SLO
  • Kate Steffens, San Jose

Statement on Inclusive Description

The California State University libraries aim to describe and present library materials in a manner that is respectful and representative of our diverse user population. We acknowledge that activities surrounding the creation and management of metadata are not neutral. We recognize that our metadata standards were built upon colonialist ideals that have traditionally upheld and conformed to the values of white supremacy and the marginalization of ethnic minorities, sexual orientations, and gender identities. We realize that the continued use of inaccurate and inappropriate language will cause harm and perpetuate bias within our systems and are dedicated to remediation where appropriate and feasible. While we will continue to work within the parameters set by both national standards and organizations, we pledge to make resource description inclusive by:

  1. Identifying areas of bias in our cataloging and engaging in conversation with our library and campus communities;
  2. Collaborating with members of the CSU SACO Funnel Project to propose changes and additions to LCSH, LCDGT, LCGFT, and LCC that promote more inclusive and accurate descriptors;
  3. Collaborating with members of the Primo VE Norm Rules Task Force to transform the display of problematic headings when a proposal is either not viable or has been rejected;
  4. Exploring the use of more inclusive alternative vocabularies such as the Homosaurus;
  5. Educating users that some descriptions used for archival materials may be considered offensive because of historical language and content that reflect the time when the material was created and the view of the creator;
  6. Acknowledging that description is a continuous and necessarily iterative endeavor.

Remediating Harmful Language

If you encounter language in the CSU Libraries catalog records that you find offensive or harmful we welcome your feedback via the following form: CSU Libraries Offensive or Outdated Language in Descriptive Resources This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Adapted from:

Library and Archives Canada This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

University of Virginia This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Duke University  [working on updated link]

Current Projects

For more about the projects the Task Force is working on, see Inclusive Description Work

Selected list of alternate vocabularies: 

Additional resources and further reading: 

The Inclusive Description Task Force has undertaken a variety of tasks to improve descriptive metadata and present library materials in a manner that is respectful and representative of our diverse user population. Below are some of the task force’s metadata and classification projects.

Offensive and outdated terminology

ProblemActionStatus
"Illegal immigration" (Library of Congress Subject Headings)

Continue following SAC recommendation.

The process will normalize the following subject headings, when the subject heading Illegal immigration is also present:

Noncitizens → Undocumented immigrants

Children of noncitizens → Children of undocumented immigrants

Noncitizen children → Undocumented immigrant children

Noncitizens in literature → Undocumented immigrants in literature

Women noncitizens → Women undocumented

The process will also normalize: Illegal immigration → Immigration

Complete 

Documentation on rules here This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

 

 

(cont.)Add the Sears heading Noncitizens to WorldCat bibliographic records as needed. This will ensure the term Noncitizens continues to be indexed for searchComplete
"Indians of North America" (Library of Congress Subject Headings)LC announced they will be revising this and related headings. Research best practices for improving access to resources by and about Indigenous peoples in California.Research in progress for Indigenous tribes in California; goal is to work with Library of Congress/LAIPA Funnel as they propose changes
“Forced removal and internment” for U.S. citizens during WWII

First tried proposing the term “incarceration camps This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..”

Following that failed attempt, requested the Joint Norm Rules Task Force create a norm rule to transform the headings as follows:

Japanese Americans $x Forced removal and internment, 1942-1945 → Japanese Americans $x Forced removal and incarceration, 1942-1945

Aleuts $x Forced removal and internment, 1942-1945 → Aleuts $x Forced removal and incarceration, 1942-1945

Japanese $z Canada $x Forced removal and internment, 1942-1945  → Japanese $z Canada $x Forced removal and incarceration, 1942-1945 

In process (to resubmit a subject heading proposal)

Norm rule to show as “incarceration” can be found here; scroll down to subjects.

 

Offensive and outdated classification (addressed at the campus level)

ProblemActionStatus
The letter "N" to organize materials by, about, or relating to Black people in the library's physical collectionsReplace "N" with "B" in call numbers for materials by, about, or relating to Black people 

Library of Congress issued change (07/2021)

Alma analytics reports: 

  • Alma: /Shared Folders/Community/Reports/Consortia/MNPALS/Resources & Collections
    It is called "Project - .Nx Cutter Tracker (Regex)"
  • Alma: /Shared/Community/Reports/Institutions/UWisconsin/Critical Cataloging. It is called “Cancelled N Cutter Items”

Campuses undertaking relabeling: 

  • San Diego and Imperial Valley: complete
  • Fresno: ongoing
  • Sonoma: ongoing
  • CalPoly SLO: complete
  • Monterey Bay: complete
  • Northridge: complete
  • San Francisco: ongoing
  • Humboldt: complete
The letter "O" to organize materials by Asian authors in the library's physical collectionsFollow Pitt’s practice and replace “O” with “A” in call numbers for materials by, about, or relating to Asian people [getting updated link to Pitt practice]

Call numbers for people addressed by Library of Congress; numbers with “O” for languages not addressed by LC

  • Alma: /Shared Folders/Community/Reports/Institutions/SDSU/Items with cancelled O Cutters

Campuses undertaking relabeling: 

  • Sonoma: complete
  • Fresno: ongoing
  • San Diego: complete
  • San Francisco: ongoing
  • Northridge: complete
  • Humboldt: complete

Inclusive language and alternate vocabularies

ProblemActionStatus
Inadequate options for LGBTQ+ descriptors in Library of Congress Subject Headings (i.e. “sexual minorities”)Utilize terms from the Homosaurus This link will take you to an external website in a new tab., a linked data vocabulary designed to be more inclusive of the nuances of the LGBTQ+ community. Also use terms from the GSSO  This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.(Gender, Sex, and Sex Orientation ontology), which covers a wider range of topics that the Homosaurus.

Currently being discussed by the task force. Recommendation approved by COLD: Using alternative vocabularies for LGBTQ+ materials This link will take you to an external website in a new tab..

Adapted from University of Central Oklahoma -working on getting a working link to UCO

Revisions to Name Authority Records

California State University Libraries are a member of NACO This link will take you to an external website in a new tab., the name authority cooperative program. As such, we have the ability to create and edit records in the Library of Congress Name Authority File This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.. If you are a creator with a record in the name authority file and you would like information added or changed, we would be happy to help.

Contact either Allison: abailund@sdsu.edu, Kathy: kathleen.boyd@sdsu.edu or Julie: jumoore@csufresno.edu and we’ll update your record as soon as possible.

DEI Exclude List for Primo VE

The DEI exclusion list is a feature available in Primo VE. This is done in Configuration > Discovery > Other > DEI List of terms to exclude from Subject heading. Note, this is a bit misleading, it excludes it from the Facets > Topic/Subject, but not the subject field in bibliographic record.

For more information, see Configuring the DEI Exclude List from Ex Libris. This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

For a current list of terms the task force has compiled:

DEI Exclude List This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

To submit another term to be added to the list:

Form: DEI Exclude List This link will take you to an external website in a new tab.

Additional Recommended Sites and Sources

SACO Funnels (whose work focuses on updating LCSH)

*IDTF members are part of the Funnel and are happy to take ideas to Funnel meetings.


The metadata we interact with in the ExLibris environment are increasingly harvested, manipulated and shared across ILS modules in ways that are often opaque to us. This task force aims to investigate those data flows and share what they learn with the rest of the CSU team, to enable all CSU library staff members to better utilize the information in ExLibris systems. 

The group will work with other ULMS and Repository committees to investigate overlapping metadata issues. It will focus on learning how the metadata ExLibris harvests, enhances, and shares across modules can be best understood for use, and how it can be influenced by CSU users either through direct manipulation, or user-group lobbying for systems enhancements.

Members


(page under development 3/13/25)

Charge

Linked Data (LD) is about communities agreeing on the meaning of their data and sharing it in a massively networked information space. For libraries, LD provides a way to represent the library community's resources on the web as "entities" with interconnected relationships. It improves the efficiency of data publishing, increases the discoverability of resources, and has wide applications to cataloging, discovery portals, institutional repositories, and etc..

The mission of Linked Data Task Force is to develop a deeper understanding of LD user cases, explore its potential benefits to the CSU libraries, recommend a LD approach in cataloging and authority and metadata management, develop standards, and make recommendations for implementation opportunities at a systemwide level. In collaboration with the ULMS Resource Management and Discovery teams, the Linked Data Task Force will focus on a wide range of topics including but not limited to: LD cataloging in BIBFRAME, URI enhancement of MARC data, authority management on LD platforms, and LD applications on ILS and discovery portal. Through those LD experiments, the Linked Data Task Force will prepare members for future transition to LD, adapt to LD data structures and cataloging interfaces, and create LD workflows that can maximize the possibilities for descriptive, search and discovery.

The work of this task force will be exploratory and it’s continuation will be dependent on initial findings about how linked data can serve the CSUs. The membership will be a two year commitment. Membership in this group would be open to any interested parties, with a particular focus on those with cataloging and metadata expertise. Recruitment will be done via the ULMS mailing list as well as the Technical Services Open Forum.  Expected contribution is 2-5 hours per month. 

Current projects

For more about the projects the Task Force is working on, see LDTF Current projects

Past work

For more about past work of the Task Force, see LDTF Past Work